三藏之路 Tipitaka Path
巴利三藏 · 巴利语翻译标准中译
首页义注经藏义注小部义注2. Purisavimānaṃ

2. Purisavimānaṃ

1602 段 · CSCD 巴利原典
2. Purisavimānaṃ二、男子天宫
5. Mahārathavaggo
第五章 大战篇
1. Maṇḍūkadevaputtavimānavaṇṇanā一、曼杜咖天子天宫之解释
Mahārathavagge ko me vandati pādānīti maṇḍūkadevaputtavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā campāyaṃ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. So paccūsavelāyaṃ buddhāciṇṇaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya veneyyabandhave satte volokento addasa ‘‘ajja mayi sāyanhasamaye dhammaṃ desente eko maṇḍūko mama sare nimittaṃ gaṇhanto parūpakkamena maritvā devaloke nibbattitvā mahatā devaparivārena mahājanassa passantasseva āgamissati, tattha bahūnaṃ dhammābhisamayo bhavissatī’’ti disvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ campānagaraṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā, bhikkhūnaṃ sulabhapiṇḍapātaṃ katvā katabhattakicco vihāraṃ pavisitvā bhikkhūsu vattaṃ dassetvā, attano attano divāṭṭhānaṃ gatesu gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā phalasamāpattisukhena divasabhāgaṃ khepetvā, sāyanhasamaye catūsu parisāsu sannipatitāsu surabhigandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā taṅkhaṇānurūpena pāṭihāriyena pokkharaṇitīre dhammasabhāmaṇḍapaṃ pavisitvā alaṅkatavarabuddhāsane nisinno manosilātale sīhanādaṃ nadanto achambhītakesarasīho viya aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ brahmassaraṃ nicchārento acinteyyena buddhānubhāvena anupamāya buddhalīlāya dhammaṃ desetuṃ ārabhi.
大 战 章 中 有 人 问:「谁 敬礼 我 的 脚 踝?」这是关于蛙神子座驾的故事。其由来为何?世尊当时住于长花园,池塘湖畔。一日午时,觉者入大悲境界而达到彻底,是时起身环望诸天人。见一蛙神子今日傍晚时分独自为我说法,作为我标志,虽历世多劫已逝,死后在天界出现,受到众天神环绕,令众生生起极大信心,在彼处多有法的圆满。见此景象后,世尊于晨时休息,著衣携乞食钵,随大比库僧团往长花城乞食。行乞完毕,完成人事,进入僧舍。仍在各自居所入眠,享受果报之乐。傍晚时分,在四众会堂众聚处,身穿香芬供养的衣袍,坐于装饰华美的如来座上。内心清明,如狮子吼般发声,散发威神。身具八正道具足神力,降下梵音,如不可思议的佛光,开始宣说佛法。
Tasmiñca khaṇe eko maṇḍūko pokkharaṇito āgantvā ‘‘dhammo eso vuccatī’’ti dhammasaññāya sare nimittaṃ gaṇhanto parisapariyante nipajji. Atheko vacchapālo taṃ padesaṃ āgato satthāraṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ parisañca paramena upasamena dhammaṃ suṇantaṃ disvā taggatamānaso daṇḍamolubbha tiṭṭhanto maṇḍūkaṃ anoloketvā tassa sīse sannirumbhitvā aṭṭhāsi. So dhammasaññāya pasannacitto tāvadeva kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbattitvā suttappabuddho viya tattha accharāsaṅghaparivutaṃ attānaṃ disvā ‘‘kuto nu kho idha ahaṃ nibbatto’’ti āvajjento purimajātiṃ disvā ‘‘ahampi nāma idha uppajjiṃ, īdisañca sampattiṃ paṭilabhiṃ, kiṃ nu kho kammaṃ akāsi’’nti upadhārento aññaṃ na addasa aññatra bhagavato sare nimittaggāhā. So tāvadeva saha vimānena āgantvā vimānato otaritvā, mahājanassa passantasseva mahatā parivārena mahantena dibbānubhāvena upasaṅkamitvā, bhagavato pāde sirasā vanditvā añjaliṃ paggayha namassamāno aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ bhagavā jānantova mahājanassa kammaphalaṃ buddhānubhāvañca paccakkhaṃ kātuṃ –
此时,有一蛙神来到池边,说:“此法即是佛法。” 认知中显现其为标志,绕行一周而下跪。一见是来听法众中,有个年轻修士来到此处,见教师说法,身心宁静,正安详恭敬地倾听,于是心清明、内心欢喜,久坐不去。此时蛙神化身于天宫金殿中,如觉悟所般,周围有众天神围绕。自己见到此景,心中想:「我从何处降生于此?」 观往生世,念其生于此处,得今所成就,心中现起疑惑:「我作何业致此境界?」 无见师法标志,未见他者,唯见世尊是迹象。于是与蛙神同乘座驾降临世间。由天人环绕,显示神力,与众大眾同来,在世尊足前礼拜。合掌恭敬起立。时世尊知晓大众因佛光感知业果,现场显现佛之神通,遂言说:
§857
857.
‘‘Ko me vandati pādāni, iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ;
「谁在我足前敬礼?凭神通与光明广布四方。」
Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā’’ti. –
光明庄严,普照四方。」
Pucchi. Tattha koti devanāgayakkhamanussādīsu ko, katamoti attho. Meti mama. Pādānīti pāde. Iddhiyāti imāya īdisāya deviddhiyā. Yasasāti iminā īdisena parivārena paricchedena ca. Jalanti vijjotamāno. Abhikkantenāti ativiya kantena kamanīyena sundarena. Vaṇṇenāti chavivaṇṇena, sarīravaṇṇanibhāyāti attho.
有人问曰:『关于诸天、夜叉、魔等众生的因缘,何义?』我答曰:『「足」者,于脚也;「神通」者,依此方向所现之神通力;「荣耀」者,谓由此方向的光环围绕及四周环绕;「照耀」者,如光辉闪烁;「极美」者,超过常美而极为可爱;「色彩」者,似皮肤色彩,此义称为身体色彩的含义。』
Atha devaputto attano purimajātiādiṃ āvi karonto imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi –
于是,天子以自身先世等诸生相状,作是偈说明曰——
§858
858.
‘‘Maṇḍūkohaṃ pure āsiṃ, udake vārigocaro;
‘我从前住于池中,水中草所栖居;
Tava dhammaṃ suṇantassa, avadhī vacchapālako.
为闻汝法者,我是护护之蛙。’
§859
859.
‘‘Muhuttaṃ cittapasādassa, iddhiṃ passa yasañca me;
『暂时心境安稳的时候,现见神通与声誉光显;』
Ānubhāvañca me passa, vaṇṇaṃ passa jutiñca me.
『亦见身形光采,神光焕曜。』
§860
860.
‘‘Ye ca te dīghamaddhānaṃ, dhammaṃ assosuṃ gotama;
『那些长久在此听闻法者,果德玛;』
Pattā te acalaṭṭhānaṃ, yattha gantvā na socare’’ti.
『已到达坚定不移之处,蜕离一切所执。』
§858
858. Tattha pureti purimajātiyaṃ. Udaketi idaṃ tadā attano uppattiṭṭhānadassanaṃ. Udake maṇḍūkoti etena uddhumāyikādikassa thale maṇḍūkassa nivattanaṃ kataṃ hoti. Gāvo caranti etthāti gocaro, gocaro viyāti gocaro, ghāsesanaṭṭhānaṃ. Vāri udakaṃ gocaro etassāti vārigocaro. Udakacārīpi hi koci kacchapādi avārigocaropi hotīti ‘‘vārigocaro’’ti visesetvā vuttaṃ. Tava dhammaṃ suṇantassāti brahmassarena karavīkarutamañjunā desentassa tava dhammaṃ ‘‘dhammo eso vuccatī’’ti sare nimittaggāhavasena suṇantassa, anādare cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Avadhī vacchapālakoti vacche rakkhanto gopāladārako mama samīpaṃ āgantvā daṇḍamolubbhitvā tiṭṭhanto mama sīse daṇḍaṃ sannirumbhitvā maṃ māresi.
858。此处谓先前为前生。水者,此时显示自身的起止之处。水中青蛙者,以此称呼水中蛙类的栖息与归依之地。牛群游牧者,谓为牧场,牧场亦称居所,草食场所。水为水域,故谓水中牧场为水牧场。而水中生活者,如龟类,亦处水牧场,谓之『水牧场』为特别说明。闻闻汝法者,指以梵语经典纯正文字宣说尔法之梵士。此法名为『此即是法』,闻者应持敬意,不可轻慢之。究竟骑乘者,牧牛童者,吾近来来访,挥棍护持,立于我侧,用棍威胁我,击打我头以逼迫之。
§859
859.Muhuttaṃ cittapasādassāti tava dhamme muhuttamattaṃ uppannassa cittapasādassa hetubhūtassa iddhinti samiddhiṃ, dibbavibhūtinti attho. Yasanti parivāraṃ. Ānubhāvanti kāmavaṇṇitādidibbānubhāvaṃ. Vaṇṇanti sarīravaṇṇasampattiṃ. Jutinti dvādasayojanāni pharaṇasamatthaṃ pabhāvisesaṃ.
「心安住时」者,谓你於法上生起短暂的心安住,此心安住是其因故,谓有神通、神力。众生围绕,显示诸欲望等天上神通。显现于身为体色的功德。如闪光,十二由旬,能遮护并特别明现。
§860
860.Yeti ye sattā. Ca-saddo byatireke. Teti tava. Dīghamaddhānanti bahuvelaṃ. Assosunti suṇiṃsu. Gotamāti bhagavantaṃ gottena ālapati. Acalaṭṭhānanti nibbānaṃ. Ayañhettha attho – gotama bhagavā ahaṃ viya ittarameva kālaṃ asuṇitvā ye pana katapuññā ciraṃ kālaṃ tava dhammaṃ assosuṃ sotuṃ labhiṃsu, te dīgharattaṃ saṃsārabyasanābhibhūtā ime sattā yattha gantvā na soceyyuṃ, taṃ asokaṃ sassatabhāvena acalaṃ santipadaṃ pattā eva, na tesaṃ tassa pattiyā antarāyoti.
「众生去」者,是众生。音声「差」者,是分别。谓此为你的界限。所谓长、中、短,为多数时。闻者听见称赞。谓称『果德玛世尊』以赞世尊。所谓坚固住处者,是涅槃。此义在此——谓果德玛世尊如我彼时,异时亦未曾闻闻者,虽有善行者长久听闻你的法教,彼等久远已被轮回绊缚,此等众生至彼处不应生忧,此无忧即为常住坚固的安乐之处,非彼等之所得生障碍。
Athassa bhagavā sampattaparisāya ca upanissayasampattiṃ oloketvā vitthārena dhammaṃ desesi. Desanāpariyosāne so devaputto sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi, caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Devaputto bhagavantaṃ vanditvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhikkhusaṅghassa ca añjaliṃ katvā saha parivārena devalokameva gatoti.
于是世尊察观具成就僧团及依止具足之因缘,广说法教。说法未竟时,天子忉利天以初果道果现前,于四万八千阿拉汉众产生法悦。天子礼敬世尊,绕三匝急速行礼,复对比库众合掌礼敬。乃随众生环绕共往天界。
Maṇḍūkadevaputtavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 曼杜咖天子天宫之解释完毕。
2. Revatīvimānavaṇṇanā二、雷瓦蒂天宫之解释
Uṭṭhehirevate supāpadhammeti revatīvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Tena samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ saddhāsampannassa kulassa putto nandiyo nāma upāsako ahosi saddhāsampanno dāyako dānapati saṅghupaṭṭhāko. Athassa mātāpitaro sammukhagehato mātuladhītaraṃ revatiṃ nāma kaññaṃ ānetukāmā ahesuṃ. Sā pana assaddhā adānasīlā, nandiyo taṃ na icchi. Tassa mātā revatiṃ āha ‘‘amma, tvaṃ imaṃ gehaṃ āgantvā bhikkhusaṅghassa nisīdanaṭṭhānaṃ haritena gomayena upalimpitvā āsanāni paññāpehi, ādhārake ṭhapehi, bhikkhūnaṃ āgatakāle vanditvā pattaṃ gahetvā nisīdāpetvā dhamakaraṇena pānīyaṃ parissāvetvā bhuttakāle pattāni dhovāhi, evaṃ me puttassa ārādhikā bhavissasī’’ti. Sā tathā akāsi. Atha naṃ ‘‘ovādakkhamā jātā’’ti puttassa ārocetvā tena ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchite divasaṃ ṭhapetvā āvāhaṃ kariṃsu.
居住于厌离处,即雷瓦天宫。其由何生?世尊住于婆罗那城迦尸仙人堕处鹿野苑。时婆罗那城有信心具足世家子,名难迪,近事信士,为施主、布施者,僧团护持者。其父母欲从婆家所生之妹雷瓦,然其不信且无戒,难迪不欲。母命雷瓦曰:「母亲,尔来此家,布施僧团,涂抹以氂皮和牛粪于座所,扶正座具,僧众来时顶礼,授与钵盂供饮净饮,饭时洗净座所,如此我子将被宽悦。」雷瓦照此而行。后又为说教子言:「愿承教诲。」诸日奉承之。
Atha naṃ nandiyo āha ‘‘sace bhikkhusaṅghaṃ mātāpitaro ca me upaṭṭhahissasi, evaṃ imasmiṃ gehe vasituṃ labhissasi, appamattā hohī’’ti. Sā ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā kiñci kālaṃ saddhā viya hutvā bhattāraṃ anavattentī dve putte vijāyi. Nandiyassa mātāpitaro kālamakaṃsu. Gehe sabbissariyaṃ tassā eva ahosi. Nandiyopi mahādānapati hutvā bhikkhusaṅghassa dānaṃ paṭṭhapesi, kapaṇaddhikādīnampi gehadvāre pākavattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Isipatanamahāvihāre catūhi gabbhehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ catusālaṃ kāretvā mañcapīṭhādīni attharāpetvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā tathāgatassa hatthe dakkhiṇodakaṃ pātetvā niyyādesi, saha dakkhiṇodakadānena tāvatiṃsabhavane āyāmato ca vitthārato ca samantā dvādasayojaniko yojanasatubbedho sattaratanamayo accharāgaṇasahassasaṅghuṭṭho dibbapāsādo uggañchi.
后来难迪言:「若僧团与父母皆护持,尔可住此家,宜戒慎。」其母听叹曰「善哉。」若干时,信如故生,生二子。难迪父母过世,家产悉属女所有。难迪亦为大施主,施与僧团,在家中门口设菜肴酥油等供养。他于迦尸仙人堕处之大寺,建四方殿室,设床坐等供养,以此大布施,供养佛法僧,向世尊手中献礼净水,即令施与净水,增益忉利天宫及广大十二由旬,百由旬大小相应,七宝所成,神虎护卫俱至,其天宫高楼峻起。
Athāyasmā mahāmoggallāno devacārikaṃ caranto taṃ pāsādaṃ disvā attānaṃ vandituṃ āgate devaputte pucchi ‘‘kassāyaṃ pāsādo’’ti? ‘‘Imassa , bhante, pāsādassa sāmiko manussaloke bārāṇasiyaṃ nandiyo nāma kuṭumbiyaputto saṅghassa isipatanamahāvihāre catusālaṃ kāresi, tassāyaṃ nibbatto pāsādo’’ti āhaṃsu. Pāsāde nibbattadevaccharāyopi theraṃ vanditvā ‘‘bhante, mayaṃ bārāṇasiyaṃ nandiyassa nāma upāsakassa paricārikā bhavituṃ idha nibbattā, tassa evaṃ vadetha ‘‘tuyhaṃ paricārikā bhavituṃ nibbattā, devatāyo tayi cirāyante ukkaṇṭhitā, devalokasampatti nāma mattikābhājanaṃ bhinditvā suvaṇṇabhājanassa gahaṇaṃ viya atimanāpa’nti vatvā idhāgamanatthāya tassa vadethā’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā sahasā devalokato āgantvā catuparisamajjhe bhagavantaṃ pucchi ‘‘nibbattati nu kho, bhante, katapuññānaṃ manussaloke ṭhitānaṃyeva dibbasampattī’’ti? ‘‘Nanu te, moggallāna, nandiyassa devaloke nibbattā dibbasampatti sāmaṃ diṭṭhā, kasmā maṃ pucchasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante, nibbattatī’’ti . Athassa satthā ‘‘yathā ciraṃ vippavasitvā āgataṃ purisaṃ mittabandhavā abhinandanti sampaṭicchanti, evaṃ katapuññaṃ puggalaṃ ito paralokaṃ gataṃ sakāni puññāni sampattihatthehi sampaṭicchanti paṭiggaṇhantī’’ti dassento –
时长老大摩嘎剌那行走天界,见此宫殿欲礼敬,天子问:「此为何宫?」答:「此殿主人在世间人界婆罗那城,名难迪者,为家子,於仙人堕处大寺造四方殿室,此宫乃彼所出。」于是天子礼敬长老,言:「我等为婆罗那城难迪信士常侍,愿告言曰:『尔承侍人转生,天神恭敬,处天上宫殿,如同砖瓦之物,破坏贵重金饭器皿,为举天上之大欢喜,特为尔来此而告』。」长老闻言称善,立从天界至四方,至中间问世尊:「尊者,果德玛世尊,天界现前所有,是人间善行者转生得此神通乎?」佛答:「长老大摩嘎剌那,当初生世之人行善久远,近来归依,故于天上生神通,尔何故问我?」长老答:「如同挚友久别重逢喜悦,亦如善行人於此生逝,转往他生,善德福报随以而至,受受不绝。」世尊说此义理。
§861
861.
‘‘Cirappavāsiṃ purisaṃ, dūrato sotthimāgataṃ;
“长住不衰的男子,远方而来已得安乐;
Ñātimittā suhajjā ca, abhinandanti āgataṃ.
亲族好友以及品行善良者,欢喜欢迎他来到。”
§862
862.
‘‘Tatheva katapuññampi, asmā lokā paraṃ gataṃ;
“同样,某些造作善行之人,已往彼世间去;
Puññāni paṭiggaṇhanti, piyaṃ ñātīva āgata’’nti. – gāthā abhāsi;
善业则由亲爱亲属接收。”——偈颂如是说;
Nandiyo taṃ sutvā bhiyyosomattāya dānāni deti, puññāni karoti, so vaṇijjāya gacchanto revatiṃ āha ‘‘bhadde, mayā paṭṭhapitaṃ saṅghassa dānaṃ anāthānaṃ pākavattañca tvaṃ appamattā pavatteyyāsī’’ti. Sā ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇi. So pavāsagatopi yattha yattha vāsaṃ kappeti, tattha tattha bhikkhūnaṃ anāthānañca yathāvibhavaṃ dānaṃ detiyeva. Tassa anukampāya khīṇāsavā dūratopi āgantvā dānaṃ sampaṭicchanti. Revatī pana tasmiṃ gate katipāhameva dānaṃ pavattetvā anāthānaṃ bhattaṃ upacchindi, bhikkhūnampi bhattaṃ kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyaṃ adāsi . Bhikkhūnaṃ bhuttaṭṭhāne attanā bhuttāvasesāni sitthāni macchamaṃsakhaṇḍamissakāni calakaṭṭhikāni ca pakiritvā manussānaṃ dasseti ‘‘passatha samaṇānaṃ kammaṃ, saddhādeyyaṃ nāma evaṃ chaḍḍentī’’ti.
难提耶听闻此事后,因功德增长而更为广大,施予施舍,修行功德。彼行商旅之时,对雷瓦陀言说:「善男子,我所建立的僧团施舍、孤寡之人以及乞食准备,你应当谨慎勤勉地去施予。」她闻言以「善哉」回应。难提耶无论往来何处停宿,皆如法给予比库们、孤寡之人施舍,满盈奉献。因其悲悯,已断尽烦恼者即便远方来者亦悉施舍。雷瓦陀在彼时施予多少施舍,并为孤寡备置食物,亦赠与比库们食饭、馒头、藜麦及第二次施粮。于比库们食处,亲自整理剩饭残粮、陈旧鱼肉碎片、渣粪秽物等,展现给人类观瞻,说:「观察沙门们的行为,信仰即是舍弃此等。」
Atha nandiyo vohārakasiddhi yathālābho āgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā revatiṃ gehato nīharitvā gehaṃ pāvisi. Dutiyadivase buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ pavattetvā niccabhattaṃ anāthabhattañca sammadeva pavattesi, attano sahāyehi upanītaṃ revatiṃ ghāsacchādanaparamatāya ṭhapesi. So aparena samayena kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane attano vimāneyeva nibbatti. Revatī pana sabbaṃ dānaṃ pacchinditvā ‘‘imesaṃ vasena mayhaṃ lābhasakkāro parihāyī’’ti bhikkhusaṅghaṃ akkosantī paribhāsantī vicarati. Atha vessavaṇo dve yakkhe āṇāpesi ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, bārāṇasinagare ugghosatha ‘‘ito sattame divase revatī jīvantīyeva niraye pakkhipīyatī’ti’’. Taṃ sutvā mahājano saṃvegajāto bhītatasito ahosi.
既而难提耶获得善果,归来与所获如实,携其施事之行止回到雷瓦陀邑所,入家。翌日,佛前比库众大施事法胜利展开,推行正当常食及孤寡食施。难提耶与其随从安置雷瓦陀草棚之最高处。此时分,计时完成,于三十三天宫以自家飞机降生。雷瓦陀施舍全部结束后,辱骂比库众,说:「因你们这些人,我利益被剥夺。」边骂边闲逛。此时,两鬼神向维萨伐诺前来,说:「起去吧,我说在巴拉那西城,请告知:第七日雷瓦陀将如活地狱中者般被投入恶道。」闻言众人心生惧怕,震惊退避。
Atha revatī pana pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā dvāraṃ thaketvā nisīdi. Sattame divase tassā pāpakammasañcoditena vessavaṇena raññā āṇattā jalitakapilakesamassukā cipiṭavirūpanāsikā pariṇatadāṭhā lohitakkhā sajaladharasamānavaṇṇā ativiya bhayānakarūpā dve yakkhā upagantvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi, revate, supāpadhamme’’tiādīni vadantā nānābāhāsu gahetvā ‘‘mahājano passatū’’ti sakalanagare vīthito vīthiṃ paribbhamāpetvā ākāsaṃ abbhuggantvā tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ netvā nandiyassa vimānaṃ sampattiñcassā dassetvā taṃ vilapantiṃyeva ussadanirayasamīpaṃ pāpesuṃ. Taṃ yamapurisā ussadaniraye khipiṃsu. Tenāha –
随后雷瓦陀登上宫殿,关门而坐。第七日因恶业怂恿、被维萨伐诺撵逐出来的毒龙女王,头覆水瓢头巾,眉间插饰贝壳面具,鼻子畸形狰狞,皮肤赤红如血,似含泪淌水,一副极为恐怖且可怖之形态。两鬼神前来,呼唤道:「起去吧,雷瓦陀,至善恶之事。」同时抓住她多处手臂,示众「善常人观之」,在全城街道游走,腾空而上,迎接三十三天宫,示现难提耶飞升之祥瑞。鬼神陪伴她哀叹,如临阎罗地狱般之恶苦。地狱吏匆速将她驱赶入沉苦地狱。其言曰:
§863
863.
‘‘Uṭṭhehi revate supāpadhamme, apārutadvāre adānasīle;
「起去吧,雷瓦陀,至善恶之事,守门戒盗;
Nessāma taṃ yattha thunanti duggatā, samappitā nerayikā dukhenā’’ti.
于此恶道之处,决不容你逃,因罪重而沉沦地狱苦难。」
Tattha uṭṭhehīti uṭṭhaha, na dānesa pāsādo taṃ nirayabhayato rakkhituṃ sakkoti, tasmā sīghaṃ uṭṭhahitvā āgacchāhīti attho. Revateti taṃ nāmena ālapati. Supāpadhammetiādinā uṭṭhānassa kāraṇaṃ vadati. Yasmā tvaṃ ariyānaṃ akkosanaparibhāsanādinā suṭṭu lāmakapāpadhammā, yasmā ca apārutaṃ dvāraṃ nirayassa tava pavesanatthaṃ, tasmā uṭṭhehīti. Adānasīleti kassaci kiñci na dānasīle kadariye maccharinī, idampi uṭṭhānasseva kāraṇavacanaṃ. Yasmā dānasīlānaṃ amaccharīnaṃ tava sāmikasadisānaṃ sugatiyaṃ nivāso, tādisānaṃ pana adānasīlānaṃ maccharīnaṃ niraye nivāso, tasmā uṭṭhehi, muhuttamattampi tava idha ṭhātuṃ na dassāmīti adhippāyo. Yattha thunanti duggatāti dukkhagatattā duggatā. Nerayikāti nirayadukkhena samappitā samaṅgībhūtā yasmiṃ niraye thunanti, yāva pāpakammaṃ na byanti hoti, tāva nikkhamituṃ alabhantā nitthunanti, tattha taṃ nessāma nayissāma khipissāmāti yojanā.
这里所说的“起来”是指“起身”,不是指舍得布施的宅第能够保护这个人免受地狱的恐怖,因此才说“迅速起身前来”。这是因由,名字是“雷瓦达”(Revatā)。“由恶业等因缘”,说明起身的原因。因为你受到圣人们责难、斥责等言语的痛苦和恶法的折磨,又因地狱的大门向你敞开,为了进入地狱门,因此才说“起来”。有人说“不舍得给布施”,像蚊子不喜欢扇风一样,这也是起身的原因之词。因为布施戒律清净的善护众生的地方,是诸圣人们的善去住所,而不布施戒律的恶行者则居于地狱之中,因此说“起来”,即使暂时你不能住在这里,这是督促你赶快离开的意愿。此处说“痛苦之地”是真正的苦处,即处于地狱痛苦中,身体变得萎顿。当受地狱苦难时,因地狱苦难而身心俱疲,身处地狱中受苦之苦,因恶业未消除,不能出离,终至消亡,因此说“我们引导你、带领你迅速离去”,示意迅速离开地狱。
§864
864.
八百六十四。
‘‘Icceva vatvāna yamassa dūtā, te dve yakkhā lohitakkhā brahantā;
“于是说:‘这是阎魔的大使,二个亚卡,血眼红脸,威严壮大;’
Paccekabāhāsu gahetvā revataṃ, pakkāmayuṃ devagaṇassa santike’’ti. –
‘他们抓住了雷瓦达,将其带往三十三天的众天人面前。’——
Idaṃ saṅgītikāravacanaṃ.
这是一段歌谣的内容。
Tattha icceva vatvānāti iti eva ‘‘uṭṭhehī’’tiādinā vatvā, vacanasamanantaramevāti attho. Yamassa dūtāti appaṭisedhaniyatassa yamassa rañño dūtasadisā. Vessavaṇena hi te pesitā . Tathā hi te tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ nayiṃsu. Keci ‘‘na yamassa dūtā’’ti na-kāraṃ ‘‘yamassā’’ti padena sambandhitvā ‘‘vessavaṇassa dūtā’’ti atthaṃ vadanti, taṃ na yujjati. Na hi na yamadūtatāya vessavaṇassa dūtāti sijjhati. Yajanti tattha baliṃ upaharantīti yakkhā. Lohitakkhāti rattanayanā. Yakkhānañhi nettāni atilohitāni honti. Brahantāti mahantā. Paccekabāhāsūti eko ekabāhāyaṃ, itaro itarabāhāyanti paccekaṃ bāhāsu. Revatanti revatiṃ. Revatātipi tassā nāmameva. Tathā hi ‘‘revate’’ti vuttaṃ. Pakkāmayunti pakkāmesuṃ, upanesunti attho. Devagaṇassāti tāvatiṃsabhavane devasaṅghassa.
这里说‘于是说’是说‘起来吧’等话说完,连说之后的话。所谓‘阎魔的大使’是指定的,不是一般的使者,是阎魔王的差役。因为这些是阎魔所差遣的。的确,他们曾引导至忉利天。有人说‘非阎魔使者’,而把‘阎魔’解释为‘大天帝’,说他们是大天帝的使者,这不成立,因无法产生影响。因为既不是阎魔的差役,也不能说是大天帝的差役。这里说亚卡是指他们在此处杀祭割取供物。所谓血眼是指红宝石般的眼睛。亚卡的眼睛多为红色。所谓“威严”即“伟大”。“独臂”指一只手臂,另只手臂是另一只手臂的说法,分别表示独臂二亚卡。雷瓦达指雷瓦达女。名字本身就是这样说的。故这里说“雷瓦达”。“带往”是送到、呈送的意思。所谓天人众是指三十三天的天众。
Evaṃ tehi yakkhehi tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ netvā nandiyavimānassa avidūre ṭhapitā revatī taṃ sūriyamaṇḍalasadisaṃ ativiya pabhassaraṃ disvā –
于是,那些夜叉引领众生天宫来到不远处的难提天宫,见此处光辉灿烂,宛如太阳轮盘一般异常明亮;
§865
865.
‘‘Ādiccavaṇṇaṃ ruciraṃ pabhassaraṃ, byamhaṃ subhaṃ kañcanajālachannaṃ;
『这是自生色彩鲜明美丽光辉照耀,天空庄严披覆黄金网状的宫殿;
Kassetamākiṇṇajanaṃ vimānaṃ, suriyassa raṃsīriva jotamānaṃ.
为什么这个宴会宫殿建造得如此精巧,如同太阳的光芒闪耀不息。』
§866
866.
‘‘Nārīgaṇā candanasāralittā, ubhato vimānaṃ upasobhayanti;
『众多女眷沐浴在檀香清凉的水中,双边宫殿相对辉映,增添华美;
Taṃ dissati suriyasamānavaṇṇaṃ, ko modati saggapatto vimāne’’ti. –
彼见到与太阳颜色相似之物,便问道:‘这是谁在天堂殿阁中欢喜?’
Te yakkhe pucchi. Tepi tassā –
天魔侍者们进而问道。他们依次答曰:
§867
867.
(此处为编号867)
‘‘Bārāṇasiyaṃ nandiyo nāmāsi, upāsako amaccharī dānapati vadaññū;
‘在巴拉纳西,有名为南迪的施主,是一位守护戒律的男居士,他善于施舍;
Tassetamākiṇṇajanaṃ vimānaṃ, sūriyassa raṃsīriva jotamānaṃ.
那里有一座属於他众多家族的殿阁,其辉光就如同阳光的光辉一般耀眼。
§868
868.
(此处为编号868)
‘‘Nārīgaṇā candanasāralittā, ubhato vimānaṃ upasobhayanti;
众女身披檀香色彩,如同涂抹了檀香,对称地装饰着两旁的楼阁;
Taṃ dissati sūriyasamānavaṇṇaṃ, so modati saggapatto vimāne’’ti. –
其容貌如同太阳般明净光辉,欢喜地居于天界的宫殿中。
Ācikkhiṃsu.
众女即如此赞叹。
§868
868. Tattha candanasāralittāti sārabhūtena candanagandhena anulittasarīrā. Ubhato vimānanti vimānaṃ ubhato anto ceva bahi ca saṅgītādīhi upecca sobhayanti.
868. 其中文义中,所谓“檀香色彩”是指以实质性的檀香气味沐浴、涂抹其身;“两旁楼阁”是指宫殿两侧的内部与外部空间,兼顾音乐等装饰而使之光彩夺目。
Atha revatī –
于是,雷瓦提(复诵此句)——
§869
869.
‘‘Nandiyassāhaṃ bhariyā, agārinī sabbakulassa issarā;
『南迪耶是我的妻,家中女主人,全家之主。』
Bhattu vimāne ramissāmi dānahaṃ, na patthaye nirayaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. –
『我将住在府邸中享乐,不堕地狱受苦。』
Āha. Tattha agārinīti gehasāminī. ‘‘Bhariyā sagāminī’’tipi paṭhanti, bhariyā sahagāminīti attho. Sabbakulassa issarā bhattūti mama bhattu nandiyassa sabbakuṭumbikassa issarā sāminī ahosiṃ, tasmā idānipi vimāne issarā bhavissāmīti āha. Vimāne ramissāmidānahanti evaṃ palobhetumeva hi taṃ te tattha nesuṃ. Na patthaye nirayaṃ dassanāyāti yaṃ pana nirayaṃ maṃ tumhe netukāmā, taṃ nirayaṃ dassanāyapi na patthaye, kuto pavisitunti vadati.
世尊说:这里所谓家中女主人,是指家庭主妇。『妻为伴侣』之意,即妻子为生活同伴。全家之主,指的是我的妻子南迪,是我全家的人主,夫主。因此,我说今后在府邸仍将为主。『我将在府邸中享乐』即是表达贪恋之意,他执著于府邸修养享乐。『不堕地狱受苦』者,指的是你们不想让我堕地狱,即使要向我显现地狱,也不要显现,我恐惧堕入地狱,故言不愿目睹地狱之苦。
Evaṃ vadantimeva ‘‘tvaṃ taṃ patthehi vā mā vā, kiṃ tava patthanāyā’’ti nirayasamīpaṃ netvā –
这些话讲完后,对方说:『你随意是否离开,如何去,随你,但不要把我带到地狱的边缘去。』
§870
870.
(经文编号八百七十)
‘‘Eso te nirayo supāpadhamme, puññaṃ tayā akataṃ jīvaloke;
『这是你将堕于恶业之地狱的缘故,因你在人间未积功德。』
Na hi maccharī rosako pāpadhammo, saggūpagānaṃ labhati sahabyata’’nti. –
蚊虫虽有恶性,却不属于恶道众生,也不会得到天界天人的伴随。
Gāthamāhaṃsu. Tassattho – eso tava nirayo, tayā dīgharattaṃ mahādukkhaṃ anubhavitabbaṭṭhānabhūto. Kasmā? Puññaṃ tayā akataṃ jīvaloke, yasmā manussaloke appamattakampi tayā puññaṃ nāma na kataṃ, evaṃ akatapuñño pana tādiso satto maccharī attano sampattinigūhanalakkhaṇena maccharena samannāgato, paresaṃ rosuppādanena rosako, lobhādīhi pāpadhammehi samaṅgībhāvato pāpadhammo saggūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ sahabhāvaṃ na labhatīti yojanā.
诗文说:『那是你的地狱,你应当长期在那里,经历极大痛苦的处所。为何如此?因为你在有情世界未曾造有功德,在人间世界即使极少也未曾行善,故此你缺乏功德,是无功德之人。同时,你这种众生虽因自身隐秘财产状况,与蚊虫相类,但因对他人挑起嗔恨、被嗔恨缠绕,又与贪等恶法融合为一体,是恶行之体,故天界天人不会与你结伴、共处。』此分明阐明了恶性行为与轮回居处的因果。
Evaṃ pana vatvā te dve yakkhā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Taṃsadise pana dve nirayapāle saṃsavake nāma gūthaniraye pakkhipituṃ ākaḍḍhante passitvā –
说毕之后,这两位夜叉就消失在其地。恰逢此时,地狱守护者二人,名曰境狱执事,为将其投入地狱深处,曾亲眼见此情形。
§871
871.
(诗句编号)
‘‘Kiṃ nu gūthañca muttañca, asuci paṭidissati;
『什么是隐瞒欺骗又虚伪?什么是不洁恶臭显现?
Duggandhaṃ kimidaṃ mīḷhaṃ, kimetaṃ upavāyatī’’ti. –
这污秽臭气为何而生?何故污染氛围?』
Taṃ nirayaṃ pucchi.
于是便问地狱。
§872
872.
八百七十二。
‘‘Esa saṃsavako nāma, gambhīro sataporiso;
『此谓名为三途重苦者,乃深重断恶人;
Yattha vassasahassāni, tuvaṃ paccasi revate’’ti. –
于彼处中,汝已目睹有千年之久的雷瓦达。』
Tasmiṃ kathite tattha attano nibbattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ pucchantī –
在此说中,便问自己的生起缘由所因之业。
§873
873.
八百七十三。
‘‘Kiṃ nu kāyena vācāya, manasā dukkaṭaṃ kataṃ;
“用身体、语言和心意,究竟做了什么恶事?
Kena saṃsavako laddho, gambhīro sataporiso’’ti. – āha;
凭什么获得了渊深稳重、修持纯正的贤者呢?”世尊回答说:
§874
874.
‘‘Samaṇe brāhmaṇe cāpi, aññe vāpi vanibbake;
“无论是沙门、婆罗门,或其他外道诸师,
Musāvādena vañcesi, taṃ pāpaṃ pakataṃ tayā’’ti. –
都因妄语欺骗,这种恶行是你确实的罪过。”
Tassā taṃ kammaṃ kathetvā puna te –
他解释了她所造的业后,又对她说——
§875
875.
第八百七十五条。
‘‘Tena saṃsavako laddho, gambhīro sataporiso;
『由此遇得伴侣者,是具足庄重的清净人;
Tatthe vassasahassāni, tuvaṃ paccasi revate’’ti. –
在那里历经千年,你却一一回顾那雷瓦达。』
Āhaṃsu. Tattha saṃsavako nāmāti niccakālaṃ gūthamuttādiasucissa saṃsavanato paggharaṇato saṃsavako nāma.
此语出于此。伴侣一词,常指经由长期隐居、修行以达成清净者的相伴。
Na kevalaṃ tuyhaṃ idha saṃsavakalābho eva, atha kho ettha anekāni vassasahassāni paccitvā uttiṇṇāya hatthacchedādilābhopīti dassetuṃ –
不仅仅是你的此处得伴侣,亦欲显示此处历经千万年,为脱离斩手等苦难而得之。
§876
876.
第八百七十六条。
‘‘Hatthepi chindanti athopi pāde, kaṇṇepi chindanti athopi nāsaṃ;
徒手虽能斩断,然亦能斩其足;耳亦能斩断,然亦能斩其鼻,
Athopi kākoḷagaṇā samecca, saṅgamma khādanti viphandamāna’’nti. –
更有乌鸦等鸟类,结群聚集,互相联合时,在搏斗中共同啄食。
Tattha laddhabbakāraṇaṃ āhaṃsu. Tattha kākoḷagaṇāti kākasaṅghā. Te kirassā tigāvutappamāṇe sarīre anekasatāni anekasahassāni patitvā tālakkhandhaparimāṇehi sunisitaggehi ayomayehi mukhatuṇḍehi vijjhitvā vijjhitvā khādanti, maṃsaṃ gahitagahitaṭṭhāne kammabalena pūrateva. Tenāha ‘‘kākoḷagaṇā samecca, saṅgamma khādanti viphandamāna’’nti.
此处说的原因是:乌鸦群,谓众多乌鸦的群体。它们的身体长约三十余年寿命,数以百计、数以千计的个体纷纷落下,以掌掌大小的坚硬鳞甲覆盖其口鼻部位,彼此啄啄啄食,其肉体在活动场所凭借力量之作用而填满。故称“乌鸦群结集,联合啄食搏斗”。
Puna sā manussalokaṃ paccānayanāya yācanādivasena taṃ taṃ vippalapi. Tena vuttaṃ –
此外,以人间世界的形态再次表现此类求食行为等变形。关于此有言说:
§877
877.
‘‘Sādhu kho maṃ paṭinetha, kāhāmi kusalaṃ bahuṃ;
“善哉,你反击我,我曾作多善行;
Dānena samacariyāya, saṃyamena damena ca;
以施舍为行为正道,以自制为持守,以驯服为调伏;
Yaṃ katvā sukhitā honti, na ca pacchānutappare’’ti.
作此行为而得安乐,事后不生悔恨。
Puna nirayapālā –
又说地狱守护者——
§878
878.
‘‘Pure tuvaṃ pamajjitvā, idāni paridevasi;
『过去你曾放逸怠惰,如今因所作业缘而感悲痛;
Sayaṃ katānaṃ kammānaṃ, vipākaṃ anubhossasī’’ti. –
自受自身所作业的果报』——
Āhaṃsu. Puna sā āha –
他们说。那人复又说——
§879
879.
【第八百七十九节】
‘‘Ko devalokato manussalokaṃ, gantvāna puṭṭho me evaṃ vadeyya;
『谁从天界来到人间界,然后反过来说:
Nikkhittadaṇḍesu dadātha dānaṃ, acchādanaṃ seyyamathannapānaṃ;
“应当将棍棒放下,施以布施;应当给予遮盖、床榻及饮食。”
Na hi maccharī rosako pāpadhammo, saggūpagānaṃ labhati sahabyataṃ.
因为蝇虫、虫害乃恶行之所,常伴随天界之众,得其同伴之乐,绝非实情。
§880
880.
【第八百八十节】
‘‘Sāhaṃ nūna ito gantvā, yoniṃ laddhāna mānusiṃ;
『我确实从此以后,得度了人间生死轮回;』
Vadaññū sīlasampannā, kāhāmi kusalaṃ bahuṃ;
『品行端正、戒德具足者,我广行诸善业;』
Dānena samacariyāya, saṃyamena damena ca.
『行布施、持正业、戒制自心及温顺;』
§881
881.
『(此为第八百八十一节。)』
‘‘Ārāmāni ca ropissaṃ, dugge saṅkamāni ca;
『我亦将植种园林,截除荆棘丛生之地;』
Papañca udapānañca, vippasannena cetasā.
『并以清净欢喜之心除灭妄执与纷扰。』
§882
882.
八百八十二。
‘‘Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiṃ, yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī;
『十四、十五日,及一月中夜叉之第八日,
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgataṃ.
此乃神奇夜叉之日,八支完备集于一处。』
§883
883.
八百八十三。
‘‘Uposathaṃ upavasissaṃ, sadā sīlesu saṃvutā;
『持斋日当有禁食,常自约束于戒律,
Na ca dāne pamajjissaṃ, sāmaṃ diṭṭhamidaṃ mayā’’ti.
不应懈怠于布施,我亲眼所见,如是说。』
§884
884.
八百八十四。
‘‘Iccevaṃ vippalapantiṃ, phandamānaṃ tato tato;
『这样地喋喋不休,各处招致危险,』
Khipiṃsu niraye ghore, uddhaṃpādaṃ avaṃsira’’nti. –
『迅速堕入可怖地狱,上下分裂坠落』——
Idaṃ saṅgītikāravacanaṃ. Puna sā –
这是歌咏者的言辞。再次是——
§885
885.
八百八十五。
‘‘Ahaṃ pure maccharinī ahosiṃ, paribhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ;
『我过去曾为蚊蝇之母,嘲弄侮辱沙门婆罗门;』
Vitathena ca sāmikaṃ vañcayitvā, paccāmahaṃ niraye ghorarūpe’’ti. –
欺骗比库时以虚假之语许诺,必定将在恐怖的地狱中受苦,这是后果的讲说。
Osānagāthamāha. Tattha ‘‘ahaṃ pure maccharinī’’ti gāthā niraye nibbattāya vuttā, itarā anibbattāya evāti veditabbā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.
经文说:“我过去是吸血的蚊子”,这韵文指的是因堕入地狱而现果的情形,另外一些则指未得现果,须以此辨别,余者皆可明知无疑。
Bhikkhū revatiyā yakkhehi gahetvā nītabhāvaṃ bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Taṃ sutvā bhagavā ādito paṭṭhāya imaṃ vatthuṃ kathetvā upari vitthārena dhammaṃ desesi, desanāpariyosāne bahū sotāpattiphalādīni pāpuṇiṃsu. Kāmañcetaṃ revatīpaṭibaddhāya kathāya yebhuyyabhāvato ‘‘revatīvimāna’’nti voharīyati, yasmā pana revatī vimānadevatā na hoti, nandiyassa pana devaputtassa vimānādisampattipaṭisaṃyuttañcetaṃ, tasmā purisavimānesveva saṅgahaṃ āropitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
比库们将雷瓦提及夜叉捉拿的情形向世尊说起。世尊闻知后便起身离开,住处改变后详细讲解这段事理,讲法终了时,多人获得初果等圣果。这些故事被称为“雷瓦提宫殿”的由来,但事实上雷瓦提并非天宫主,乃因与那谛天子之宫相关联,因此此名称实为以人宫之宫殿作为统称,须如此观察。
Revatīvimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 雷瓦蒂天宫之解释完毕。
3. Chattamāṇavakavimānavaṇṇanā三、差德玛那瓦咖天宫之解释
Yo vadataṃ pavaro manujesūti chattamāṇavakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena setabyāyaṃ aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa kicchāladdho putto chatto nāma brāhmaṇamāṇavo ahosi. So vayappatto pitarā pesito ukkaṭṭhaṃ gantvā brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa santike medhāvitāya analasatāya ca na cireneva mante vijjāṭṭhānāni ca uggahetvā brāhmaṇasippe nipphattiṃ patto. So ācariyaṃ abhivādetvā ‘‘mayā tumhākaṃ santike sippaṃ sikkhitaṃ, kiṃ vo garudakkhiṇaṃ demī’’ti āha. Ācariyo ‘‘garudakkhiṇā nāma antevāsikassa vibhavānurūpā, kahāpaṇasahassamānehī’’ti āha. Chattamāṇavo ācariyaṃ abhivādetvā setabyaṃ gantvā mātāpitaro vanditvā tehi abhinandiyamāno katapaṭisanthāro tamatthaṃ pitu ārocetvā ‘‘detha me dātabbayuttakaṃ, ajjeva datvā āgamissāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘tāta, ajja vikālo, sve gamissasī’’ti vatvā kahāpaṇe nīharitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhāpetvā ṭhapesuṃ. Corā taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā chattamāṇavakassa gamanamagge aññatarasmiṃ vanagahane nilīnā acchiṃsu ‘‘māṇavaṃ māretvā kahāpaṇe gaṇhissāmā’’ti.
有人说,“人中最杰出者是‘遮摩摩纳’(chattamāṇava)”。此人出生有何渊源?世尊住于王舍城揭伽园时,那时迦叶尊者的亲属,名为遮摩摩纳,是某婆罗门家孩童。他年长后,父亲遣其远行,于婆罗门池边,凭借聪慧勤勉及世间技艺,学业不多时即得良工匠身份。他拜见师长,告知在其处学得工艺,请求给予报酬。师长答曰:“所谓报酬依附于行会的财富,约为一千货币。”遮摩摩纳向师长敬礼后回到家乡,向父母问安并受父母赞扬。他父亲问:“此刻你求何事?”他说:“请赐予我所求之财,今日给予,明日归来。”父母言:“孩子,今夕你已病,明天返回乡里吧。”将货币收藏好。小偷知晓他将离去,藏于村边某林中,心生歹意曰:“若杀了孩童可取货币。”
Bhagavā paccūsasamaye mahākaruṇāsamāpattito vuṭṭhāya lokaṃ volokento chattamāṇavakassa saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhānaṃ, corehi māritassa devaloke nibbattiṃ, tato saha vimānena āgatassa tattha sannipatitaparisāya ca dhammābhisamayaṃ disvā paṭhamatarameva gantvā māṇavakassa gamanamagge aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Māṇavo ācariyadhanaṃ gahetvā setabyato ukkaṭṭhābhimukho gacchanto antarāmagge bhagavantaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā upasaṅkamitvā aṭṭhāsi. ‘‘Kuhiṃ gamissasī’’ti bhagavatā vutto ‘‘ukkaṭṭhaṃ, bho gotama, gamissāmi mayhaṃ ācariyassa pokkharasātissa garudakkhiṇaṃ dātu’’nti āha. Atha bhagavā ‘‘jānāsi pana tvaṃ, māṇava, tīṇi saraṇāni, pañca sīlānī’’ti vatvā tena ‘‘nāhaṃ jānāmi, kimatthiyāni panetāni kīdisāni cā’’ti vutte ‘‘idamīdisa’’nti saraṇagamanassa sīlasamādānassa ca phalānisaṃsaṃ vibhāvetvā ‘‘uggaṇhāhi tāva, māṇavaka, saraṇagamanavidhi’’nti vatvā ‘‘sādhu uggaṇhissāmi, kathetha bhante bhagavā’’ti tena yācito tassa ruciyā anurūpaṃ gāthābandhavasena saraṇagamanavidhiṃ dassento –
当时世尊在夕阳时分极具大悲悯心起立,观察世间,护持遮摩摩纳的庇护与戒律;他即因被小偷杀害而往天上成就,随后乘妙天宫而来,见到集会讲法仪轨,初次去往时,在遮摩摩纳前行途中一树下坐止。孩童携带师长财宝,从家里往外行走,见到世尊坐于处所,前来跪立。世尊问曰:“将去何方?”他说:“我将上路,世尊,我要去给我师长池边的财宝报酬。”世尊又问:“你知晓三皈依及五戒否?”他说:“我不知,那为何及其种类?”世尊就三皈五戒与受持效果详说,并教导他说:“你领受皈依法和守戒的方法吧。”他说:“好,我愿领受,请示如何修行。”世尊以调和韵文说明皈依法门,教其依教奉行。
§886
886.
(韵文编号886,具体韵文内容未给出)
‘‘Yo vadataṃ pavaro manujesu, sakyamunī bhagavā katakicco;
『世尊』者,释迦族之仙人,能为人中最尊者也,世尊于此有何作为?
Pāragato balavīriyasamaṅgī, taṃ sugataṃ saraṇatthamupehi.
彼已到达彼岸,具大力勇并平衡心意,宜当以彼善逝为依止以求安乐。
§887
887.
第八百八十七条。
‘‘Rāgavirāgamanejamasokaṃ , dhammamasaṅkhatamappaṭikūlaṃ;
彼教法无染无贪无嗔,无痛苦无杂扰而不逆;
Madhuramimaṃ paguṇaṃ suvibhattaṃ, dhammamimaṃ saraṇatthamupehi.
此教法甘美纯正而清净,宜当以此教法为依止以求安乐。
§888
888.
第八百八十八条。
‘‘Yattha ca dinna mahapphalamāhu, catūsu sucīsu purisayugesu;
“又如前述所给予的大果报者,是在四种清净的比库组合中;
Aṭṭha ca puggala dhammadasā te, saṅghamimaṃ saraṇatthamupehī’’ti. –
这四人分别具有八种觉悟之德,故依此僧团得以成为依止。”
Tisso gāthāyo abhāsi.
此为三句偈语。
§886
886. Tattha yoti aniyamitavacanaṃ, tassa ‘‘ta’’nti iminā niyamanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vadatanti vadantānaṃ. Pavaroti seṭṭho, kathikānaṃ uttamo vādīvaroti attho. Manujesūti ukkaṭṭhaniddeso yathā ‘‘satthā devamanussāna’’nti. Bhagavā pana devamanussānampi brahmānampi sabbesampi sattānaṃ pavaroyeva, bhagavato ca carimabhave manussesu uppannatāya vuttaṃ ‘‘manujesū’’ti. Tenevāha ‘‘sakyamunī’’ti. Sakyakulappasutatāya sakyo, kāyamoneyyādīhi samannāgatato anavasesassa ca ñeyyassa munanato muni cāti sakyamuni. Bhāgyavantatādīhi catūhi kāraṇehi bhagavā. Catūhi maggehi kātabbassa pariññādipabhedassa soḷasavidhassa kiccassa katattā nipphāditattā katakicco. Pāraṃ sakkāyassa paratīraṃ nibbānaṃ gato sayambhuñāṇena adhigatoti pāragato. Asadisena kāyabalena, anaññasādhāraṇena ñāṇabalena, catubbidhasammappadhānavīriyena ca samannāgatattā balavīriyasamaṅgī. Sobhanagamanattā, sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattā, sammā gatattā, sammā ca gaditattā sugato. Taṃ sugataṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ saraṇatthaṃ saraṇāya parāyaṇāya apāyadukkhavaṭṭadukkhaparittāṇāya upehi upagaccha, ajja paṭṭhāya ahitanivattanena hitasaṃvaḍḍhanena ‘‘ayaṃ me bhagavā saraṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ parāyaṇaṃ gati paṭisaraṇa’’nti bhaja seva, evaṃ jānāhi vā bujjhassūti attho.
关于此处所说“yoti”(照耀、最高),是无法随意理解之语,应当以“ta”为准绳。此处“vadata”意为“说话者”,意指为“最优者”,即讲说者中的上首、最佳辩论者。对于“manujesū”(众生之王)一词,其极致用法如《师赞》中“世尊为天人王”等。世尊被称为天人及人类中所有众生之上首,在最后生世人间出现,故被称为“人王”。由此得称为“释迦族圣者”,即释迦族所尊崇之清净之圣者,具身、声、意等殊胜,心无残缺,名为圣者。世尊因具四种因缘及四圣道,从而完成了断尽智慧、十六种教务的圆满职责。世尊已超越有色身,入无余涅槃,是自觉者以智慧自证得之,故名为“超越者”。依其无比的身体力、无上智慧力及四种正勤和合而成的力量而成就,行迹光明,至妙之境地。如此善逝者、正觉者,应当依止,以此依止为终极依归,远离恶趣痛苦,应当亲近依止。今当依此坚定,不偏离有益之法,增进利益,故可称之为“此即我世尊的依止、护持、终极依归、归宿”,当奉持侍奉。知此者必得觉悟,此为义理。
§887
887.Rāgavirāganti ariyamaggamāha. Tena hi ariyā anādikālabhāvitampi rāgaṃ virajjenti. Anejamasokanti ariyaphalaṃ. Tañhi ejāsaṅkhātāya taṇhāya avasiṭṭhānañca sokanimittānaṃ kilesānaṃ sabbaso paṭippassambhanato ‘‘anejaṃ asoka’’nti ca vuccati. Dhammanti sabhāvadhammaṃ. Sabhāvato gahetabbadhammo hesa yadidaṃ maggaphalanibbānāni, na pariyattidhammo viya paññattidhammavasena. Dhammanti vā paramatthadhammaṃ, nibbānanti attho. Samecca sambhuyya paccayehi kataṃ saṅkhataṃ, na saṅkhatanti asaṅkhataṃ. Tadeva nibbānaṃ. Natthi ettha kiñcipi paṭikūlanti appaṭikūlaṃ. Savanavelāyaṃ upaparikkhaṇavelāyaṃ paṭipajjanavelāyanti sabbadāpi iṭṭhamevāti madhuraṃ. Sabbaññutaññāṇasannissayāya paṭibhānasampadāya pavattitattā suppavattibhāvato nipuṇabhāvato ca paguṇaṃ. Vibhajitabbassa atthassa khandhādivasena kusalādivasena uddesādivasena ca suṭṭhu vibhajanato suvibhattaṃ. Tīhipi padehi pariyattidhammameva vadati. Teneva hissa āpāthakāle viya vimaddanakālepi kathentassa viya suṇantassāpi sammukhībhāvato ubhatopaccakkhatāya dassanatthaṃ ‘‘ima’’nti vuttaṃ. Dhammanti yathāvapaṭipajjante apāyadukkhapātato dhāraṇatthena dhammaṃ, idaṃ catubbidhassāpi dhammassa sādhāraṇavacanaṃ. Pariyattidhammopi hi saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhānamattāyapi yathāvapaṭipattiyā apāyadukkhapātato dhāreti eva. Imassa ca atthassa idameva vimānaṃ sādhakanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sādhāraṇabhāvena yathāvuttadhammassa paccakkhaṃ katvā dassento puna ‘‘ima’’nti āha.
“贪欲与离欲”为圣道之名称。由此,圣者在无始以来便远离贪欲。无伤悲之心即圣果,意即诸痴爱及由贪爱所生诸忧苦皆已消灭,称为“无伤悲”。法者即是实相法,以此法恒当执持,如同涅槃之果实,不似言说而成之表述法,与世间俗说有别。法亦即究竟真理,涅槃即其义。诸法体现在因缘所成的有为法中,非无为法。涅槃即无为法。此处没有任何相反或对立之义。于听闻之时、审察之时、实践之时,总是令人欢喜为宜,甚为畅快。此皆因成就智慧知见,功夫纯熟,理通达明。应当分别其义,以蕴等为本,乃至分别善法及目标等,皆分明无碍,解说圆通。本文三句皆指表述法。借此语为初学者退失迷惑,面对讲说者及听听者,双方相对而明示实义,故以“此”字标示。法者,即依照正行,持守以远离恶道苦,故为法之通称。表述法即是于僧团、戒律中成立之法,依修行程度,确实得以远离恶趣痛苦。此义当知为坚固护持此法的根基。以简单常见的形式明确指出,并教导众生,是谓“此”等字之意旨。
§888
888.Yatthāti yasmiṃ ariyasaṅghe. Dinnanti pariccattaṃ annādideyyadhammaṃ. Dinna mahapphalanti gāthāsukhatthaṃ anunāsikalopo kato. Accantameva kilesāsucito visujjhanena sucīsu ‘‘sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno’’tiādinā (a. ni. 8.60) vuttesu catūsu purisayugesu. Aṭṭhāti maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhesu yugaḷe akatvā visuṃ visuṃ gahaṇena aṭṭha puggalā. Gāthāsukhatthameva cettha ‘‘puggala dhammadasā’’ti rassaṃ katvā niddeso. Dhammadasāti catusaccadhammassa nibbānadhammassa ca paccakkhato dassanakā. Diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena saṃhatabhāvena saṅghaṃ.
“yattha”即指圣僧团内。已给予并完全布施无余盛饭食。这“已施大果”意指偈语的快乐之义,已做了说解的引导。极净净化烦恼,故称四种清净的“流入果之已证者等四比库组合”(参见《辅助记》8.60),此处的“catūsu purisayugesu”即指此四人组合。八者指八种圣道果实的对应人:此偈的义已明,其次是“puggala dhammadasā”,意即指四圣谛法之了义,即涅槃法明了的显现。因由坚定的见解、戒律及静虑所集结,构成了具有正见的僧团。
Evaṃ bhagavatā tīhi gāthāhi saraṇaguṇasandassanena saddhiṃ saraṇagamanavidhimhi vutte māṇavo taṃtaṃsaraṇaguṇānussaraṇamukhena saraṇagamanavidhino attano hadaye ṭhapitabhāvaṃ vibhāvento tassā tassā gāthāya anantaraṃ ‘‘yo vadataṃ pavaro’’tiādinā taṃ taṃ gāthaṃ paccanubhāsi. Evaṃ paccanubhāsitvā ṭhitassa pañca sikkhāpadāni sarūpato phalānisaṃsato ca vibhāvetvā tesaṃ samādānavidhiṃ kathesi. So tampi suṭṭhu upadhāretvā pasannamānaso ‘‘handāhaṃ bhagavā gamissāmī’’ti vatvā ratanattayaguṇaṃ anussaranto taṃyeva maggaṃ paṭipajji. Bhagavāpi ‘‘alaṃ imassa ettakaṃ kusalaṃ devalokūpapattiyā’’ti jetavanameva agamāsi.
世尊以三偈赞叹皈依的功德显现,由此详述依止皈依的方法。学童因念诵皈依功德而于自己心中确立皈依的状态,分别阐明每句偈文的意义,并紧接着由“谁所说者为尊”等语复诵此偈。如此重复之后,已坚定皈依心的学童分析五戒戒条的形态并结合其果报理义,诠释受持五戒的方法。对方亦善巧引导,心意清净喜悦,说道:“今日我当随从世尊”,念诵三宝功德而实践正道。世尊也以“此等功德因得天界”为由,亲至祇树给孤独园。
Māṇavassa pana pasannacittassa ratanattayaguṇaṃ sallakkhaṇavasena ‘‘saraṇaṃ upemī’’ti pavattacittuppādatāya saraṇesu ca, bhagavatā vuttanayena pañcannaṃ sīlānaṃ adhiṭṭhānena sīlesu ca patiṭṭhitassa teneva nayena ratanattayaguṇe anussarantasseva gacchantassa corā magge pariyuṭṭhiṃsu. So te agaṇetvā ratanattayaguṇe anussarantoyeva gacchati. Tañceko coro gumbantaraṃ upanissāya ṭhito visapītena sarena sahasāva vijjhitvā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpetvā kahāpaṇabhaṇḍikaṃ gahetvā attano sahāyehi saddhiṃ pakkāmi. Māṇavo pana kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane tiṃsayojanike kanakavimāne suttappabuddho viya accharāsahassaparivuto saṭṭhisakaṭabhārālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitattabhāvo nibbatti, tassa vimānassa ābhā sātirekāni vīsatiyojanāni pharitvā tiṭṭhati.
当时学童心念清净,随念三宝功德及其殊胜标志;由此生起皈依之念,向三宝产生皈依心。世尊宣说五戒之坚定基础及受持规矩,暗示皈依者正行之道。盗贼因不能接受此理,违背三宝正道。学童未理会其心意,仍循三宝功德行进。盗贼一人因疫病覆身,惊慌失措,携带财物与同伙逃跑。学童过时,出现在三十三天宫的金殿上,容光焕发,宛如觉悟人,宫殿辉煌,他所在之处光芒撒扩,将数十由旬照耀四方。
Atha māṇavaṃ kālakataṃ disvā setabyagāmavāsino manussā setabyaṃ gantvā tassa mātāpitūnaṃ ukkaṭṭhagāmavāsino ca ukkaṭṭhaṃ gantvā brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa kathesuṃ. Taṃ sutvā tassa mātāpitaro ñātimittā brāhmaṇo ca pokkharasāti saparivārā assumukhā rodamānā taṃ padesaṃ agamaṃsu, yebhuyyena setabyavāsino ca ukkaṭṭhavāsino ca icchānaṅgalavāsino ca sannipatiṃsu, mahāsamāgamo ahosi. Atha māṇavassa mātāpitaro maggassa avidūre citakaṃ sajjetvā sarīrakiccaṃ kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu.
当时学童见时局昏乱,居于塞塔比邑的世人,先赴塞塔比前往,之后又去居于乌戾他村的父母处,最后又访婆罗门波伽罗萨提。听闻此讯,父母亲属及婆罗门族人带领家眷闻讯而来,哭泣哀伤,聚集于该地,塞塔比及乌戾他两邑人皆云集,场面浩大隆重。此时学童父母涤心清净,近于正道,安排死期,开始办理身后事务。
Atha bhagavā cintesi ‘‘mayi gate chattamāṇavo maṃ vandituṃ āgamissati, āgatañca taṃ katakammaṃ kathāpento kammaphalaṃ paccakkhaṃ kāretvā dhammaṃ desessāmi, evaṃ mahājanassa dhammābhisamayo bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ taṃ padesaṃ upagantvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi chabbaṇṇabuddharaṃsiyo vissajjento. Atha chattamāṇavadevaputtopi attano sampattiṃ paccavekkhitvā, tassā kāraṇaṃ upadhārento saraṇagamanañca sīlasamādānañca disvā, vimhayajāto bhagavati sañjātapasādabahumāno ‘‘idānevāhaṃ gantvā bhagavantañca bhikkhusaṅghañca vandissāmi, ratanattayaguṇe ca mahājanassa pākaṭe karissāmī’’ti kataññutaṃ nissāya sakalaṃ taṃ araññapadesaṃ ekālokaṃ karonto, saha vimānena āgantvā vimānato oruyha mahatā parivārena saddhiṃ dissamānarūpo upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatanto abhivādetvā añjaliṃ paggayha ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Taṃ disvā mahājano ‘‘ko nu kho ayaṃ devo vā brahmā vā’’ti acchariyabbhutajāto upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ parivāresi. Bhagavā tena katapuññakammaṃ pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ –
接着世尊思惟:“伞曼那学童来到这里必欲顶礼于我。既然来临,我当言说其所作行为果报,以令大众听法之时光明庄严。”于是与大比库众同至该处,在一株树下坐下,放下斑邑佛光。随后伞曼那尊者也反观自身功德,发起善心,观见皈依及持戒之功德,不生惊疑,充满恭敬,遂言:“如今我便去礼敬世尊及比库众,向大众宣说三宝之功德。”遂依止感恩,巡视荒林之地,一同行至其所,踞于世尊足前,顶礼作敬,行立一旁。大众见状,惊奇纷纷称诵:“此人是天尊还是梵天?”纷纷围绕世尊,争相前来礼敬。世尊此时显现大善业果报,
§889
889.
‘‘Na tathā tapati nabhe sūriyo, cando ca na bhāsati na phusso;
“天地不如此烈热,月光亦非此般明亮,
Yathā atulamidaṃ mahappabhāsaṃ, ko nu tvaṃ tidivā mahiṃ upāgā.
如同这无比辉煌的光芒,谁又能让你来到这三界?
§890
890.
‘‘Chindati raṃsī pabhaṅkarassa, sādhikavīsatiyojanāni ābhā;
‘切断光明耀眼的光线,持有二十亿的光辉;
Rattimapi yathā divaṃ karoti, parisuddhaṃ vimalaṃ subhaṃ vimānaṃ.
夜晚如同白昼般显现,纯净、无垢、美好的天宫。
§891
891.
‘‘Bahupadumavicitrapuṇḍarīkaṃ, vokiṇṇaṃ kusumehi nekacittaṃ;
‘许多色彩斑斓的水莲,盛开着各种花朵,令人心醉。
Arajavirajahemajālachannaṃ, ākāse tapati yathāpi sūriyo.
如同太阳在空中炽烈燃烧,那无尘无垢、不染尘埃的烈焰网。
§892
892.
八百九十二。
‘‘Rattambarapītavāsasāhi, agarupiyaṅgucandanussadāhi;
披着红衣,穿着黄色衣服,其间散布着乳香与檀香;
Kañcanatanusannibhattacāhi, paripūraṃ gaganaṃva tārakāhi.
身体娇美如黄金,宛若布满繁星的天空。
§893
893.
八百九十三。
‘‘Naranāriyo bahuketthanekavaṇṇā, kusumavibhūsitābharaṇettha sumanā;
男子女子人众,众多不同色彩,身饰鲜花饰物,其气清新芬芳。
Anilapamuñcitā pavanti surabhiṃ, tapaniyavitatā suvaṇṇachannā.
清凉的甘露飘洒,散发着香气,遍布热浪之中,镀上一层金色光辉。
§894
894.
八百九十四。
‘‘Kissa saṃyamassa ayaṃ vipāko, kenāsi kammaphalenidhūpapanno;
『这是什么约束力所致的果报?由哪种业果所生起?
Yathā ca te adhigatamidaṃ vimānaṃ, tadanupadaṃ avacāsi iggha puṭṭho’’ti. –
又如你所得到的这座天宫,迅速中央的庄严所在。』——
Taṃ devaputtaṃ paṭipucchi.
他问这位天子。
§886
886. Tattha tapatīti dippati. Nabheti ākāse. Phussoti phussatārakā. Atulanti anupamaṃ, appamāṇaṃ vā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā idaṃ tava vimānaṃ anupamaṃ appamāṇaṃ pabhassarabhāvena tato eva mahappabhāsaṃ ākāse dippati, na tathā tārakarūpāni dippanti, na cando, tāni tāva tiṭṭhantu, nāpi sūriyo dippati, evaṃbhūto ko nu tvaṃ devalokato imaṃ bhūmipadesaṃ upagato, taṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā imassa mahājanassa kathehīti.
八百八十六。此处“tapatī”者,谓光明。“nabhe”者,云间或天空也。“phussoti”者,星星之众也。“atulanti”者,无比、无双;“anupamaṃ”者,无可比拟;“appamāṇaṃ”者,无量无边。此语之意为:如你所得到的此天宫,无可比拟,无量光耀,从空中放射辉煌光明。彼时诸星辰并不显现,月亮、星辰皆不照耀。此乃特异现象,谁能从天界至此人间,明白此果报之大显著,而向大众加以陈说乎?
§890
890.Chindatīti vicchindati, pavattituṃ adento paṭihanatīti attho. Raṃsīti rasmiyo. Pabhaṅkarassāti sūriyassa. Tassa ca vimānassa pabhā samantato pañcavīsati yojanāni pharitvā tiṭṭhati. Tenāha ‘‘sādhikavīsatiyojanāni ābhā’’ti. Rattimapi yathā divaṃ karotīti attano pabhāya andhakāraṃ vidhamantaṃ rattibhāgampi divasabhāgaṃ viya karoti. Parisamantato anto ceva bahi ca suddhatāya parisuddhaṃ. Sabbaso malābhāvena vimalaṃ. Sundaratāya subhaṃ.
「切断」者,分割也;「灭转」者,阻止运行也,此指含义。光线者,乃光束也。日轮者,太阳也。其宝楼之光芒,周围辐射二十五由旬。故称『亮明辐射二十五由旬之光』。灯火之光,亦如白昼之光,夜中亦能如白昼,驱散黑暗,夜光如白昼之分。周围为净界,内外俱清净无染。完全无浊污之相,纯净无瑕。美妙庄严,庄重华丽也。
§891
891.Bahupadumavicitrapuṇḍarīkanti bahuvidharattakamalañceva vicittavaṇṇasetakamalañca. Setakamalaṃ padumaṃ, rattakamalaṃ puṇḍarīkanti vadanti. Vokiṇṇaṃ kusumehīti aññehi ca nānāvidhehi pupphehi samokiṇṇaṃ. Nekacittanti mālākammalatākammādinānāvidhavicittaṃ. Arajavirajahemajālachannanti sayaṃ apagatarajaṃ virajena niddosena kañcanajālena chāditaṃ.
「多种莲花彩色」者,指多种颜色的红色莲花及奇异之白莲花。红色莲花及奇异白莲花,前者称红色莲花,后称奇异白莲花。散落的花卉者,指开散之花,也有称之为多种不同花卉杂陈。百花缀饰者,谓由各种花环、花链等多类杂色组合而成。无尘清净者,形容色泽纯净无垢,金制花链掩盖,去除本身之垢迹,洁净无染。
§892
892.Rattambarapītavāsasāhīti rattavatthāhi ceva pītavatthāhi ca. Ekā hi rattaṃ dibbavatthaṃ nivāsetvā pītaṃ uttariyaṃ karoti, aparā pītaṃ nivāsetvā rattaṃ uttariyaṃ karoti. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘rattambarapītavāsasāhī’’ti . Agarupiyaṅgucandanussadāhīti agarugandhena piyaṅgumālāhi candanagandhehi ca ussadāhi, ussannadibbāgarugandhādikāhīti attho. Kañcanatanusannibhattacāhīti kanakasadisasukhumacchavīhi. Paripūranti tahaṃ tahaṃ vicarantīhi saṅgītipasutāhi ca paripuṇṇaṃ.
「红袍黄色衣服」者,指红色纺织品及黄色纺织品。红色衣料为天衣,披挂黄色上衣;或反之,黄色披红色上衣。由此得名「红袍黄色衣服成员」。无垢优昙香燃烧者,谓优昙香香气清新,以优昙香圈及檀香环绕之义。犹如金色光芒般细腻掩盖。各处漫游,身着华丽金饰,群聚结伴,衣饰丰满齐整。
§893
893.Bahuketthāti bahukā ettha. Anekavaṇṇāti nānārūpā. Kusamavibhūsitābharaṇāti visesato surabhivāyanatthaṃ dibbakusumehi alaṅkatadibbābharaṇā. Etthāti etasmiṃ vimāne. Sumanāti sundaramanā pamuditacittā. Anilapamuñcitā pavanti surabhinti anilena pamuñcitagandhānaṃ pupphānaṃ vāyunā vimuttapattapuṭaṃ viya vibandhatāya vikasitatāya ca sugandhaṃ pavāyanti. ‘‘Anilapadhūpitā’’tipi paṭhanti, vātena mandaṃ āvuyhamānā hemamayapupphāti attho. Kanakacīrakādīhi veṇiādīsu otatatāya tapaniyavitatā. Yebhuyyena kañcanābharaṇehi acchāditasarīratāya suvaṇṇachannā. Naranāriyoti devaputtā devadhītaro ca bahukā ettha tava vimāneti dasseti.
「多人者」指人数众多;「多颜色者」指诸多色彩形态各异。布蓄芳香花饰者,特指以天花及馨香草木装饰的天界宝饰。『此处』指此宝楼;心欢喜美好者,心生欢喜。风吹花香飘散,风拂花香犹如净土溢香,盛开盈满芳香飘扬。称其为『飘风香气散布』,意谓黄金花序随风轻扬。金丝软链等悬挂成盘旋状,散布热气弥漫。身披黄金装饰,光彩夺目;人及神子女众多,展现于宝楼。
§894
894.Iṅghāti codanatthe nipāto puṭṭhoti pucchito imassa mahājanassa kammaphalapaccakkhabhāvāyāti adhippāyo.
「指责」者,为斥责之语尾词;「询问」者,训为发问。此乃指通行大众因果报应之权威道理与因果轶事也。
Tato devaputto imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi –
于是天子以此偈颂说偈阐释——
§895
895.
八百九十五。
‘‘Sayamidha pathe samecca māṇavena, satthānusāsi anukampamāno;
『世尊在此道上与一名学童同聚,慈悲引导,恩泽示现;
Tava ratanavarassa dhammaṃ sutvā, karissāmīti ca bravittha chatto.
闻汝具足如宝最胜之法,誓当护持,以护法为天。』
§896
896.
八百九十六。
‘‘Jinavarapavaraṃ upehi saraṇaṃ, dhammañcāpi tatheva bhikkhusaṅghaṃ;
『当归依胜利者最上之尊,亦当依护法及同护法之比库僧团;
Noti paṭhamaṃ avocahaṃ bhante, pacchā te vacanaṃ tathevakāsiṃ.
我先表白皈依,尊者,后将照彼教诲而行。』
§897
897.
第八百九十七条。
‘‘Mā ca pāṇavadhaṃ vividhaṃ carassu asuciṃ,
『勿于众生手中作诸多不净之行,』
Na hi pāṇesu asaññataṃ avaṇṇayiṃsu sappaññā;
『盖于有手法中,无明与无识尚未遮蔽具慧者;』
Noti paṭhamaṃ avocahaṃ bhante, pacchā te vacanaṃ tathevakāsiṃ.
『初我闻如是,尊者;后我亦如是应答尊言。』
§898
898.
第八百九十八条。
‘‘Mā ca parajanassa rakkhitampi, ādātabbamamaññitho adinnaṃ;
『勿受他人护持,亦当不取取非法物;』
Noti paṭhamaṃ avocahaṃ bhante, pacchā te vacanaṃ tathevakāsiṃ.
我最初未曾如此说过,尊者,后来我才如实陈述你的话。
§899
899.
‘‘Mā ca parajanassa rakkhitāyo, parabhariyā agamā anariyametaṃ;
不可轻视他人之保卫者,轻慢别人之奴婢者,此非圣贤所为。
Noti paṭhamaṃ avocahaṃ bhante, pacchā te vacanaṃ tathevakāsiṃ.
我最初未曾如此说过,尊者,后来我才如实陈述你的话。
§900
900.
‘‘Mā ca vitathaṃ aññathā abhāṇi, na hi musāvādaṃ avaṇṇayiṃsu sappaññā;
不可虚妄胡言乱语,智慧者绝不颂扬妄语。
Noti paṭhamaṃ avocahaṃ bhante, pacchā te vacanaṃ tathevakāsiṃ.
『不』,『第一』者,我所说也,『尊者』者。后来,我如实称赞您所说之言。
§901
901.
九百零一。
‘‘Yena ca purisassa apeti saññā, taṃ majjaṃ parivajjayassu sabbaṃ;
‘以何者谓男子其想受之下降者,彼当全然远离其中。’
Noti paṭhamaṃ avocahaṃ bhante, pacchā te vacanaṃ tathevakāsiṃ.
『不』,『第一』者,我所说也,『尊者』者。后来,我如实称赞您所说之言。
§902
902.
九百零二。
‘‘Svāhaṃ idha pañca sikkhā karitvā, paṭipajjitvā tathāgatassa dhamme;
‘我亲自于此践行五戒,依教奉行如来之法;’
Dvepathamagamāsiṃ coramajjhe, te maṃ tattha vadhiṃsu bhogahetu.
两条小路之间有盗贼,他们在其间用暴力夺取我的财物。
§903
903.
九百零三。
‘‘Ettakamidaṃ anussarāmi kusalaṃ, tato paraṃ na me vijjati aññaṃ;
我回忆这唯一的善行,除此之外我没有第二件事;
Tena sucaritena kammunāhaṃ, uppanno tidivesu kāmakāmī.
凭借此善良的行为,我在三界中成为欲乐的主体。
§904
904.
九百零四。
‘‘Passa khaṇamuhuttasaññamassa, anudhammappaṭipattiyā vipākaṃ;
请看片刻即逝的当下心识,因依正法修行而生果报。
Jalamiva yasasā samekkhamānā, bahukāmaṃ pihayanti hīnakammā.
如同水流平稳时,许多微小的物质沉淀遮蔽了水面一样,劣业业者遮蔽了善根。
§905
905.
九百零五。
‘‘Passa katipayāya desanāya, sugatiñcamhi gato sukhañca patto;
『看这几处开示,已经到达安乐净土,并得到了安乐;
Ye ca te satataṃ suṇanti dhammaṃ, maññe te amataṃ phusanti khemaṃ.
那些常闻法者,我认为必然触及不死与安稳。』
§906
906.
九百零六。
‘‘Appampi kataṃ mahāvipākaṃ, vipulaṃ hoti tathāgatassa dhamme;
『即使少量造作极大果报的业,乃至如来法广大的影响,皆能成就广大果效;
Passa katapuññatāya chatto, obhāseti pathaviṃ yathāpi sūriyo.
观察所修福德之广,犹如太阳普照大地一般明朗无遗。
§907
907.
第九百零七节。
‘‘Kimidaṃ kusalaṃ kimācarema, icceke hi samecca mantayanti;
『此何为善?应当如何行?众人常常共议同思;
Te mayaṃ punareva laddha mānusattaṃ, paṭipannā viharemu sīlavanto.
我们当再得人身,安住正道,修持具足戒德。』
§908
908.
第九百零八节。
‘‘Bahukāro anukampako ca satthā, iti me sati agamā divā divassa;
『多力多能且慈悯众生者,是我所闻世尊日夜教导。』
Svāhaṃ upagatomhi saccanāmaṃ, anukampassu punapi suṇemha dhammaṃ.
我已到达真实之名,请再次慈悲使我听闻法。
§909
909.
九百零九。
‘‘Ye cidha pajahanti kāmarāgaṃ, bhavarāgānusayañca pahāya mohaṃ;
“若有人舍弃欲爱,断除轮回之爱及其习气,而舍弃愚痴;
Na ca te puna mupenti gabbhaseyyaṃ, parinibbānagatā hi sītibhūtā’’ti.
彼等不复为胎儿所入,恒已达般涅槃,心地清凉。”
§895
895. Tattha sayamidha pathe samecca māṇavenāti idha imasmiṃ pathe mahāmagge sayameva upagatena māṇavena brāhmaṇakumārena samecca samāgantvā. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi sattānaṃ yathārahamanusāsanato satthā bhagavā, tvaṃ yaṃ māṇavaṃ yathādhammaṃ anusāsi anukampamāno anuggaṇhanto, tava ratanavarassa aggaratanassa sammāsambuddhassa, taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā iti evaṃ karissāmi yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjissāmīti, so chatto chattanāmako māṇavo bravittha kathesīti padayojanā.
八百九十五。此中所谓“同路同行的童子”,指此大路(大乘法路)上,共同前行的童子、婆罗门之子。世尊如实开示,劝导众生遵行正法。佛告:你若如法慰藉那童子,慈悲接纳,承接你正觉尊者之教法,听闻此法,必能依教奉行。名此童子为“六十六号童子”,即为言说先导。
§896
896. Evaṃ yathāpucchitaṃ kammaṃ kāraṇato dassetvā idāni taṃ sarūpato vibhāgato ca dassento satthārā samādapitabhāvaṃ attanā ca tattha pacchā patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘jinavarapavara’’ntiādimāha. Tattha noti paṭhamaṃ avocahaṃ bhanteti bhante bhagavā ‘‘saraṇagamanaṃ jānāsī’’ti tayā vutto ‘‘no’’ti na ‘‘jānāmī’’ti paṭhamaṃ avocaṃ ahaṃ. Pacchā te vacanaṃ tathevakāsinti pacchā tayā vuttaṃ kathaṃ parivattento tava vacanaṃ tatheva akāsiṃ paṭipajjiṃ, tīṇipi saraṇāni upagacchinti attho.
八百九十六。依所问因缘所作业报,今自表现为具足形相之分别,师者当示现兴起,自己当显现之后得成立之义,以明“胜者最胜”等名。这里不是说“初识法门,知止于归依”,而是说“未知”,我先言之。之后你的言论如是,我随后转变你的言语,依法奉行,使汝得三宝之归依意。
§897
897.Vividhanti uccāvacaṃ, appasāvajjaṃ mahāsāvajjañcāti attho. Mā carassūti mā akāsi. Asucinti kilesāsucimissatāya na suciṃ. Pāṇesu asaññatanti pāṇaghātato avirataṃ. Na hi avaṇṇayiṃsūti na hi vaṇṇayanti. Paccūppannakālatthe hi idaṃ atītakālavacanaṃ. Atha vā ‘‘avaṇṇayiṃsū’’ti ekadesena sakalassa kālassa upalakkhaṇaṃ, tasmā yathā na vaṇṇayiṃsu atītamaddhānaṃ, evaṃ etarahipi na vaṇṇayanti, anāgatepi na vaṇṇayissantīti vuttaṃ hoti.
多言多语者,谓其言辞多且不正直及极不正直也。『莫杀生』者,莫行杀生义。内心不清净者,是由染污的污秽(烦恼);故言不清净。『手不能忍』者,由杀手不息也。『不曾染污』者,实非染污。此于当时而言,是谈及过去之时。又云『不曾染污』,意指一切时间相通之定性,故如既未染污过去中间,今亦如是未染污,未来亦不染污,故说。
§898-900
898-900.Parajanassa rakkhitanti parapariggahitavatthu. Tenāha ‘‘adinna’’nti. Mā agamāti mā ajjhācari. Vitathanti atathaṃ, musāti attho. Aññathāti aññathāva, vitathasaññī evaṃ vitathanti jānanto evaṃ mā bhaṇīti attho.
护他人者,为他事护持也。因其是故,有『不取』之语。不可来临者,戒其来犯。虚妄说者,意指虚伪言语。『他异』者,异于正法,彼谓知虚妄说者如是,故曰不可言。
§901
901.Yenāti yena majjena, pītenāti adhippāyo. Apetīti vigacchati. Saññāti dhammasaññā, lokasaññā eva vā. Sabbanti anavasesaṃ, bījato paṭṭhāyāti attho.
『所依』者,谓依凭之境界。『主宰』者,领导之义。『远离』者,远离。『观』者,为心识之现象也。『世界观念』者,指世俗人见。『一切』者,无余也。『种子及因』意。
§902
902.Svāhanti so tadā chattamāṇavabhūto ahaṃ. Idha imasmiṃ maggapadese, imasmiṃ vā tava sāsane. Tenāha ‘‘tathāgatassa dhamme’’ti. Pañca sikkhāti pañca sīlāni. Karitvāti ādiyitvā, adhiṭṭhāyāti attho. Dvepathanti dvinnaṃ gāmasīmānaṃ vemajjhabhūtaṃ pathaṃ, sīmantarikapathanti attho. Teti te corā. Tatthāti sīmantarikamagge. Bhogahetūti āmisakiñcikkhanimittaṃ.
『吶喊』者,当时在呼喊。『曾猎人在彼』意谓彼时亦如猎人存在。『在此此法路中』,即依此修行道路。『世尊法中』者,指如来之法。『五戒』者,五善戒。『已作』者,完成行为。『遵守』者,坚固守护。『双路』者,指二村界限。『由蝎之地界路』者,界限如蝎形。『盗贼』者『盗贼即此地路』也。『口实』者,为欢宴食物之因。
§903
903.Tatoti yathāvuttakusalato paraṃ upari aññaṃ kusalaṃ na vijjati na upalabbhati, yamahaṃ anussareyyanti attho. Kāmakāmīti yathicchitakāmaguṇasamaṅgī.
『此』者,善行上所说之善无它善,无他可见。『随念』即不断忆持。『随心欲』者,随本性之欲望同色彩者也。
§904
904.Khaṇamuhuttasaññamassāti khaṇamuhuttamattaṃ pavattasīlassa. Anudhammappaṭipattiyāti yathādhigatassa phalassa anurūpadhammaṃ paṭipajjamānassa bhagavā passa, tuyhaṃ ovādadhammassa vā anurūpāya dhammapaṭipattiyā vuttaniyāmeneva saraṇagamanassa sīlasamādānassa cāti attho. Jalamiva yasasāti iddhiyā parivārasampattiyā ca jalantaṃ viya. Samekkhamānāti passantā. Bahukāti bahavo. Pihayantīti ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho mayaṃ edisā bhaveyyāmā’’ti patthenti. Hīnakammāti mama sampattito nihīnabhogā.
『刹那现行念』者,指此时此刻之持续行为。『依法修行』者,依照已得之果,行正法者。世尊见此,汝亦依正法之修行而言,奉行如是护持,亦谓皈依修持之戒法定也。『光辉』者,如水之流淌光明与神通福报之集聚。如是而现。『观察』者,慧眼所察也。『多数』者,数量众多。『困惑』者,谓『我们如何生存』之疑问。『恶业』者,谓我之现存为无益之负。
§905
905.Katipayāyāti appikāya. Yeti ye bhikkhū ceva upāsakādayo ca. Ca-saddo byatireke. Teti tava. Satatanti divase divase.
有时是指许多,有时是指部分,泛指比库及近事者等。有时连词‘ca’独立出现,这时作‘teti’解,表示‘总是,每日’之意。
§906
906.Vipulanti uḷāraphalaṃ vipulānubhāvaṃ. Tathāgatassa dhammeti tathāgatassa sāsane ovāde ṭhatvā katanti yojanā. Evaṃ anuddesikavasena vuttamevatthaṃ attuddesikavasena dassento ‘‘passā’’tiādimāha. Tattha passāti bhagavantaṃ vadati, attānameva vā aññaṃ viya ca katvā vadati.
‘Vipulanti’意为广大之果实,‘uḷāraphalaṃ’是丰富之体验。‘Tathāgatassa dhammeti’指世尊之教法,谓于其教法中应当严守戒律,测量行进距离。以此作比喻,传教者表明意旨时,说‘看此’(passā)等,此处‘看’既可指世尊,亦可指自己或他人。
§907
907.Kimidaṃkusalaṃ kimācaremāti kusalaṃ nāmetaṃ kiṃsabhāvaṃ kīdisaṃ, kathaṃ vā taṃ ācareyyāma. Icceke hi samecca mantayantīti evameke samecca samāgantvā pathaviṃ parivattentā viya sineruṃ ukkhipantā viya ca sudukkaraṃ katvā mantayanti vicārenti, mayaṃ pana akiccheneva punapi kusalaṃ ācareyyāmāti adhippāyo. Tenevāha ‘‘maya’’ntiādi.
‘Kimidaṃ kusalaṃ kimācarema’问何为善法,应如何修行。善不只是名号,亦非虚无,实有其所。犹如不同人思虑,或犹如翻动大地、跳出浅坑,难行难度。因而诸人反复思量、探讨,犹如吾辈虽起初不愿,终当修持善法,此谓‘我’之意。
§908
908.Bahukāroti bahūpakāro, mahāupakāro vā. Anukampakoti kāruṇiko. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Itīti evaṃ, bhagavato attani paṭipannākāraṃ sandhāya vadati. Me satīti mayi sati vijjamāne, corehi avadhite evāti attho. Divā divassāti divasassapi divā, kālassevāti attho. Svāhanti so chattamāṇavabhūto ahaṃ. Saccanāmanti ‘‘bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’tiādināmehi avitathanāmaṃ bhūtatthanāmaṃ. Anukampassūti anuggaṇhāhi. Punapīti bhiyyopi suṇemu, tava dhammaṃ suṇeyyāmayevāti attho.
908.『多所饶益』者,谓多有利益,或曰大有利益。『悲悯者』者,谓具有悲悯心之人。『摩』字乃连声助词。『如是』者,即『如此』之义,此处是就世尊对自身所行之方式而言。『我在时』者,谓于我存在之时,意即于我未被强盗所杀之时。『白昼之白昼』者,谓即于昼日之中,意即趁时之早。『彼乃是我』者,谓彼已成为撑伞学童之我。『真实之名』者,以『世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者』等名,乃不虚妄之名、契合实义之名。『请哀愍』者,谓请摄受。『再次』者,谓更多地听闻,意即愿我等得再听闻您之法。
Evaṃ devaputto sabbametaṃ kataññutābhāve ṭhatvā satthu payirupāsane ca dhammassavane ca atittimeva dīpento vadati. Bhagavā devaputtassa ca tattha sannipatitaparisāya ca ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi. Atha nesaṃ allacittataṃ ñatvā sāmukkaṃsikaṃ dhammadesanaṃ pakāsesi. Desanāpariyosāne devaputto ceva mātāpitaro cassa sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu, mahato ca janakāyassa dhammābhisamayo ahosi.
有一天,天子因欠感恩心,站起身来,于佛及法闻听中悉心照照,惜时如光明。佛目视天子及聚众,渐次开示。知其心非,遂开示共修之法。说法末时,天子及其父母皆证须陀洹果,世间因法得大定。
§909
909. Paṭhamaphale patiṭṭhito devaputto uparimaggesu attano garucittīkāraṃ, tadadhigamassa ca mahānisaṃsataṃ vibhāvento ‘‘ye cidha pajahanti kāmarāga’’nti pariyosānagāthamāha. Tassattho – ye idha imasmiṃ sāsane ṭhitā pajahanti anavasesato samucchindanti kāmarāgaṃ, na ca te puna upentigabbhaseyyaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ samucchinnattā. Ye ca pana pahāya mohaṃ sabbaso samugghātetvā bhavarāgānusayañca pajahanti, te puna upenti gabbhaseyyanti vattabbameva natthi. Kasmā? Parinibbānagatā hi sītibhūtā, te hi uttamapurisā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbānaṃ gatā evaṃ idheva sabbavedayitānaṃ sabbapariḷāhānaṃ byantibhāvena sītibhūtā.
于初果已立,天子于天道中忆念自重心,宣说广大成就,终极偈言:‘于此教中,有人断舍欲贪,断尽欲贪而无复生死依止。又有人舍弃无明,断灭烦恼及轮回之根本,彼终无再生之理。何以故?涅槃已至,清凉寂静,彼等圣人,超越所有染缠,涅槃真实,不再生死。此处所有感受皆灭,烦恼断尽,清凉乃至于此。’
Iti devaputto attano ariyasotasamāpannabhāvaṃ pavedento anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā desanāya kūṭaṃ gahetvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhikkhusaṅghassa apacitiṃ dassetvā mātāpitaro āpucchitvā devalokameva gato, satthāpi uṭṭhāyāsanā gato saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Māṇavassa pana mātāpitaro brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti sabbo ca mahājano bhagavantaṃ anugantvā nivatti. Bhagavā jetavanaṃ gantvā sannipatitāya parisāya imaṃ vimānaṃ vitthārato kathesi. Sā desanā mahājanassa sātthikā ahosīti.
如是,天子在自己具足圣道达到境界后,承持无余涅槃之法,捧持塔刹,礼敬世尊,并绕行世尊一周,向比库僧团示现恭敬。父母前来问讯,然后往天界去。世尊亦起身离座,与比库僧团同住。对于学童而言,其父母皆是婆罗门,名为泊伽罗萨蒂,众皆为大穷人,亦从世尊随行然后返回。世尊至祇树给孤独园,聚会比库众多,详细开示此塔刹。此说甚合大众之义理。
Chattamāṇavakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 差德学童天宫的解释已结束。
4. Kakkaṭakarasadāyakavimānavaṇṇanā四、施蟹汤者天宫的解释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇaṃ vimānanti kakkaṭakarasadāyakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena aññataro bhikkhu āraddhavipassako kaṇṇasūlena pīḷito akallasarīratāya vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetuṃ nāsakkhi, vejjehi vuttavidhinā bhesajje katepi rogo na vūpasami. So bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Athassa bhagavā ‘‘kakkaṭakarasabhojanaṃ sappāya’’nti ñatvā āha ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ bhikkhu magadhakhette piṇḍāya carāhī’’ti.
此高彩宝石建造之塔刹,即名为榄香塔刹。其由来为何?当时世尊住于王舍城之竹林精舍。其时,有一比库修习正观禅定时,遭受眼痛苦恼,身亦病弱,虽以医方治疗,病苦未消。此比库向世尊陈述其境况。世尊知其因曰:「你应食用榄香果实,以得治疗。」告诫比库:「你往摩揭陀国中行乞食。」
So bhikkhu ‘‘dīghadassinā addhā kiñci diṭṭhaṃ bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘sādhu bhante’’ti bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā pattacīvaramādāya magadhakhettaṃ gantvā aññatarassa khettapālassa kuṭiyā dvāre piṇḍāya aṭṭhāsi. So ca khettapālo kakkaṭakarasaṃ sampādetvā bhattañca pacitvā ‘‘thokaṃ vissamitvā bhuñjissāmī’’ti nisinno theraṃ disvā pattaṃ gahetvā kuṭikāyaṃ nisīdāpetvā kakkaṭakarasabhattaṃ adāsi. Therassa taṃ bhattaṃ thokaṃ bhuttassayeva kaṇṇasūlaṃ paṭippassambhi, ghaṭasatena nhāto viya ahosi . So sappāyāhāravasena cittaphāsukaṃ labhitvā vipassanāvasena cittaṃ abhininnāmento apariyositeyeva bhojane anavasesato āsave khepetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāya khettapālaṃ āha ‘‘upāsaka, tava piṇḍapātabhojanena mayhaṃ rogo vūpasanto, kāyacittaṃ kallaṃ jātaṃ, tvampi imassa puññassa phalena vigatakāyacittadukkho bhavissasī’’ti vatvā anumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
该比库思维:「以我眼力渐见,未来能有所见。」于是恭敬世尊,接受袈裟,前往摩揭陀国中,在某地方官执事小屋门口乞食。地方官备美食榄香果,并烹饪后就坐。见此长老索食,取托盘置于小屋内,递送榄香果食。长老食此果后,眼痛立即缓解,犹如罐中水被搅动后复净。以此良善果食,心清净无碍,修习正观禅定,扫除烦恼,证至阿拉汉果,随后对地方官说:「居士,你布施之食令我病患平息,身心苦痛消灭,汝亦将因此善业,远离身心之苦。」说完,获其赞同,便去。
Khettapālo aparena samayena kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike maṇithambhe kanakavimāne sattasatakūṭāgārapaṭimaṇḍite veḷuriyamayagabbhe nibbatti, dvāre cassa yathūpacitakammasaṃsūcako muttāsikkāgato suvaṇṇakakkaṭako olambamāno aṭṭhāsi. Athāyasmā mahāmoggallāno pubbe vuttanayena tattha gato taṃ disvā imāhi gāthāhi pucchi –
该地方官适逢一时,造访忉利天宫,在十二由旬之玉柱金殿,七百塔刹房舍环绕之绸缪宫殿中出生。宫门口,有一超凡出世者,身着金袈裟,坐而伫立。即大师大马哈摩嘎喇那,之前曾来此。见此情景,问以偈曰-
§910
910.
910.(原文缺,无可译内容)
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ, samantato dvādasa yojanāni;
『此高彩宝石建造之塔刹,四周十二由旬环绕;
Kūṭāgārā sattasatā uḷārā, veḷuriyathambhā rucakatthatā subhā.
屋舍有七百高耸者,柱子鲜明雅致,极为美观。
§911
911.
第九百一十一。
‘‘Tatthacchasi pivasi khādasi ca, dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ;
「在那里,你喝饮、食用,天乐瑟音奏响歌声;
Dibbā rasā kāmaguṇettha pañca, nāriyo ca naccanti suvaṇṇachannā.
天饮滋味具五欲之性;女子穿饰黄金跳舞。
§912
912.
第九百一十二。
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati;
「何以此地有此般色彩,何缘此地兴盛呢?
Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
那些由心所爱者,便生起这些享受。
§913
913.
913.(原文缺,无可译内容)
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ deva mahānubhāva, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ;
我问天尊大德,作为人身时,曾造作何功德?
Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
为什么你经历了如此大苦,且你的色相普遍光明显现?」
Sopissa byākāsi, taṃ dassetuṃ –
世尊对此作了说明,以显示内容——
§914
914.
914.(原文缺,无可译内容)
‘‘So devaputto attamano, moggallānena pucchito;
“于是,魔子自己,摩嘎剌那问及;
Pañhaṃ puṭṭho viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phala’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
受问者说明了,那业的果报。”——此语已被记载;
§915
915.
915.(原文缺,无可译内容)
‘‘Satisamuppādakaro , dvāre kakkaṭako ṭhito;
“念起的缘生者,在门口站着的一只猕猴;
Niṭṭhito jātarūpassa, sobhati dasapādako.
出生形体已成熟,拥有十足的光辉。
§916
916.
916.(原文缺,无可译内容)
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati;
『因此,我身上的这些光辉,由此而显现,』
Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
『我的感官也因此而生起,这些都是心所喜爱的。』
§917
917.
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūto yamakāsi puññaṃ;
『我告诉你,比库大德啊,你是人身所成,积集福德;』
Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『正因如此,你的感受如水润泽,你全身颜色四面皆显光明。』
§910
910. Tattha uccanti accuggataṃ. Maṇithūṇanti padumarāgādimaṇimayathambhaṃ. Samantatoti catūsupi passesu. Rucakatthatāti tassaṃ tassaṃ bhūmiyaṃ suvaṇṇaphalakehi atthatā.
910。在此文中,『高起』说的是高耸上升。『宝柱』指的是如莲花宝石般坚实的柱石。『四面』表示可以于四个方向看到。『美丽显现』指的是该地各处以金叶装饰的真实景象。
§911
911.Pivasi khādasi cāti kālena kālaṃ upayujjamānaṃ gandhapānaṃ sudhābhojanañca sandhāya vadati. Pavadantīti pavajjanti. Dibbā rasā kāmaguṇettha pañcāti dibbā rasā anappakā pañca kāmaguṇā ettha etasmiṃ tava vimāne saṃvijjantīti attho. Suvaṇṇachannāti hemābharaṇavibhūsitā.
911. 在饮食时,饮食及生活节奏相协调,取鲜美之食如甘露般滋养,称为饮食。取食者即是有所饮食。这里指出有五种天上味道,属于欲乐之中,此处的五种天上味道,乃是五种美妙欲乐的滋味,正是你这轩阁中存在的。所谓金色覆盖,是装饰以黄金饰物。
§915
915.Satisamuppādakaroti satuppādakaro, yena puññakammena ayaṃ dibbasampatti mayā laddhā, tattha satuppādassa kārako, ‘‘kakkaṭakarasadānena ayaṃ tayā sampatti laddhā’’ti evaṃ satuppādaṃ karontoti attho. Niṭṭhito jātarūpassāti jātarūpena siddho jātarūpamayo. Ekamekasmiṃ passe pañca pañca katvā dasa pādā etassāti dasapādako dvāre kakkaṭako ṭhito sobhati. So eva mama puññakammaṃ tādisānaṃ mahesīnaṃ vibhāveti, na ettha mayā vattabbaṃ atthīti adhippāyo. Tenāha ‘‘tena metādiso vaṇṇo’’tiādi. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
915.“此即因念而生者”,即以善业所感而得此天福之意。善根之所以生起,是由“以鸡屎为养料”的行为所成,就如以此行为而得此福德,故称为因念而生。所谓成就者,谓由胎生形态具足,故称胎生形。单独相看时,五种之物各别组成,共成十足,此指十足天中的严饰辉煌。此亦是我以此善业感得,足以胜过众大天女,非我主动作意也。因故说“以此类色彩”为例。后来分别述说此理。
Kakkaṭakarasadāyakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 施蟹汤者天宫的解释已结束。
5. Dvārapālakavimānavaṇṇanā五、守门者天宫的解释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇanti dvārapālakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena ca samayena rājagahe aññataro upāsako cattāri niccabhattāni saṅghassa deti. Tassa pana gehaṃ pariyante ṭhitaṃ corabhayena yebhuyyena pihitadvārameva hoti. Bhikkhū gantvā kadāci dvārassa pihitattā bhattaṃ aladdhāva paṭigacchanti. Upāsako bhariyaṃ āha ‘‘kiṃ, bhadde, ayyānaṃ sakkaccaṃ bhikkhā dīyatī’’ti? Sā āha ‘‘ekesu divasesu ayyā nāgamiṃsū’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ kāraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Dvārassa pihitattā maññe’’ti. Taṃ sutvā upāsako saṃvegappatto hutvā ekaṃ purisaṃ dvārapālaṃ katvā ṭhapesi ‘‘tvaṃ ajjato paṭṭhāya dvāraṃ rakkhanto nisīda, yadā ca ayyā āgamissanti, tadā te pavesetvā paviṭṭhānaṃ nesaṃ pattapaṭiggahaṇaāsanapaññāpanādi sabbaṃ yuttapayuttaṃ jānāhī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti tathā karonto bhikkhūnaṃ santike dhammaṃ sutvā uppannasaddho kammaphalaṃ saddahitvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhahi, sakkaccaṃ bhikkhū upaṭṭhahi.
所谓“高贵宝石轮”,是指门卫守护的宫殿。起因如何?世尊当时住于王舍城的竹林中,彼时王舍城有一侍者施供养沙弥比库等四人四顿饭。其家门外因盗患众多,门栅严密封闭。有时比库们因门封而得不到饮食,只得返回。侍者因疑惑,问其母曰:“请问,夫人,为何比库们迟迟得不到饭食?”其母答:“近几日夫人都未曾前来。”侍者问:“是甚么缘故?”答曰:“盖因门缄,所以无法到。”闻此,侍者忧虑苦恼,遂聘请一名男人门卫,曰:“你当从今以后,守护此门,坐守其侧,彼时夫人若至,你当让其进入,安置泊坐,妥善供养,指示诸般必要的供养事宜,全皆恰当完善,无所疏忽。”门卫受命答曰“善哉”。之后闻法于比库众中,心生信顺,见果,皈依戒律,悉心侍奉比库们。
Aparabhāge niccabhattadāyako upāsako kālaṃ katvā yāmesu nibbatti. Dvārapālo pana sakkaccaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ upaṭṭhahitvā parassa pariccāge veyyāvaccakaraṇena anumodanena ca tāvatiṃsesu uppajji. Tassa dvādasayojanikaṃ kanakavimānantiādi sabbaṃ kakkaṭakavimāne vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Pucchāvissajjanagāthā evamāgatā –
后来,供食侍者于黄昏时分休息,而门卫则恭敬侍奉诸比库,恭敬他人之供养,且称赞欢喜。此天宫距地十二由旬,即是上文所述之鸡屎宫,皆应依前所述理解。问答歌谣由此传来——
§918
918.
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ, samantato dvādasa yojanāni;
“高贵宝石轮宫,周围十二由旬;
Kūṭāgārā sattasatā uḷārā, veḷuriyathambhā rucakatthatā subhā.
七百余间的库塔伽罗精舍高大广阔,柱体呈圆形,陈设美观华丽。
§919
919.
‘‘Tatthacchasi pivasi khādasi ca, dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ;
在那里,有饮用吃食,天人之乐器琵琶弹奏歌唱;
Dibbā rasā kāmaguṇettha pañca, nāriyo ca naccanti suvaṇṇachannā.
天人的甘美滋味具有五种欲乐品质,女子们身披金衣翩翩起舞。
§920
920. ‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo…pe… vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
920。“何以现此类美色……美色从四面放光普照。”
§922
922. ‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
922。“彼天子具足自身光明……此果报来源于其业。”
§923
923.
九百二十三。
‘‘Dibbaṃ mamaṃ vassasahassamāyu, vācābhigītaṃ manasā pavattitaṃ;
『天界中,我享有千年寿命,语辞被歌颂,意念常流转;
Ettāvatā ṭhassati puññakammo, dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūto.
善业如此立存,与天上诸欲同具平等。
§924
924.
九百二十四。
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
由此,以上光辉……(余文略)……
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
遍及四方放光辉』如是说。
§923
923. Tattha dibbaṃ mamaṃ vassasahassamāyūti yasmiṃ devanikāye sayaṃ uppanno, tesaṃ tāvatiṃsadevānaṃ āyuppamāṇameva vadati. Tesañhi manussānaṃ gaṇanāya vassasataṃ eko rattidivo, tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiko māso, tena māsena dvādasamāsiko saṃvaccharo, tena saṃvaccharena sahassasaṃvaccharāni āyu, taṃ manussānaṃ gaṇanāya tisso vassakoṭiyo saṭṭhi ca vassasatasahassāni honti. Vācābhigītanti vācāya abhigītaṃ, ‘‘āgacchantu ayyā, idaṃ āsanaṃ paññattaṃ, idha nisīdathā’’tiādinā, ‘‘kiṃ ayyānaṃ sarīrassa ārogyaṃ, kiṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ phāsuka’’ntiādinā paṭisanthāravasena ca vācāya kathitamattaṃ . Manasā pavattitanti ‘‘ime ayyā pesalā brahmacārino dhammacārino’’tiādinā cittena pavattitaṃ pasādamattaṃ, na pana mama santakaṃ kiñci pariccattaṃ atthīti dasseti. Ettāvatāti ettakena evaṃ kathanamattena pasādamattenapi. Ṭhassati puññakammoti katapuñño nāma hutvā devaloke ṭhassati ciraṃ pavattissati, tiṭṭhanto ca dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgībhūto tasmiṃ devanikāye devānaṃ valañjaniyāmeneva dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samaṅgībhūto samannāgato hutvā indriyāni paricārento viharatīti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
923. 这里说到,我的神通寿命有千万年,在某个天界中自己所出生的,那些天界中三十三天的寿命长度也是如此。就人类的计算而言,一百年是一昼夜,一昼夜由三十个夜晚组成,三十个月为一阴历年,以此计算一千阴历年则是寿命,那么人类计算的岁数达到三千万六百万年。在言语上,“vācābhigīta”者,是指用言语招呼,如说“夫人请来,此处座位已备,请坐”等等,也包括问询“夫人体健否?穿在哪处?”等言语,且含暗示的言辞交流。心里生起的念头称为“manasā pavattita”,意即“这些夫人是修行清净的正行比库尼”,以心中所生之念为根据,表示尊敬和欢喜,但并未给我个人造成任何束缚和障碍。以上就是这段陈述的内容,以说话简单轻松表达对尊敬之心。所谓“ṭhassati puññakammo”是指具足善业,行善积德之人,即便在天界也常得长久安住。其意为常守善乐,同时住于天界中,身心与诸天的五种感官乐趣相和合,得以具足五种欲乐,安住守护六根,所以得名。以上即为该段话的总体解释。
Dvārapālakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 守门者天宫的解释已结束。
6. Paṭhamakaraṇīyavimānavaṇṇanā六、第一应作天宫的解释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇanti karaṇīyavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena sāvatthivāsī eko upāsako nhānopakaraṇāni gahetvā aciravatiṃ gantvā nhatvā āgacchanto bhagavantaṃ sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisantaṃ disvā upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā evamāha ‘‘bhante kena nimantitā’’ti. Bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi. So kenaci animantitabhāvaṃ ñatvā āha ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā bhattaṃ anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. So bhagavantaṃ attano gehaṃ netvā buddhārahaṃ āsanaṃ paññāpetvā tattha bhagavantaṃ nisīdāpetvā paṇītena annapānena santappesi. Bhagavā katabhattakicco tassa anumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Sesaṃ anantaravimānasadisaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
这段说的是“高贵的宝石宫殿”——即应当建造的宫殿。它的由来是:世尊当时住在舍卫国的祇树给孤独园。那时,舍卫国的一位在家居士带着沐浴用具,匆匆来访,见世尊进入舍卫城托钵乞食后,就前来拜见并问道:“尊者,请问是谁邀请的?”当时世尊处于寂静状态。那人知悉世尊不主动邀请他,于是说:“请允许我同住一处,尊者,您的饮食我愿随喜供养。”世尊便答应了他的请求而默许。那人引导世尊回家,安排了佛及阿拉汉的座位,使世尊安心安坐,并奉上合宜的饮食以供养。世尊做了用饭后的赞叹就起身告辞。后续所述是类似天宫景象的描述。
§926
926. ‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ…pe… nāriyo ca naccanti suvaṇṇachannā.
926. “高贵的宝石宫殿……”以后省略的句子中描述说,女性跳舞时穿戴金色衣饰,华美夺目。
§928
928. ‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo…pe… vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
928. “这种颜色为何如此……”接下去描述该色在各方光线下都闪耀明亮。
§930
930. ‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
930. “那个天子之子本人……”接续说明因其所作之业,故获此光辉荣耀。
§931
931.
‘‘Karaṇīyāni puññāni, paṇḍitena vijānatā;
‘‘应当行持功德善业者,具慧者识知之;
Sammaggatesu buddhesu, yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ.
于正道坚定之佛处,受持大果报之所也。”
§931
931.
‘‘Atthāya vata me buddho, araññā gāmamāgato;
‘‘实为我用意所向者,是佛出没于林野村落之间;
Kattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, tāvatiṃsūpago ahaṃ.
于何处心得安适,我乃在三十三天之前。”
§933
933. ‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe… vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
933。“如是其余说法……其余说法以及其光辉遍照四方。”
§931
931. Tattha paṇḍitenāti sappaññena. Vijānatāti attano hitāhitaṃ jānantena. Sammaggatesūti sammāpaṭipannesu, buddhesūti sammāsambuddhesu.
931. 其中,『以智者』者,以具有慧者也。『以知者』者,以知晓自身利益与损害者也。『于正道行者中』者,于正确修行者中也;『于觉者中』者,于正自觉者中也。
§932
932.Atthāyāti hitāya, vuḍḍhiyā vā. Araññāti vihārato, jetavanaṃ sandhāya vadati . Tāvatiṃsūpagoti tāvatiṃsadevakāyaṃ, tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ vā uppajjanavasena upagato. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
932.“Atthāya”者,谓为利益或增长之故。‘Arañña’者,指隐林修行之处,此说指隐林,乃指耶多纳伽旃陀(jetavana)之处。‘Tāvatiṃsūpagoti’者,谓天龙八部中的三十三天所居之处,亦名三十三天宫,象征天趣之上升,是因缘所生所到。以上皆为所引原文释义。
Karaṇīyavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 应作天宫注释已毕。
7. Dutiyakaraṇīyavimānavaṇṇanā7. 第二应作天宫注释
Sattamavimānaṃ chaṭṭhavimānasadisaṃ. Kevalaṃ tattha upāsakena bhagavato āhāro dinno, idha aññatarassa therassa. Esaṃ vuttanayameva. Tena vuttaṃ –
此云第七天宫,犹如第六天宫。唯有在此天宫,一在家居士接受世尊所供养的饮食,且此或为某位长老。此皆为前文原文释义之续述。
§935
935.
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ, samantato dvādasa yojanāni;
“高耸之宝石宫殿,周围十二由旬;七七八十一间正殿楼阁,柱梁华美雅致而庄严。”
Kūṭāgārā sattasatā uḷārā, veḷuriyathambhā rucakatthatā subhā.
“每间殿阁饰以洁白琉璃柱,色彩光艳而华丽,令人赏心悦目。”
§936
936.
‘‘Tatthacchasi pivasi khādasi ca, dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ;
『在此彼处,饮食及摄取食物,诸天所具乐器如琵琶等,上下和谐发声;』
Dibbā rasā kāmaguṇettha pañca, nāriyo ca naccanti suvaṇṇachannā.
『诸天的味道具足五种欲乐,诸女性舞者身披金饰,翩翩起舞。』
§937
937. ‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo…pe… vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatīti.
『为何这等色相……如是……该色彩周遍四方而放光辉。』
§938
938.
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『此天子自耀其身,称说其由此因业而得此果报。』
§940
940.
九百四十。
‘‘Karaṇīyāni puññāni, paṇḍitena vijānatā;
「应当作诸善事者,是由智慧者所知晓;
Sammaggatesu bhikkhūsu, yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ.
在正行道上的比库们所受者,即为所施之大果报。
§941
941.
九百四十一。
‘‘Atthāya vata me bhikkhu, araññā gāmamāgato;
『比库啊,我为利益,已从野外来到村落;
Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, tāvatiṃsūpago ahaṃ.
在那里令人心安,由我率领三十天天神前来。』
§942
942. ‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe… vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
942. 『因此,有此等颜色……及……我的颜色周遍一切方位皆明显』。
Dutiyakaraṇīyavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二应作天宫注释已毕。
8. Paṭhamasūcivimānavaṇṇanā8. 第一针天宫注释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇaṃ vimānanti sūcivimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa cīvarakammaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, attho ca hoti sūciyā. So rājagahe piṇḍāya caranto kammārassa gehadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Taṃ disvā kammāro āha ‘‘kena, bhante, attho’’ti? ‘‘Cīvarakammaṃ kātabbaṃ atthi, sūciyā attho’’ti. Kammāro pasannamānaso katapariyositā dve sūciyo datvā ‘‘punapi, bhante, sūciyā atthe sati mama ācikkheyyāthā’’ti vatvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vandi. Thero tassa anumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. So aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu uppajji. Atha āyasmā mahāmoggallāno devacārikaṃ caranto taṃ devaputtaṃ imāhi gāthāhi pucchi –
此高大的宝石柱被称为帷幔楼。其因缘为何?世尊当时住在王舍城的竹林中。彼时,尊者沙利子需制衣服,为此需要一根针。此人于王舍城乞食后,站立于铁匠家门口。铁匠见之问曰:“尊者,何事而来?”尊者答曰:“因需制衣用针。”铁匠心悦诚服,于是赠予两根针,并言:“尊者,若因针事,还有所需,我当告诉你。”说毕,行五体投地礼。长老对此表示赞同后,起身离去。过些时日,三十天后,尊者大马哈摩嘎喇那行走于天界时,对天子吟诵此偈问曰—
§944
944.
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ…pe…
『此高大的宝石柱所建的帷幔楼……及……
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
你的颜色周遍一切方位皆明显』。
§948
948. ‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
948. 『该天子自信无疑……及……其业所生果报』。
§949
949.
‘‘Yaṃ dadāti na taṃ hoti, yañceva dajjā tañceva seyyo;
『所给予者,若非实得,唯有所布施方为上;
Sūci dinnā sūcimeva seyyo.
施以针者,尚胜于针本身。』
§950
950.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
『因此,如此等种种光泽……如是……
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
光泽自他方普照我周围。』
§949
949. Tattha yaṃ dadātīti yādisaṃ deyyadhammaṃ dadāti. Na taṃ hotīti tassa tādisameva phalaṃ na hoti. Atha kho khettasampattiyā ca cittasampattiyā ca tato vipulataraṃ uḷāratarameva phalaṃ hoti. Tasmā yañceva dajjā tañceva seyyoti yaṃkiñcideva vijjamānaṃ dajjā dadeyya, tañceva tadeva seyyo, yassa kassaci anavajjassa deyyadhammassa dānameva seyyo, kasmā? Mayā hi sūci dinnā sūcimeva seyyo, sūcidānameva mayhaṃ seyyaṃ jātaṃ, yato ayamīdisī sampatti laddhāti adhippāyo.
949. 此中所称“给与者”,是指具备给与性质的法则。若非因缘具足,则果报不会如是发生。然而因田地丰饶与心田丰益,果报便愈加广大且殊胜。故此,无论何种布施,只要布施给人,皆应视为最佳。如有人布一根针,则针布施为最高;若布施者因得到此地真实利益,而非邪恶之因,布施自然上乘何故?盖吾曾布针,针布施便应为上,针布施因我故得成,是因此土真实财富故得成也。
Sūcivimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 针天宫注释已毕。
9. Dutiyasūcivimānavaṇṇanā9. 第二针天宫注释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇanti dutiyasūcivimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena rājagahavāsī eko tunnakārako vihārapekkhako hutvā veḷuvanaṃ gato. Tattha aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ veḷuvane katasūciyā cīvaraṃ sibbantaṃ disvā sūcigharena saddhiṃ sūciyo adāsi. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ vuttanayameva.
此为“优质宝石屋”之二号藏针楼,起于何时?世尊当时住在王舍城附近之竹林中。彼时,一位营造竹屋者,作为瞻仰佛法而由王舍城出发至竹林。至竹林中见一比库,衣袍整齐,如针线般整齐地被束缚,遂与该营竹屋者共以针线,在竹屋中共同制伏。故后文悉皆如实述说。
§952
952.
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ…pe…
“优质宝石楼阁……(略)
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – pucchi;
“汝之色泽光明且四面明亮。”——此为问答。
§956
956.
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
「如此,天子自受……彼所作业所生之果。」
§957
957.
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, purimajātiyā manussaloke.
「我于人中生为人,前生亦在人间之中。」
§958
958.
‘‘Addasaṃ virajaṃ bhikkhuṃ, vippasannamanāvilaṃ;
「我见彼比库清净无染,心无玷垢而明朗;
Tassa adāsahaṃ sūciṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.
故我向彼献上针,心怡然以双手呈。」
§959
959.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe… vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『由此而生之色……以及……我色遍现四方而明朗』。
Taṃ sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva.
上述言说乃自下而上依次叙述。
Dutiyasūcivimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二针宫殿注释已毕。
10. Paṭhamanāgavimānavaṇṇanā10. 第一龙宫殿注释
Susukkakhandhaṃabhiruyha nāganti nāgavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva devacārikaṃ caranto tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ upagato. Tattha addasa aññataraṃ devaputtaṃ sabbasetaṃ mahantaṃ dibbanāgaṃ abhiruyha mahantena parivārena mahatā dibbānubhāvena ākāsena gacchantaṃ, sabbā disā cando viya sūriyo viya ca obhāsayamānaṃ. Disvā yena so devaputto tenupasaṅkami. Atha so devaputto tato oruyha āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhāsi. Atha thero –
攀登清凉层云,龙族登上龙宫。此其缘起为何?世尊当时居于舍卫城祇树给孤独园。彼时长老大摩诃马哈摩嘎喇那照此次序,游行天界,来到忉利天宫。于彼处,见一位天子,登上雄伟庄严的天龙,披着华丽围绕,具足广大神力,行于虚空,遍于四方,如月如日光明普照。见彼天子,遂前往迎接。天子既至,登上长老大摩诃马哈摩嘎喇那之前,顶礼问讯,合掌恭敬跪拜。长老便言——
§961
961.
‘‘Susukkakhandhaṃ abhiruyha nāgaṃ, akācinaṃ dantiṃ baliṃ mahājavaṃ;
『攀登清凉层云之龙,古老利齿坚固威猛,』
Abhiruyha gajavaraṃ sukappitaṃ, idhāgamā vehāyasaṃ antalikkhe.
攀登象王,行为端正,奔来飞行于空中。
§962
962.
第九百六十二。
‘‘Nāgassa dantesu duvesu nimmitā, acchodakā paduminiyo suphullā;
蛇牙之上如两柱所成,水波荡漾,莲花开绽;
Padumesu ca tūriyagaṇā pavajjare, imā ca naccanti manoharāyo.
四方的莲群中宝盖摇曳,这些美丽的舞者翩翩起舞。
§963
963.
第九百六十三。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ;
你具大神力,具有伟大威德,作人人身者,何因种功德?
Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
“你的这种水生体感受,这个颜色在四方都光明照耀。”
Tassa sampattikittanamukhena katakammaṃ pucchi.
用这种充满功德的容貌来询问他的所作所为。
§961
961. Tattha susukkakhandhanti suṭṭhu setakhandhaṃ. Kiñcāpi tassa nāgassa cattāro pādā, vatthikosaṃ, mukhappadeso, ubho kaṇṇā, vāladhīti ettakaṃ muñcitvā sabbo kāyo setova, khandhappadesassa pana sātisayaṃ dhavalataratāya vuttaṃ ‘‘susukkakhandha’’nti. Nāganti dibbaṃ hatthināgaṃ. Akācinanti niddosaṃ , sabalalavaṅkatilakādichavidosavirahitanti attho. ‘‘Ājānīya’’ntipi pāḷi, ājānīyalakkhaṇūpetanti attho. Dantinti vipularuciradantavantaṃ. Balinti balavantaṃ mahābalaṃ. Mahājavanti atijavaṃ sīghagāmiṃ. Puna abhiruyhāti ettha anunāsikalopo daṭṭhabbo, abhiruyhaṃ ārohanīyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
961. 其中,『极白之躯』者,谓极为洁白之躯干。虽然那头神象有四足、包皮、口鼻部位、两耳、尾巴,这些部位略去不论,其余全身皆为白色,然而特就躯干部位超凡出众之皎白而言,故说『极白之躯』。『象』者,谓天界之象。『无瑕』者,谓无有缺陷,意即远离一切斑点、杂色、黑痣等皮肤瑕疵。亦有作『良驹』之读法,意谓具足良驹之相。『牙』者,谓具有宽大庄严之象牙。『力』者,谓有力、具大力。『大速』者,谓极为迅捷、行走飞快。『复乘』一词,此处应注意鼻音脱落,意谓『应乘』、『可乘骑』。其余依前所说之方式。
Evaṃ pana therena puṭṭho devaputto attanā katakammaṃ kathento –
然而,被长老问及时,天神子自己述说自己所作的功德之事——
§965
965.
‘‘Aṭṭheva muttapupphāni, kassapassa mahesino;
“正如八是珍珠与花朵,属于伟大的喀萨巴婆罗门;
Thūpasmiṃ abhiropesiṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.
我在佛塔上庄严供奉,怀着欢喜的心用双手奉献。
§966
966.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
「因此此类色相……」
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi;
「色相自他周遍光明彰显」——以上偈语释义如下:
Tassattho – ahaṃ pubbe kassapasammāsambuddhassa yojanike kanakathūpe vaṇṭato muccitvā gacchamūle patitāni aṭṭha muttapupphāni labhitvā tāni gahetvā pūjanavasena pasannacitto hutvā abhiropesiṃ pūjesiṃ.
因此,过去我在咖萨巴正自觉者所住的十由旬广阔金舍利塔旁,捡拾了地上落下的八朵乳白花,拿着这些花作为供养,心怀欢喜庄严供奉。
Atīte kira kassapasammāsambuddhe parinibbute yojanike kanakathūpe ca kārite saparivāro kikī kāsirājā ca nāgarā ca negamā ca jānapadā ca divase divase pupphapūjaṃ karonti. Tesu tathā karontesu pupphāni mahagghāni dullabhāni ca ahesuṃ. Atheko upāsako mālākāravīthiyaṃ vicaritvā ekamekena kahāpaṇena ekamekampi pupphaṃ alabhanto aṭṭha kahāpaṇāni gahetvā pupphārāmaṃ gantvā mālākāraṃ āha ‘‘imehi aṭṭhahi kahāpaṇehi aṭṭha pupphāni dehī’’ti. ‘‘Natthayyo pupphāni, sammadeva upadhāretvā ocinitvā dinnānī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ oloketvā gaṇhāmī’’ti. ‘‘Yadi evaṃ, ārāmaṃ pavisitvā gavesāhī’’ti. So pavisitvā gavesanto patitāni aṭṭha pupphāni labhitvā mālākāraṃ āha ‘‘gaṇha, tāta, kahāpaṇānī’’ti. ‘‘Tava puññena laddhāni, nāhaṃ kahāpaṇāni gaṇhāmī’’ti āha. Itaro ‘‘nāhaṃ mudhā pupphāni gahetvā bhagavato pūjaṃ karissāmī’’ti kahāpaṇāni tassa purato ṭhapetvā pupphāni gahetvā cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā pasannacitto pūjaṃ akāsi. So aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu uppajjitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā punapi devaloke, punapi devaloketi evaṃ aparāparaṃ devesuyeva saṃsaranto tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena imasmimpi buddhuppāde tāvatiṃsesuyeva uppajji. Taṃ sandhāya heṭṭhā vuttaṃ ‘‘tattha addasa aññataraṃ devaputta’’ntiādi.
据说过往诸时,咖萨巴正自觉者般涅槃后,十由旬广阔的金舍利塔处,末迦天王、城内居民、乡村、诸部落都日复一日地献花供养。由此,供奉的花朵有许多珍贵稀有的花。一天有个居士,步行穿行于花街,每朵花以一钱买价,只得八钱,便带着八朵花前往花园,说:「用这些八钱买这八朵花,请收下。」答曰:「无花可买,正当恭敬、适当慎重地奉献者才应收。」居士说:「我去看看再取。」得到允许入园,找到地上掉落的八朵花,呈给那人,说:「收下吧,尊长,这八钱。」答曰:「这是你福分所得,我无须收钱。」另一人说:「我不同愚痴,拿着这些花来供养世尊。」他说完,将钱放在众人面前,取花前往佛寺,心怀欢喜恭敬供奉。如是之后历时多年,在忉利天中生死轮回,停留至老死,又转生忉利天,反复如是往来。正是此因缘果报之故,世尊出生此地忉利天。如下面所说:「彼处见一梵天子」等。
Taṃ panetaṃ pavattiṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno manussalokaṃ āgantvā bhagavato ārocesi. Bhagavā tamatthaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattaparisāya vitthārena dhammaṃ desesi. Sā desanā mahājanassa sātthikā ahosīti.
当时,具寿大摩竭罗来到人间,向世尊报告此事。世尊针对那个观点作了讲说,以详尽的法会展开阐述佛法。此说法对大众是极为恰当可信的。
Nāgavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 龙宫殿注释已毕。
11. Dutiyanāgavimānavaṇṇanā11. 第二龙宫殿注释
Mahantaṃ nāgaṃ abhiruyhāti dutiyanāgavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena rājagahe aññataro upāsako saddho pasanno pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhito uposathadivasesu uposathasīlaṃ samādiyitvā purebhattaṃ attano vibhavānurūpaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dānāni datvā sayaṃ bhuñjitvā suddhavatthanivattho suddhuttarāsaṅgo pacchābhattaṃ yebhuyyena aṭṭha pānāni gāhāpetvā vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghassa niyyādetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dhammaṃ suṇāti. Evaṃ so sakkaccaṃ dānamayaṃ sīlamayañca bahuṃ sucaritaṃ upacinitvā ito cuto tāvatiṃsesu uppajji. Tassa puññānubhāvena sabbaseto mahanto dibbo hatthināgo pāturahosi. So taṃ abhiruyha mahantena parivārena mahantena dibbānubhāvena kālena kālaṃ uyyānakīḷaṃ gacchati.
一条巨大的那伽升起,前往第二那伽宫。那伽的起因是什么呢?世尊当时安住在王舍城的竹林精舍。那时,王舍城中一位信心坚定的在家居士,安守五戒,在律仪日受持清净的律节,先布施比库们适合自己境界的食物,自己吃饭,清净安全地坐卧,饭后服用适度的八饮,之后前往住处,差遣比库僧团,乃至亲近世尊,听闻佛法。这样,他谨慎施予布施、持守戒律、行善,最终于此生中度过三十年。因其功德感应,这条巨大的神异那伽幻化为神般大象。它携带众多侍从,具足神通力量,随着时令往来于花园玩乐。
Athekadivasaṃ kataññutāya codiyamāno aḍḍharattisamaye taṃ dibbanāgaṃ abhiruyha mahatā parivārena ‘‘bhagavantaṃ vandissāmī’’ti devalokato āgantvā kevalakappaṃ veḷuvanaṃ obhāsetvā hatthikkhandhato oruyha bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā abhivādetvā añjaliṃ paggayha ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi . Taṃ bhagavato samīpe ṭhito āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavato anuññāya imāhi gāthāhi pucchi –
某一天,当对这条神异那伽心怀感恩,夜半时分,它携带众多护法,来自天界,照亮独自的竹林精舍,从象躯登上世尊,近前礼拜佛陀,合掌而立于一旁。在那时,具寿长老旺吉莎知悉此事,便以如下偈语提问:
§968
968.
第九百六十八偈。
‘‘Mahantaṃ nāgaṃ abhiruyha, sabbasetaṃ gajuttamaṃ;
“攀升巨大的那伽,头如象王,
Vanā vanaṃ anupariyāsi, nārīgaṇapurakkhato;
环绕花园林地,女性居住地先导。”
Obhāsento disā sabbā, osadhī viya tārakā.
犹如众方明耀,恰似药草般照耀的明星。
§969
969.
第九百六十九条。
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
『何以此等色彩……(此处省略)』
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『这色彩普照四方而放光。』
Tatthā pucchito sopi tassa gāthāhi eva byākāsi.
对此所问者,也以同样歌句加以解释说明。
§971
971.
第九百七十一条。
‘‘So devaputto attamano, vaṅgīseneva pucchito;
‘彼天子亲自示现,恰似侦探般被询问;
Pañhaṃ puṭṭho viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
被问之时宣说了此业所生之果。’
§972
972.
第九百七十二品。
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, upāsako cakkhumato ahosiṃ;
‘我在人间为人身,乃具慧眼之近事男;
Pāṇātipātā virato ahosiṃ, loke adinnaṃ parivajjayissaṃ.
戒杀生已坚持,世间不取他物。’
§973
973.
第九百七十三品。
‘‘Amajjapo no ca musā abhāṇiṃ, sakena dārena ca tuṭṭho ahosiṃ;
『无懈怠者我亦无妄语懈怠,因施主与其布施我得安乐;』
Annañca pānañca pasannacitto, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
『食饮亦心安泰,恭敬周全,以充广施。』
§974
974.
『第九百七十四。』
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
『于是如次第之光辉……(略)……』
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『我之光辉遍照四方。』
Tattha apubbaṃ natthi, sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva.
其中先前无文,余义下文已宣说。
Dutiyanāgavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二龙宫殿注释已毕。
12. Tatiyanāgavimānavaṇṇanā12. 第三龙宫殿注释
Konu dibbena yānenāti tatiyanāgavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena samayena tayo khīṇāsavattherā gāmakāvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Te vutthavassā pavāretvā ‘‘bhagavantaṃ vandissāmā’’ti rājagahaṃ uddissa gacchantā antarāmagge sāyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ gāmake micchādiṭṭhikabrāhmaṇassa ucchukhettasamīpaṃ gantvā ucchupālaṃ pucchiṃsu ‘‘āvuso, sakkā ajja rājagahaṃ pāpuṇitu’’nti. ‘‘Na sakkā, bhante, ito aḍḍhayojane rājagahaṃ, idheva vasitvā sve gacchathā’’ti āha. ‘‘Atthettha koci vasanayoggo āvāso’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhante, ahaṃ pana vo vasanaṭṭhānaṃ jānissāmī’’ti. Therā adhivāsesuṃ.
有一人问如何乘坐神通妙行达到第三天宫。问其缘起。佛陀住王舍城近郊的竹林园中,于彼时三位无漏长老各自到村庄安居夏安居。夏安居毕,众人即出发,言曰『当去礼敬世尊』,向王舍城进发。行于路途,傍晚时分至一村庄,见一执邪见婆罗门,居于臭秽田附近,便前往请问:“善友,今日可至王舍城否?”答曰:“不可,尊者,从此地仍有半由旬远,汝等当住此,次日自往。”又问:“此处有可入住所乎?”答曰:“无,尊者。但我能识汝等住所所在。”长老们便在住处坐卧。
So ucchūsuyeva yathāṭhitesu sākhāmaṇḍapākārena daṇḍakāni bandhitvā ucchupaṇṇehi chādetvā heṭṭhā palālaṃ attharitvā ekassa therassa adāsi, dutiyassa therassa tīhi ucchūhi daṇḍakasaṅkhepena bandhitvā tiṇena chādetvā heṭṭhā ca tiṇasantharaṃ katvā adāsi, itarassa attano kuṭiyaṃ dve tayo daṇḍake sākhāyo ca nīharitvā cīvarena paṭicchādento cīvarakuṭiṃ katvā adāsi. Te tattha vasiṃsu. Atha vibhātāya rattiyā kālasseva bhattaṃ pacitvā dantakaṭṭhañca mukhodakañca datvā saha ucchurasena bhattaṃ adāsi. Tesaṃ bhuñjitvā anumodanaṃ katvā gacchantānaṃ ekekaṃ ucchuṃ adāsi ‘‘mayhaṃ bhāgo bhavissatī’’ti. So thokaṃ maggaṃ there anugantvā nivattanto attano veyyāvaccañca dānañca ārabbha uḷāraṃ pītisomanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedento nivatti.
那执邪见婆罗门如当地习俗,用树枝搭建了枝丫式的屋架,又用树叶覆盖顶棚,下方安设竹席,供一位长老居住。第二位长老有三枝屋架,用三束树枝绑缚,覆以稻草和下方稻草垫,长老的茅舍筑成。其余一长老整理自己的两处竹枝屋架,并用袈裟遮盖,搭成茅舍,居于其中。彼众在此安住。夜晚大家分工烹饪饮食,献上牙签及口水,兼给婆罗门食物。婆罗门食用后,皆表示赞同。诸居士出发前,婆罗门皆赐一束茅草,言曰:“这将是我的福分。”他沿途跟随长老道路,返回后以此布施及自己禅修,欢喜满足而返回。
Khettasāmiko pana gacchantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭipathena āgacchanto bhikkhū pucchi ‘‘kuto vo ucchu laddhā’’ti? ‘‘Ucchupālakena dinnā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā brāhmaṇo kupito anattamano taṭataṭāyamāno kodhābhibhūto tassa piṭṭhito upadhāvitvā muggarena taṃ paharanto ekappahāreneva jīvitā voropesi. So attanā katapuññakammameva anussaranto kālaṃ katvā sudhammādevasabhāyaṃ nibbatti. Tassa puññānubhāvena sabbaseto mahanto dibbavaravāraṇo nibbatti.
同住田舍的比库们一日行脚回来,有比库来问:“汝等何处得此茅草?”答曰:“由茅草守护者所与。”婆罗门闻之怒气冲天,心胸狭隘,怒火爆发,背后暗中持锤击打此人,致其一击毙命。此比库回忆自己所行善业,终至净法天界。因其善业力故,往生具大光明的天界神所。
Ucchupālakassa maraṇaṃ sutvā tassa mātāpitaro ceva ñātimittā ca assumukhā rodamānā taṃ ṭhānaṃ agamaṃsu, sabbe ca gāmavāsino sannipatiṃsu. Tatrassa mātāpitaro sarīrakiccaṃ kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Tasmiṃ khaṇe so devaputto taṃ dibbahatthiṃ abhiruhitvā sabbatāḷāvacaraparivuto pañcaṅgikena tūriyena pavajjamānena mahantena parivārena mahatiyā deviddhiyā devalokato āgantvā tāya parisāya dissamānarūpo ākāse aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ tattha paṇḍitajātiko puriso imāhi gāthāhi tena katapuññakammaṃ pucchi –
茅草守护者死亡的消息传入,父母及亲属面向火化之处,满怀悲伤,纷纷聚集山村居民。守护者的父母开始办理尸体事宜。此时,一天神乘天象,手执神臂,周围有大遍覆云层,以五肢神通果大家披身神力,由天界来到此处,与随从在空中显现而立。时有一位博学外道男子,以颂曰问其行善业。
§976
976.
‘‘Ko nu dibbena yānena, sabbasetena hatthinā;
『何为乘坐神通妙行?以全然光明神力大象所载;
Tūriyatāḷitanigghoso, antalikkhe mahīyati.
「第三禅」者,如莲花般平稳安静,凌空而立于天空之中。
§977
977.
九百七十七。
‘‘Devatā nusi gandhabbo, adu sakko purindado;
「天人啊!还是迦楼罗,非萨咖天帝;
Ajānantā taṃ pucchāma, kathaṃ jānemu taṃ maya’’nti.
未曾识知的啊,我等今当问之,如何令我得知?」
Sopissa imāhi gāthāhi etamatthaṃ byākāsi –
世尊以此偈语说明此义——
§978
978.
九百七十八。
‘‘Nāmhi devo na gandhabbo, nāpi sakko purindado;
“天人并非恒香之物,萨咖天帝也非世间主宰;
Sudhammā nāma ye devā, tesaṃ aññataro aha’’nti.
所谓正法天众,其中有一位称为‘我’。”
§979
979.
第九百七十九。
‘‘Pucchāma devaṃ sudhammaṃ, puthuṃ katvāna añjaliṃ;
“我当询问那正法天人,顶礼称敬之后,
Kiṃ katvā mānuse kammaṃ, sudhammaṃ upapajjatī’’ti – punapi pucchi;
何等因缘所造之人业,生起此正法?”—复而询问,
§980
980.
第九百八十。
‘‘Ucchāgāraṃ tiṇāgāraṃ, vatthāgārañca yo dade;
『捨舍仓』者,禾秆仓也,『草仓』亦如是;『布仓』者,布匹仓也,若有人供给此等三种仓库中的其中一种,
Tiṇṇaṃ aññataraṃ datvā, sudhammaṃ upapajjatī’’ti. – punapi byākāsi;
施与其中一种,他即得正法(善法)的现起。」——又进一步释说,
§976
976. Tattha tūriyatāḷitanigghosoti tāḷitapañcaṅgitadibbatūriyanigghoso attānaṃ uddissa pavajjamānadibbatūriyasaddo . Antalikkhe mahīyatīti ākāse ṭhatvā ākāsaṭṭheneva mahatā parivārena pūjīyati.
976. 此中『三叶树的舒展叶状煤烟』,即指出自五叶树(指棕榈叶)上方吹出如烟般的风响声,此五叶树状烟响声称为『三叶枝风声』;此『三叶枝风声』乃指风在空中吹拂,发出簌簌响声之意。『在天地之间者』,即指风声发生于空中,在天空中,如巨大的旋转气流环绕一般,受人敬重。
§977
977.Devatānusīti devatā nu asi, kiṃ nu tvaṃ devosīti attho. Gandhabboti gandhabbakāyikadevo asīti attho. Adu sakko purindadoti udāhu pure dadātīti ‘‘purindado’’ti vissuto sakko nusi, atha sakko devarājā asīti attho. Ettha ca satipi sakkagandhabbānaṃ devabhāve tesaṃ visuṃ gahitattā gobalibaddhañāyena tadaññadevavācako devasaddo daṭṭhabbo.
977. 『天众』者,问道“是否称天众?”意即“你是天众乎?”这里『香气身诸天』意为香味之天人。又云『除萨咖者,释迦之尊号』,大意是说曾在古时布施故被称为“布施王”,此即『布施王萨咖』之意。『萨咖天帝』或曰天王萨咖之意。此处合乎事实乃见诸权威先贤讲论。关于萨咖香气诸天众之全貌,因诸天语境受限加以%。因此『天声』得以观察。
§978
978. Atha devaputto ‘‘vissajjanaṃ nāma pucchāsabhāgena hotī’’ti tehi pucchitaṃ devagandhabbasakkabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipitvā attānaṃ ācikkhanto ‘‘namhi devo na gandhabbo’’tiādimāha. Tattha namhi devoti tayā āsaṅkito yo koci devo na homi na gandhabbo na sakko, apica kho sudhammā nāma ye devā, tesaṃ aññataro ahaṃ, sudhammā devatā nāma tāvatiṃsadevanikāyasseva aññataradevanikāyo. So kira ucchupālo tesaṃ devānaṃ sampattiṃ sutvā pageva tattha cittaṃ paṇidhāya ṭhitoti keci vadanti.
978. 于是天子自言『名为淫荡者,在尾部之分』,指控天众中香气萨咖身份,予以否定并自辩言『我既非天众,非香气天众,非萨咖』等说。然虽如此,他确实为『正法』名列其中之一,乃称此天众为塔婆缇瑟天宫之香气天众,属其中一天团。此人名为优初波罗,闻得诸天之福德即刻心念专一,立足于斯。是故有人说。
§979
979.Puthunti mahantaṃ, paripuṇṇaṃ katvāti attho. Sakkaccakiriyādīpanatthañhetaṃ vuttaṃ.
979. 『繁茂』者,大量而完备之意。此义为佐证萨咖神通施行之缘故所说。
§980
980. Sudhammādevayānaṃ puṭṭho devaputto kakaṇṭakanimittaṃ vadanto viya diṭṭhamattameva gahetvā attanā katapuññaṃ ācikkhanto ‘‘ucchāgāra’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha tiṇṇaṃ aññataraṃ datvāti yadipi mayā tīṇi agārāni dinnāni, tīsu pana aññatarenāti ayamatthopi sijjhatīti nayaggāhena devaputto evamāha. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
世尊问及善法之道时,如同天子之子讲说烦恼因缘的缘由,止于所见,以己所修善法自证,并以诗句言“有高屋”。其意指虽曾给予三处住房,但其中一处独特,谓此亦将净化。天子之子借此比喻,说明所授非凡之义,余下部分自当深入明白。
Evaṃ so tena pucchi tamatthaṃ vissajjetvā ratanattayaguṇaṃ pakāsento mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ sammodanaṃ katvā devalokameva gato. Manussā devaputtassa vacanaṃ sutvā bhagavati bhikkhusaṅghe ca sañjātapasādabahumānā bahuṃ dānūpakaraṇaṃ sajjetvā sakaṭānaṃ pūretvā veḷuvanaṃ gantvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā satthu taṃ pavattiṃ ārocayiṃsu. Satthā taṃ pucchāvissajjanaṃ tatheva vatvā tameva atthaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā vitthārena dhammaṃ desetvā te saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpesi. Te ca patiṭṭhitasaddhā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā attano gāmaṃ upagantvā ucchupālassa mataṭṭhāne vihāraṃ kārayiṃsūti.
于是他应问舍去其意,显现宝石等诸德,与父母同欢庆后即往天界。人间听闻此天子言教及尊者僧团,生起欢喜与敬重,广布馈赠,供养车马,充满园林,访佛前比库僧团布施大财,展现尊敬,转告世尊之教法。世尊应答其所问,详述义理,并在戒律和皈依处建立之。彼等因信坚固,敬礼世尊,回归本乡,于高台居所安居。
Tatiyanāgavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第三龙天宫的解说完毕。
13. Cūḷarathavimānavaṇṇanā十三、小车天宫解说
Daḷhadhammānisārassāti cūḷarathavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavati parinibbute dhātuvibhāgaṃ katvā tattha tattha satthu thūpesu patiṭṭhāpiyamānesu mahākassapattherappamukhesu dhammaṃ saṅgāyituṃ uccinitvā gahitesu sāvakesu yāva vassūpagamanā veneyyāpekkhāya attano attano parisāya saddhiṃ tattha tattha vasantesu āyasmā mahākaccāyano paccantadese aññatarasmiṃ araññāyatane viharati. Tena samayena assakaraṭṭhe potalinagare assakarājā rajjaṃ kāreti, tassa jeṭṭhāya deviyā putto sujāto nāma kumāro soḷasavassuddesiko kaniṭṭhāya deviyā nibandhanena pitarā raṭṭhato pabbājito araññaṃ pavisitvā vanacarake nissāya araññe vasati. So kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā sīlamatte patiṭṭhito puthujjanakālakiriyaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā aparāparaṃ sugatiyaṃyeva paribbhamanto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde bhagavato abhisambodhito tiṃsavasse assakaraṭṭhe assakarañño aggamahesiyā kucchismiṃ nibbatti, ‘‘sujāto’’tissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So mahantena parivārena vaḍḍhati.
“坚定法要”指小车轮宫。其由来如何?世尊涅槃后,划分法界,建诸寺,并由长老大咖萨巴等带领僧众宣扬佛法并守护持戒。尊者大咖吒那在边地某丛林隐居。此时阿萨迦国首都波陀里城,国王为阿萨迦王,其长子名苏迦陀,十六岁,因母亲绳索约束出家,依止野人而居疏林。此人曾出家修持佛法,稳守戒律,经过凡夫时代,转世三十次,守护生老病死之善道。于阿萨迦国贵族之家诞生,尊名苏迦陀,随大家族渐渐成长。
Tassa pana mātari kālakatāya rājā aññaṃ rājadhītaraṃ aggamahesiṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sāpi aparena samayena puttaṃ vijāyi. Tassā rājā puttaṃ disvā pasanno ‘‘bhadde, tayā icchitaṃ varaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti varaṃ adāsi. Sā gahitakaṃ katvā ṭhapetvā yadā sujātakumāro soḷasavassuddesiko jāto, tadā rājānaṃ āha ‘‘deva, tumhehi mama puttaṃ disvā tuṭṭhacittehi varo dinno, taṃ idāni dethā’’ti. ‘‘Gaṇha, devī’’ti . ‘‘Mayhaṃ puttassa rajjaṃ dethā’’ti. ‘‘Nassa, vasali, mama jeṭṭhaputte devakumārasadise sujātakumāre ṭhite kasmā evaṃ vadasī’’ti paṭikkhipi. Devī punappunaṃ nibandhanaṃ karontī manaṃ alabhitvā ekadivasaṃ āha ‘‘deva, yadi sacce tiṭṭhasi, dehi evā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘anupadhāretvā mayā imissā varo dinno, ayañca evaṃ vadatī’’ti vippaṭisārī hutvā sujātakumāraṃ pakkositvā tamatthaṃ ārocetvā assūni pavattesi. Kumāro pitaraṃ socamānaṃ disvā domanassappatto assūni pavattetvā ‘‘anujānāhi, deva, ahaṃ aññattha gamissāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ sutvā raññā ‘‘aññaṃ te nagaraṃ māpessāmi, tattha vaseyyāsī’’ti vutte kumāro na icchi. ‘‘Mama sahāyānaṃ rājūnaṃ santike pesessāmī’’ti ca vutte tampi nānujāni. Kevalaṃ ‘‘deva, araññaṃ gamissāmī’’ti āha. Rājā puttaṃ āliṅgitvā sīse cumbitvā ‘‘mamaccayena idhāgantvā rajje patiṭṭhahā’’ti vatvā vissajjesi.
因母亲临产时国王另立贤妃,后产一子。国王见子喜悦,即命曰:“贤哉!求汝取所欲之福。”对王说,“请接受我所赐。”王子生时,国王对之说:“天神啊,尔见我子心喜,今赐之此福。”王子曰:“接受吧,女神。”又曰:“望尔赐我子此国。”王后多次束缚王子,心失所愿,一日对天神说:“若实则赐予。”王答:“不加要求已赐此福,汝亦如此言。”王后遂怒,责备王子,“尔怎敢如此?”王子伤心哭泣:“请允许,我将往他处。”王后闻之,于是说:“我为汝另建他国,得住之。”但王子不愿,言:“将遣跟随者,守护国事。”终将王子抱抱,吻首,言:“我儿今来,定居斯土。”遂舍去。
So araññaṃ pavisitvā vanacarake nissāya vasanto ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ gato. Tassa samaṇakāle sahāyavaro eko devaputto hitesitāya migarūpena taṃ palobhento dhāvitvā āyasmato mahākaccāyanassa vasanaṭṭhānasamīpaṃ patvā antaradhāyi. So ‘‘imaṃ migaṃ idāni gaṇhissāmī’’ti upadhāvanto therassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ patvā taṃ apassanto bahi paṇṇasālāya theraṃ nisinnaṃ disvā tassa samīpe cāpakoṭiṃ olubbha aṭṭhāsi. Thero taṃ oloketvā ādito paṭṭhāya sabbaṃ tassa pavattiṃ ñatvā anuggaṇhanto ajānanto viya saṅgahaṃ karonto –
王子入丛林,依止野人,一日赴猎。猎时,一辅助者乃天子化身,以鹿形引诱至住处附近,忽然消失。援助者曰:“今将捕此鹿。”追逐间至长老住处,见其坐于叶顶树下,食着八颗果实。长老视之,起身迎接,洞察一切过失,随后跟随,佯作不知并行聚集。
§981
981.
第九百八十一条。
‘‘Daḷhadhammā nisārassa, dhanuṃ olubbha tiṭṭhasi;
『坚固强化者为迅捷者,树如坚固弓般矗立;』
Khattiyo nusi rājañño, adu luddo vanecaro’’ti. –
『是王子啊,非国王,未曾射箭的游林者。』
Pucchi. Tattha daḷhadhammāti daḷhadhanu. Daḷhadhanu nāma dvisahassathāmaṃ vuccati. Dvisahassathāmanti ca yassa āropitassa jiyāya baddho lohasīsādīnaṃ bhāro daṇḍe gahetvā yāva kaṇḍappamāṇā ukkhittassa pathavito muccati. Nisārassāti niratisayasārassa visiṭṭhasārassa rukkhassa dhanuṃ, sāratararukkhamayaṃ dhanunti attho. Olubbhāti sannirumbhitvā. Rājaññoti rājakumāro. Vanecaroti vanacaro.
询问:此处『坚固强化』是『坚固弓』之意。所谓『坚固弓』,称为承受两千重负。『两千重负』者,即负担被绑缚的铁块等重物,悬挂直到木棍之下,木棍能承受且地面释放之。『迅捷者』,指树木之弓,谓蕴含有树木王者之精华,乃木本堆积成弓具的意。『射箭』即蓄势欲发之意。『王子』为君主之子,『游林者』即森林漫游者。
Atha so attānaṃ āvikaronto –
于是他调适自身——
§982
982.
‘‘Assakādhipatissāhaṃ, bhante putto vanecaro;
『我是鼠王的主尊,尊者,我之子为游林者;』
Nāmaṃ me bhikkhu te brūmi, sujāto iti maṃ vidū.
我说你这比库名叫苏佳多,故如此我才能认识你。
§983
983.
九百八十三。
‘‘Mige gavesamānohaṃ, ogāhanto brahāvanaṃ;
「我在森林中寻找猎物,潜入婆罗园之地;
Migaṃ tañceva nāddakkhiṃ, tañca disvā ṭhito aha’’nti. –
既未见猎物,又立于原处。」——
Āha. Tattha assakādhipatissāti assakaraṭṭhādhipatino assakarājassa. Bhikkhūti theraṃ ālapati. Mige gavesamānoti migasūkarādike gavesanto, migavaṃ carantoti attho.
如是说。其中,『阿萨咖之主』者,谓阿萨咖国之主、阿萨咖王。『比库』者,是在呼唤那位长老。『寻觅野兽』者,谓寻找鹿、野猪等,意即在林中游行觅兽。
Taṃ sutvā thero tena saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ karonto –
闻此语后,长老与其同伴一同作出答复——
§984
984.
第九百八十四条。
‘‘Svāgataṃ te mahāpuñña, atho te adurāgataṃ;
「伟大的善男子啊,你已获欢迎,或者你来到此处并不易,
Etto udakamādāya, pāde pakkhālayassu te.
请饮此水,并净除你足上的尘埃。」
§985
985.
第九百八十五条。
‘‘Idampi pānīyaṃ sītaṃ, ābhataṃ girigabbharā;
「这是凉爽的饮水,从山泉中流出,
Rājaputta tato pitvā, santhatasmiṃ upāvisā’’ti. – āha;
王子饮用此水后,便常驻于此。」——说。
§984
984. Tattha adurāgatanti durāgamanavajjitaṃ, mahāpuñña, te idhāgamanaṃ svāgataṃ, na te appakampi durāgamanaṃ atthi tuyhañca mayhañca pītisomanassajananatoti adhippāyo. ‘‘Adhunāgata’’ntipi pāṭho, idāni āgamananti attho.
984. 此中所谓『未到者』即是未经漫长跋涉者,乃是大善行之人。若是他们,在此法中所行之来访是受欢迎的,绝非轻微厌恶漫长劳顿的来访。彼之主张在于称『现在到来』,此为语义,今义即『来访』。
§985
985.Santhatasmiṃ upāvisāti anantarahitāya bhūmiyā anisīditvā amukasmiṃ tiṇasanthārake nisīdāti.
985. 『坐着』者,指未安坐于连续不断之地面,乃在某处茅草堆中而坐。
Tato rājakumāro therassa paṭisanthāraṃ sampaṭicchanto āha –
然后,王子对于长老之回坐请教,发问说道:
§986
986.
‘‘Kalyāṇī vata te vācā, savanīyā mahāmuni;
『你的言辞实是善美,尊敬之大圣,
Nelā atthavatī vaggu, mantvā atthañca bhāsasi.
如尼罗河水充盈般,言辞具义理,能思维并善说义理。』
§987
987.
‘‘Kā te rati vane viharato, isinisabha vadehi puṭṭho;
『你居于林中欢喜生活,打猎的野猪向你询问;
Tava vacanapathaṃ nisāmayitvā, atthadhammapadaṃ samācaremase’’ti.
你应当安抚你的话语,遵行意义与法句。』
§986
986. Tattha kalyāṇīti sundarā sobhanā. Savanīyāti sotuṃ yuttā. Nelāti niddosā. Atthavatīti atthayuttā diṭṭhadhammikādinā hitena upetā. Vaggūti madhurā. Mantvāti jānitvā paññāya paricchinditvā. Atthanti atthato anapetaṃ ekantahitāvahaṃ.
986。此处“kalyāṇī”意谓美好华丽;“savanīyā”表示适于聆听;“nela”含无过失、无罪;“atthavatī”即有益、有利,因见道理而亲近的;“vaggi”意味着甜美;“mantvā”意为深思熟虑、用智慧剖析;整体意思是:意义既确切又专一、专注于利益的。
§987
987.Isinisabhāti isīsu nisabha ājānīyasadisa. Vacanapathanti vacanaṃ. Vacanameva hi atthādhigamassa upāyabhāvato ‘‘vacanapatha’’nti vuttaṃ. Atthadhammapadaṃsamācaremaseti idha ceva samparāye ca atthāvahaṃ sīlādidhammakoṭṭhāsaṃ paṭipajjāmase.
987.『仙人中之牛』者,于诸仙人中如良马般卓越出众也。『言说之道』者,即言说也。盖言说乃证得义理之方便,故称为『言说之道』。『让我们履行义、法之道』者,于此世与来世,让我们修行能带来利益之戒等法的部分。
Idāni thero attano sammāpaṭipattiṃ tassa anucchavikaṃ vadanto –
如今长老自言自语,说明自己已正确定证其修行成果——
§988
988.
九百八十八。
‘‘Ahiṃsā sabbapāṇīnaṃ, kumāramhāka ruccati;
「不伤害众生者,从幼童到老人皆喜爱;
Theyyā ca aticārā ca, majjapānā ca ārati.
女众及所有行越矩者,并好饮酗酒者皆嫌恶之。
§989
989.
九百八十九。
‘‘Ārati samacariyā ca, bāhusaccaṃ kataññutā;
「嫌恶者是行为正当者,善于诚实知恩;
Diṭṭheva dhamme pāsaṃsā, dhammā ete pasaṃsiyā’’ti. – āha;
此等法于眼见之法中受赞誉,法为之称赞。」——如是说;
§989
989. Tattha ārati samacariyā cāti yathāvuttā ca pāpadhammato ārati, paṭivirati kāyasamatādisamacariyā ca. Bāhusaccanti pariyattibāhusaccaṃ. Kataññutāti parehi attano katassa upakārassa jānanā. Pāsaṃsāti atthakāmehi kulaputtehi pakārato āsaṃsitabbā. Dhammā eteti ete yathāvuttā ahiṃsādidhammā. Pasaṃsiyāti viññūhi pasaṃsitabbā.
其所称不善行为,即是不纯正行为,且是出于恶法的不善行为;反之则是身体及诸行为的正直守护。这种表述多见于经典与注疏。所谓感恩,即是他人对自己所为利益的知觉。称赞者,是那些为利益世间子孙而应当称扬的人。所谓法,是指上述无害之法。应受赞扬者,是智慧者所应赞扬的。
Evaṃ thero tassa anucchavikaṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ vatvā anāgataṃsañāṇena āyusaṅkhāre olokento ‘‘pañcamāsamattamevā’’ti disvā taṃ saṃvejetvā daḷhaṃ tattha sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetuṃ imaṃ gāthamāha –
于是,长老论述了那位比库一切圆满的修行,如实叙述其精进修证;预见未来寿命的终结,因而怀疑其寿命仅剩五个月;因而感动,决意坚定地确立其圆满修行;于是作此偈言——
§990
990.
九百九十。
‘‘Santike maraṇaṃ tuyhaṃ, oraṃ māsehi pañcahi;
『死亡近在你前,五个月有余无;
Rājaputta vijānāhi, attānaṃ parimocayā’’ti.
国王之子应当知,自度脱离苦海渊』。
Tattha attānaṃ parimocayāti attānaṃ apāyadukkhato mocehi.
此处所说自度脱离,乃是从苦难恶道中解脱之义。
Tato kumāro attano muttiyā upāyaṃ pucchanto āha –
于是太子为了自己的解脱方法,询问说道:
§991
991.
‘‘Katamaṃ svāhaṃ janapadaṃ gantvā, kiṃ kammaṃ kiñca porisaṃ;
『我应当到什么样的本国,做什么样的行为才是合适;
Kāya vā pana vijjāya, bhaveyyaṃ ajarāmaro’’ti.
在身体或智慧上,能使我长久不受老死之苦呢?』
Tattha katamaṃ svāhanti katamaṃ su ahaṃ, katamaṃ nūti attho. Kiṃ kammaṃ kiñca porisanti katvāti vacanaseso. Porisanti purisakiccaṃ.
这里所谓‘本国’是指哪里我呢,‘我’的意义为何。‘做什么样的行为’的全句意即‘人当做何等行为’,‘人’是指凡夫的行为。
Tato thero tassa dhammaṃ desetuṃ imā gāthāyo avoca –
于是长老为他说出教义,唱诵如下诗句—
§992
992.
九百九十二。
‘‘Na vijjate so padeso, kammaṃ vijjā ca porisaṃ;
「此处无有此境界,行者亦无智慧;
Yattha gantvā bhave macco, rājaputtājarāmaro.
当至此处即死于世,如王子般老死。
§993
993.
九百九十三。
‘‘Mahaddhanā mahābhogā, raṭṭhavantopi khattiyā;
富饶者,富有大财,如国王般贵族;
Pahūtadhanadhaññāse, tepi no ajarāmarā.
财物丰富,粮食充足,此等亦无有老死之苦。
§994
994.
九百九十四。
‘‘Yadi te sutā andhakaveṇḍuputtā, sūrā vīrā vikkantappahārino;
『若尔等闻,犹如失明瞽童之子,勇士英豪远离酗酒恶习;
Tepi āyukkhayaṃ pattā, viddhastā sassatīsamā.
彼等虽遭生死之苦,终为不坏如永恒者。』
§995
995.
九百九十五。
‘‘Khattiyā brāhmaṇā vessā, suddā caṇḍālapukkusā;
『彼亦是刹利族、婆罗门族及吠舍族与首陀罗族,
Ete caññe ca jātiyā, tepi no ajarāmarā.
诸种种姓中,彼等亦无老死之苦。』
§996
996.
‘‘Ye mantaṃ parivattenti, chaḷaṅgaṃ brahmacintitaṃ;
『那些转变心念者,是六行修习的梵行思惟者;
Ete caññe ca vijjāya, tepi no ajarāmarā.
这些和其他以智慧(证见)为根基者,他们也不会老死。』
§997
997.
‘‘Isayo cāpi ye santā, saññatattā tapassino;
『那些安静者,身心自制的苦行者;
Sarīraṃ tepi kālena, vijahanti tapassino.
他们的身体也终将随着时节,消失灭尽,这些苦行者。』
§998
998.
‘‘Bhāvitattāpi arahanto, katakiccā anāsavā;
『虽已修成阿拉汉者,究竟无染;
Nikkhipanti imaṃ dehaṃ, puññapāpaparikkhayā’’ti.
他们舍弃此形骸,断除善恶业障。』
§992
992. Tattha yattha gantvāti yaṃ padesaṃ gantvā kammaṃ vijjaṃ porisañca kāyapayogena itarapayogena ca upagantvā pāpuṇitvā bhaveyya ajarāmaroti attho.
992。所谓“往至何处”,指的是到达某地并完成业果报,人与之身体的关系或依止他物而得成就,达到不老死之意。
§993
993. Heṭṭhimakoṭiyā koṭisatādiparimāṇaṃ saṃharitvā ṭhapitaṃ mahantaṃ dhanaṃ etesanti mahaddhanā. Kumbhattayādikahāpaṇaparibbayo mahanto bhogo etesanti mahābhogā. Raṭṭhavantoti raṭṭhasāmikā, anekayojanaparimāṇaṃ raṭṭhaṃ pasāsantāti adhippāyo. Khattiyāti khattiyajātikā. Pahūtadhanadhaññāseti mahādhanadhaññasannicayā, attano parisāya ca sattaṭṭhasaṃvaccharapahonakadhanadhaññasannicayā. Tepi no ajarāmarāti jarāmaraṇadhammā eva, mahaddhanatādīnipi tesaṃ upari nipatantaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ nivattetuṃ na sakkontīti attho.
993。所谓“大富豪”,是指聚集数以千万计甚至亿计的财富者。比如壶匠、铁匠等类似行业拥有巨大财产者称为“大富豪”。“王者领主”是指拥有治理诸多罗迦(长距离区域)之国土的统治者。“刹帝利”指刹帝利种姓。“丰富财富饮食”,即积累大量财富和充足粮食,且其门客僧众多、财帛丰厚。最后,“不老死”意指仅是指老死之理,没有避开老死;无论财富多么丰厚,老死仍然降临甚至不可能避免。
§994
994.Andhakaveṇḍuputtāti andhakaveṇḍussa puttāti paññātā. Sūrāti sattimanto. Vīrāti vīriyavanto. Vikkantappahārinoti sūravīrabhāveneva paṭisattubalaṃ vikkamma pasayha paharaṇasīlā. Viddhastāti vinaṭṭhā. Sassatīsamāti kulaparamparāya sassatīhi candasūriyādīhi samānā, tepi acirakālapavattakulanvayāti attho.
994。所谓“暗迦文陀子”,即为“暗迦文陀”的子孙。“寿命”指寿命七十年。“勇士”指有勇力者。所谓“威力强盛且善于防护对抗的战士”,指其具有勇猛坚固,能抵御攻击之品性。“被射中者”即被射杀。“恒久繁盛”指家族世代与日月星辰等恒久同存,亦即快速衰败的家族不在此列。
§995
995.Jātiyāti attano jātiyā, visiṭṭhatarā pana jātipi nesaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ nivattetuṃ na sakkotīti attho.
生者,谓自己所出生者,然而比自己更为久远的出世者,即使有,也不能使老死得以回避,此为其义。
§996
996.Mantanti vedaṃ. Chaḷaṅganti kappabyākaraṇaniruttisikkhāchandovicitijotisatthasaṅkhātehi chahi aṅgehi chaḷaṅgaṃ. Brahmacintitanti brahmehi aṭṭhakādīhi cintitaṃ paññācakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ.
所谓思维,即是理解。六者分别指时间、因缘、语法、释义、修行欲望与智慧之光明等,它们因教师所授而成六种部分。所谓梵思,是指由八梵众所深思并由慧眼所见。
§997
997.Santāti upasantakāyavacīkammantā. Saññatattāti saññatacittā. Tapassinoti tapanissitā.
所说安者,是安息身语意三业之意。安息心者,是宁静之心。所谓苦行,是指依苦行修持。
Idāni kumāro attanā kattabbaṃ vadanto –
此时,少年来说自己应当作法时——
§999
999.
(编号“999”无巴利文内容,可能为章节编号)
‘‘Subhāsitā atthavatī, gāthāyo te mahāmuni;
「贤者所作之美言、富有意涵的诗句,您是伟大的圣者;」
Nijjhattomhi subhaṭṭhena, tvañca me saraṇaṃ bhavā’’ti. –
「我已进入安稳宁静之境,你也为我的依止。」
Āha . Tattha nijjhattomhīti nijjhāpito dhammojasaññāya saññattigato amhi. Subhaṭṭhenāti suṭṭhu bhāsitena.
「所谓进入安稳之境者,是指内心因法力而实现收敛而成的安定境界。所谓安稳者,则是言语清晰流畅明晰的意思。」
Tato thero taṃ anusāsanto imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
于是那位长老谆谆教诲,吟诵此偈赞曰——
§1000
1000.
‘‘Mā maṃ tvaṃ saraṇaṃ gaccha, tameva saraṇaṃ vaja;
「不要成为我的依止,请自归依自在无碍;
Sakyaputtaṃ mahāvīraṃ, yamahaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’’ti.
归依释迦子那大勇士,正是我所归依的依止。」
Tato rājakumāro āha –
于彼时,王子说道——
§1001
1001.
‘‘Katarasmiṃ so janapade, satthā tumhāka mārisa;
『在诸国中,你们的尊师为谁?
Ahampi daṭṭhuṃ gacchissaṃ, jinaṃ appaṭipuggala’’nti.
我亦将前往观见那非凡胜者。』
Puna thero āha –
长老复言——
§1002
1002.
‘‘Puratthimasmiṃ janapade, okkākakulasambhavo;
『东部有一国土,此国土因群鸟聚集而成;』
Tatthāsi purisājañño, so ca kho parinibbuto’’ti.
『彼处有人圣知者,且彼确已入灭。』
Tattha therena nisinnapadesato majjhimadesassa pācīnadisābhāgattā vuttaṃ ‘‘puratthimasmiṃ janapade’’ti.
此语出自长老所坐之处,位于中央之地偏西南方,于此处言『东部有一国土』。
Evaṃ so rājaputto therassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā pasannamānaso saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhahi. Tena vuttaṃ –
如是,王子闻此长老所讲法,心清净愉悦,于三宝戒律安立。故有言:
§1003
1003.
‘‘Sace hi buddho tiṭṭheyya, satthā tumhāka mārisa;
『若佛世尊存于世,诸魔师必能被制;』
Yojanāni sahassāni, gaccheyyaṃ payirupāsituṃ.
当应跋涉千由旬之遥,前往礼敬。
§1004
1004.
一千零四。
‘‘Yato ca kho parinibbuto, satthā tumhāka mārisa;
『因为那已般涅槃者,尔等的师长;
Nibbutampi mahāvīraṃ, gacchāmi saraṇaṃ ahaṃ.
我亦去赴那大英雄的涅槃之所依。』
§1005
1005.
一千零五。
‘‘Upemi saraṇaṃ buddhaṃ, dhammañcāpi anuttaraṃ;
『我皈依佛,且皈依无上正法;
Saṅghañca naradevassa, gacchāmi saraṇaṃ ahaṃ.
我前往僧团及人天的保护所依。
§1006
1006.
一千零六。
‘‘Pāṇātipātā viramāmi khippaṃ, loke adinnaṃ parivajjayāmi;
『我速断杀生之业,世间财物不取,远离;
Amajjapo no ca musā bhaṇāmi, sakena dārena ca homi tuṭṭho’’ti.
我不妄语,不邪语,心满意足于施舍与布施。』
Evaṃ pana taṃ saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhitaṃ thero evamāha ‘‘rājakumāra, tuyhaṃ idha araññavāsena attho natthi, na ciraṃ tava jīvitaṃ, pañcamāsabbhantare eva kālaṃ karissasi, tasmā tava pitu santikameva gantvā dānādīni puññāni katvā saggaparāyaṇo bhaveyyāsī’’ti vatvā attano santike dhātuyo datvā vissajjesi. So gacchanto ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ vacanena ito gamissāmi, tumhehipi mayhaṃ anukampāya tattha āgantabba’’nti vatvā therassa adhivāsanaṃ viditvā vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pitu nagaraṃ gantvā uyyānaṃ pavisitvā attano āgatabhāvaṃ rañño nivedesi.
既如是,这位在戒律与三宝中确立的长老如此说道:『王子啊,你在此荒野修行无所得,生命不久,将于五个比库众生月之内逝去,因此你当即往见父亲,行施舍等善业,求生天道。』言毕,长老随身给予王子器物后离去。王子告别言:『尊者,我将随您的话离开此处,请勿忘照顾我。』知悉长老留下住所,礼敬绕行后,往父城,进入园林,向国王报告自己归来之意。
Taṃ sutvā rājā saparivāro uyyānaṃ gantvā kumāraṃ āliṅgitvā antepuraṃ netvā abhisiñcitukāmo ahosi. Kumāro ‘‘deva, mayhaṃ appakaṃ āyu, ito catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena maraṇaṃ bhavissati, kiṃ me rajjena, tumhe nissāya puññameva karissāmī’’ti vatvā therassa guṇaṃ ratanattayassa ca ānubhāvaṃ pavedesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā saṃvegappatto ratanattaye ca there ca pasannamānaso mahantaṃ vihāraṃ kāretvā mahākaccāyanattherassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi. Theropi rājānaṃ mahājanañca anuggaṇhanto āgacchi. Rājā ca saparivāro dūratova paccuggamanaṃ katvā theraṃ vihāraṃ pavesetvā catūhi paccayehi sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahanto saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhahi. Kumāro ca sīlāni samādiyitvā theraṃ bhikkhū ceva sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahanto dānāni dadanto dhammaṃ suṇanto catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbatti. Tassa puññānubhāvena sattaratanapaṭimaṇḍito sattayojanappamāṇo ratho uppajji, anekāni cassa accharāsahassāni parivāro ahosi.
闻言,国王和随从至园林,拥抱王子并送至内宫,欲为之受膏。王子言:『天神啊,我寿命不长,四个月后必死;我愿依赖国王恩德行善。』遂述长老与宝物之德行。闻此,国王感忧且心悦,建大居所,并遣使往大长老玛哈咖吒那处。长老随王及众民前来,国王及随从远迎至居所,恭敬护持戒律与三宝。王子受持戒律,与比库礼敬互助,布施,听法,于四个月期间圆满此期后,升生忉利天。因福报之力,一座七宝坛城七由旬高马车出现,随车众多,有数以万计的随从护卫。
Rājā kumārassa sarīrasakkāraṃ katvā bhikkhusaṅghassa ca mahādānaṃ pavattetvā cetiyassa pūjaṃ akāsi, tattha mahājano sannipati, theropi saparivāro taṃ padesaṃ upagañchi. Atha devaputto attanā katakusalakammaṃ oloketvā kataññutāya ‘‘gantvā theraṃ vandissāmi, sāsanaguṇe ca pākaṭe karissāmī’’ti cintetvā dibbarathaṃ āruyha mahatā parivārena dissamānarūpo āgantvā rathā oruyha therassa pāde vanditvā pitarā saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā theraṃ payirupāsamāno añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhāsi. Taṃ thero imāhi gāthāhi pucchi –
国王为王子守护其身体完好,向比库僧团布施重大的馈赠,并供养佛塔。众多大德聚集于此,长老及其随从也前来该地。于是天子回顾自己所作善行,怀着感恩之心思惟说:“待我前往长老处顶礼问安,彰显佛法之功德。”遂驾神妙战车,众多随从环绕护卫,降临于此。天子登车至长老脚前礼拜,众父辈共聚一处与之会面,长老肃立合掌礼敬。该长老以此诗偈询问:
§1007
1007.
‘‘Sahassaraṃsīva yathāmahappabho, disaṃ yathā bhāti nabhe anukkamaṃ;
“犹如千光辉煌千万辉煌光明,遍照诸方天际天空蔚蓝;
Tathāpakāro tavāyaṃ mahāratho, samantato yojanasattamāyato.
汝此大乘之车无畏之乘,自四方延展,路程七十余由旬。
§1008
1008.
‘‘Suvaṇṇapaṭṭehi samantamotthaṭo, urassa muttāhi maṇīhi cittito;
“镶嵌黄金华盖四周铺设,山峦宝珠点缀庄严周围;
Lekhā suvaṇṇassa ca rūpiyassa ca, sobhenti veḷuriyamayā sunimmitā.
金银制成的字迹明晰清丽,如同光泽闪耀的丝织品般显现。
§1009
1009.
‘‘Sīsañcidaṃ veḷuriyassa nimmitaṃ, yugañcidaṃ lohitakāya cittitaṃ;
“头盖骨似丝织品般光洁,心念好似鲜血一般鲜明;
Yuttā suvaṇṇassa ca rūpiyassa ca, sobhanti assā ca ime manojavā.
配合着金银的光泽,这些念头纯净明朗,如同心念的飞翔者在此闪耀。
§1010
1010.
‘‘So tiṭṭhasi hemarathe adhiṭṭhito, devānamindova sahassavāhano;
“那位立于金轮之上独自坚立者,宛如拥有千辆战车的天帝般显赫;
Pucchāmi tāhaṃ yasavanta kovidaṃ, kathaṃ tayā laddho ayaṃ uḷāro’’ti.
我问尊者那位有名、有智慧者,此伟大的光辉是如何由他获得的?
§1007
1007. Tattha sahassaraṃsīti sūriyo. So hi anekasahassaraṃsimantatāya ‘‘sahassaraṃsī’’ti vuccati. Yathāmahappabhoti attano mahattassa anurūpappabho. Yathā hi mahattena sūriyamaṇḍalena sadisaṃ jotimaṇḍalaṃ natthi, evaṃ pabhāyapi. Tathā hi taṃ ekasmiṃ khaṇe tīsu mahādīpesu ālokaṃ pharantaṃ tiṭṭhati. Disaṃ yathā bhāti nabhe anukkamanti nabhe ākāse yatheva disaṃ anukkamanto gacchanto yathā yena pakārena bhāti dibbati jotati. Tathāpakāroti tādisākāro. Tavāyanti tava ayaṃ.
1007. 其名为『千兆者』者,意指日轮有无数千兆的光芒。因其光辉拥有众多千兆规模,故称『千兆者』。正如伟大的火焰有相称的巨大光辉一般。既然广大无边的日轮环状光辉并无另有相当者,因其光辉远胜常见,正如天空中突然间于三大光明处现出的光芒,照耀诸方。犹如方位般在天空中流转,宛如飞鸟翱翔空中的样子,普照大地,燎燃光明。此乃其形状,如斯光芒。此即是『你』所说的。
§1008
1008.Suvaṇṇapaṭṭehīti suvaṇṇamayehi paṭṭehi. Samantamotthaṭo samantato chādito. Urassāti uro assa, rathassa uroti ca īsāmūlaṃ vadati. Lekhāti veḷuriyamayā mālākammalatākammādilekhā. Tāsaṃ suvaṇṇapaṭṭesu ca rajatapaṭṭesu ca dissamānattā vuttaṃ ‘‘suvaṇṇassa ca rūpiyassa cā’’ti. Sobhentīti rathaṃ sobhayanti.
1008. 『金色衣』者,意指用黄金制造的衣服。四周起伏且全被华盖覆盖。『Uro』意指身体,亦可指战车之车轴根。『Lekha』意指用金丝、宝珠、花饰品等织造的纹饰。在这些金色衣与银色衣中,常常见到此色,因而说有『黄金与银子之色』。『庄严』意指装饰华丽战车。
§1009
1009.Sīsanti rathakubbarasīsaṃ. Veḷuriyassa nimmitanti veḷuriyena nimmitaṃ, veḷuriyamaṇimayanti attho. Lohitakāyāti lohitakamaṇinā, yena kenaci rattamaṇinā vā. Yuttāti yojitā, atha vā yottā suvaṇṇassa ca rūpiyassa cāti suvaṇṇamayā ca rūpiyamayā ca yottā, saṅkhalikāti attho.
1009. 『头』指的是战车轮轴的头部。『Nimitta』意指用宝石装饰,用宝石制成之意。『Lohitakaaya』指红宝石,以某种红色宝石称之。『Yutta』意指连接、系缚,或者说缀联黄金与银色之意,故称缀环。
§1010
1010.Adhiṭṭhitoti attano deviddhiyā sakalamidaṃ ṭhānaṃ abhibhavitvā ṭhito. Sahassavāhanoti sahassayuttavāhano, sahassaājānīyayuttaratho devānamindo yathāti adhippāyo. Yasavantāti ālapanaṃ, yasassīti attho. Kovidanti kusalañāṇavantaṃ, rathārohane vā chekaṃ. Ayaṃ uḷāroti ayaṃ uḷāro mahanto yasoti adhippāyo.
1010.『已确立』者,以自身天神威力,超越并屹立于此整个地方也。『千乘』者,即驾御千匹良马之战车,其意为:天人之主所乘之车,套驾着与千匹纯种骏马相配的战车。『具威名』者,此为呼格,意为『具威望者』。『善巧者』者,即具有精熟之智者,或善于登车者。『此乃殊胜』者,其意为:此乃殊胜、伟大之名望也。
Evaṃ therena puṭṭho devaputto imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi –
由此,长老被问及后,天子由此诗偈详细说明——
§1011
1011.
‘‘Sujāto nāmahaṃ bhante, rājaputto pure ahuṃ;
『尊者,我名苏迦陀,曾为王子,生于宫中;','568':'你以慈悲怜悯,令我安住觉性之中。』
Tvañca maṃ anukampāya, saññamasmiṃ nivesayi.
而你出于悲悯,引导我安住于自制之中。
§1012
1012.
‘‘Khīṇāyukañca maṃ ñatvā, sarīraṃ pādāsi satthuno;
『识知我寿命将尽,已将身命付师尊;','571':'愿以此苏迦陀的供养,利益安乐于汝。』
Imaṃ sujāta pūjehi, taṃ te atthāya hehiti.
「苏嘉达,以此供养彼,此将为汝之利益。」
§1013
1013.
一零一三。
‘‘Tāhaṃ gandhehi mālehi, pūjayitvā samuyyuto;
『我因香气与花环的供养而聚集,
Pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ, upapannomhi nandanaṃ.
舍弃了人身,来到这乐园之中。』
§1014
1014.
一零一四。
‘‘Nandane ca vane ramme, nānādijagaṇāyute;
『我在园林的野趣中,与众多各种诸天共聚,
Ramāmi naccagītehi, accharāhi purakkhato’’ti.
陶醉于舞蹈和歌声之中,先导着众生。』
§1012-3
1012-3. Tattha sarīrantī sarīradhātuṃ. Hehitīti bhavissati. Samuyyutoti sammā uyyutto, yuttappayuttoti attho.
1012-3。其中,「身」者,身舍利也。「将」者,将来之意也。「善精勤」者,正确地精勤,意谓专勤致力也。
Evaṃ devaputto therena pucchitamatthaṃ kathetvā theraṃ vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pitaraṃ āpucchitvā rathaṃ āruyha devalokameva gato. Theropi tamatthaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattaparisāya vitthārena dhammakathaṃ kathesi. Sā dhammakathā mahājanassa sātthikā ahosi. Atha thero taṃ sabbaṃ attanā ca tena ca kathitaniyāmeneva saṅgītikāle dhammasaṅgāhakānaṃ ārocesi, te ca taṃ tathā saṅgahaṃ āropesunti.
如此,天子以长老问所问义,向长老讲说解释,长老拜礼,绕行三匝,询问父亲后,驾车而去,直达天界。长老亦作详尽阐述,对教义出现情况予以详述。此法说为大众所真正依止。继而长老以自身及他人讲说之内容,于集会时机告知法聚收藏人,彼等亦于是而聚集收藏。
Cūḷarathavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 小车天宫的解说完毕。
14. Mahārathavimānavaṇṇanā十四、大车天宫解说
Sahassayuttaṃ hayavāhanaṃ subhanti mahārathavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena ca samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno heṭṭhā vuttanayena devacārikaṃ caranto tāvatiṃsabhavane gopālassa nāma devaputtassa attano vimānato nikkhamitvā sahassayuttaṃ mahantaṃ dibbarathaṃ abhiruyha mahantena parivārena mahatiyā deviddhiyā uyyānakīḷanatthaṃ gacchantassa avidūre pāturahosi. Taṃ disvā devaputto sañjātagāravabahumāno sahasā rathato oruyha upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā añjaliṃ sirasi paggayha aṭṭhāsi.
驾千头马之车光辉灿烂,状如伟大战车之天界车毂。其起因为何?世尊住于舍卫城,祇树给孤独园。时,长老大摩嘎剌那于下方宣说时,自己驾天界牧牛子名之神子乘其天车,驾千头大天车,随大护卫与大威力,游走花园娱乐。其至近时堕地。天子见之,存敬重心,骤然以大车驾登上,前往近侍尊长,五体投地,合掌敬礼,立正。
Tassidaṃ pubbakammaṃ – so kira vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ suvaṇṇamālāya pūjetvā ‘‘imassa puññassa ānubhāvena mayhaṃ bhave bhave sovaṇṇamayā uracchadamālā nibbattatū’’ti katapaṇidhānāya anekakappesu sugatīsuyeva saṃsarantiyā kassapassa bhagavato kāle kikissa kāsirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi nibbattāya yathāpaṇidhānaṃ suvaṇṇamālālābhena ‘‘uracchadamālā’’ti laddhanāmāya devakaññāsadisāya rājadhītāya ācariyo gopālo nāma brāhmaṇo hutvā sasāvakasaṅghassa kassapassa bhagavato asadisadānādīni mahādānāni pavattetvā indriyānaṃ aparipakkabhāvena attānaṃ rājadhītarañca uddissa satthārā desitaṃ dhammaṃ sutvāpi visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto puthujjanakālakiriyameva katvā yathūpacitapuññānubhāvena tāvatiṃsesu yojanasatike kanakavimāne nibbatti, anekakoṭiaccharāparivāro ahosi, sattaratanamayo cassa sahassayutto suvibhattabhittivicitto siniddhamadhuranigghoso attano pabhāsamudayena avahasanto viya divaṅkaramaṇḍalaṃ dibbo ājaññaratho nibbatti.
此乃先行事迹——彼者曾以尊敬世尊毗婆尸,供以金色花环,于无数世中立誓以此福报,令自身生生世世获金色华冠。世尊时,拘尸那迦王,第一皇后于屋中受生承誓,得此花冠之名。婆罗门教师名曰护法,为弟子众,布施拘尸那迦世尊诸大布施。因感官不成熟,不能特胜领悟世尊教法,常如凡夫时施业,故依适当福德于千余里之外金阁鸟天界受生。其世繁盛诸随从,具七宝,有庄严华丽,声响香气微妙,美妙庄严。其天车由神圣帝王命名。
So tattha yāvatāyukaṃ dibbasampattiṃ anubhavitvā aparāparaṃ devesuyeva saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena yathāvuttasampattivibhavo gopālo eva nāma devaputto hutvā tāvatiṃsesuyeva nibbatti. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘tena ca samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno…pe… añjaliṃ sirasi paggayha aṭṭhāsī’’ti.
彼处天子享受长久神通福报,来往如诸天子游乐。在此佛陀出世时,乃其前世业果成熟之所致,合适诸法能通达佛出世时要求之福处。由此所述彼为天子,常生千头马天界之天龙神。且言及上文记载之长老大摩嘎剌那乘天车,合掌敬礼。
Evaṃ pana upasaṅkamitvā ṭhitaṃ taṃ devaputtaṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno imāhi gāthāhi pucchi –
如此亲近及立正后,长老大摩嘎剌那以此偈语问该天子:
§1015
1015.
‘‘Sahassayuttaṃ hayavāhanaṃ subhaṃ, āruyhimaṃ sandanaṃ nekacittaṃ;
『成千匹战马连辔相联,光彩辉煌,昂然前进,心志坚定;
Uyyānabhūmiṃ abhito anukkamaṃ, purindado bhūtapatīva vāsavo.
环绕围绕着园林之地,仿佛众神之王——风神萨瓦索居住其间。』
§1016
1016.
‘‘Sovaṇṇamayā te rathakubbarā ubho, phalehi aṃsehi atīva saṅgatā;
『你黄金装饰的战车车轮并列齐整,轮辐紧密相连,彼此紧密契合;
Sujātagumbā naravīraniṭṭhitā, virocati pannaraseva cando.
生来高贵的马匹,如人间英雄站立其旁,熠熠发光,犹如十五轮明月照耀一般。』
§1017
1017.
一〇一七。
‘‘Suvaṇṇajālāvatato ratho ayaṃ, bahūhi nānāratanehi cittito;
『此为金网织成之车,装饰以众多不同珍宝所镶嵌;
Sunandighoso ca subhassaro ca, virocatī cāmarahatthabāhubhi.
车轮声响如甘美的音乐,车体焕彩如美丽的明星,车柄似由骆驼肌肤臂膀所制般坚固光耀。』
§1018
1018.
一〇一八。
‘‘Imā ca nābhyo manasābhinimmitā, rathassa pādantaramajjhabhūsitā;
『此车的轮轴由心念所支验,以稳固使车足端牢牢相依;
Imā ca nābhyo satarājicittitā, sateratā vijjurivappabhāsare.
此车的轮圈呈百环状,如百颗珠链连结般明亮闪耀。』
§1019
1019.
一〇一九。
‘‘Anekacittāvatato ratho ayaṃ, puthū ca nemī ca sahassaraṃsiko;
『此为多轮相绕之车,其轮多重,轮辐并多达千余。
Tesaṃ saro suyyati vaggurūpo, pañcaṅgikaṃ tūriyamivappavāditaṃ.
其轮轱辘整齐排列,形状如同五足之车,第四足似有所称说。』
§1020
1020.
‘‘Sirasmiṃ cittaṃ maṇicandakappitaṃ, sadā visuddhaṃ ruciraṃ pabhassaraṃ;
『其头顶心,如珠光璀璨上涂金液,常清净明亮,灿烂辉煌;
Suvaṇṇarājīhi atīva saṅgataṃ, veḷuriyarājīva atīva sobhati.
色泽如黄金王而极为辉映,光华如白银王一般极其光彩。』
§1021
1021.
一〇二一。
‘‘Ime ca vāḷī maṇicandakappitā, ārohakambū sujavā brahūpamā;
“这些列支(长条饰物)如宝石般光彩闪耀,形状长而坚挺,高耸挺拔,形态壮伟;
Brahā mahantā balino mahājavā, mano tavaññāya tatheva siṃsare.
广大强大、有力且敏捷,它们凭借智慧,亦复如世间的狮子般威猛。”
§1022
1022.
一〇二二。
‘‘Ime ca sabbe sahitā catukkamā, mano tavaññāya tatheva siṃsare;
“这些众生聚集成四部同伴,凭借智慧,亦复如世间的狮子般威猛;
Samaṃ vahantī mudukā anuddhatā, āmodamānā turagānamuttamā.
它们一同承受苦难,兀自哀怨,却欢欣鼓舞,如同马群中最出众者。”
§1023
1023.
一〇二三。
‘‘Dhunanti vagganti patanti cambare, abbhuddhunantā sukate piḷandhane;
「木板相互撞击,木板相互敲击,敲击声发出响亮的回响,令人欢喜地拍打着木板;
Tesaṃ saro suyyati vaggurūpo, pañcaṅgikaṃ tūriyamivappavāditaṃ.
这些木板结合形成的声响,形状如声的波纹,犹如由五节连结组成的第四种形态发声。
§1024
1024.
一〇二四。
‘‘Rathassa ghoso apiḷandhanāna ca, khurassa nādo abhihiṃsanāya ca;
战车轮辐敲击互相撞击之声,马蹄踏击发出不伤害的响声;
Ghoso suvaggū samitassa suyyati, gandhabbatūriyāni vicitrasaṃvane.
响声清脆如羽毛,犹如香气弥漫之第四种美妙声音,色彩斑斓多样。
§1025
1025.
一〇二五。
‘‘Rathe ṭhitātā migamandalocanā, āḷārapamhā hasitā piyaṃvadā;
『马车上立着的,目如羚羊,眼似鹿群,衣着轻巧,面露微笑,言语爱敬亲切;
Veḷuriyajālāvatatā tanucchavā, sadeva gandhabbasūraggapūjitā.
身穿细纱纱网纱衣,体态优美,犹如天优雅的天神所崇敬。』
§1026
1026.
一〇二六。
‘‘Tā rattarattambarapītavāsasā, visālanettā abhirattalocanā;
『身着红色与黄色相间的衣服,宽广的鼻子,目光炯炯有神,
Kule sujātā sutanū sucimhitā, rathe ṭhitā pañjalikā upaṭṭhitā.
出身高贵,皮肤细腻光滑,立于马车旁,合掌奉敬前立。』
§1027
1027.
一零二七。
‘‘Tā kambukeyūradharā suvāsasā, sumajjhimā ūruthanūpapannā;
『其衣为坎布织成,香洁光明,腰间束紧,身段端正挺拔;
Vaṭṭaṅguliyo sumukhā sudassanā, rathe ṭhitā pañjalikā upaṭṭhitā.
指环端庄秀美,貌色文雅,立于车旁,双手合掌侍立。』
§1028
1028.
一零二八。
‘‘Aññā suveṇī susu missakesiyo, samaṃ vibhattāhi pabhassarāhi ca;
『另一人身着素白细软锦袍,华丽辉映,色彩鲜明。
Anubbatā tā tava mānase ratā, rathe ṭhitā pañjalikā upaṭṭhitā.
这些衣服在你心中已升起欢喜,立于车旁,双手合掌侍立。』
§1029
1029.
一零二九。
‘‘Āveḷiniyo padumuppalacchadā, alaṅkatā candanasāravāsitā;
『佩戴莲花、荷花所覆之饰,装饰有檀香脂液为涂敷,','630':'她们伴随尔时在心内欢喜,立于御车旁虔敬合掌侍立。','631':'一零三零。','632':'『彼等佩戴莲花、荷花所覆之饰,装饰有檀香脂液为涂敷,','633':'彼等伴随尔时在心内欢喜,立于御车旁虔敬合掌侍立。'
Anubbatā tā tava mānase ratā, rathe ṭhitā pañjalikā upaṭṭhitā.
她们追随您、心悦于您,立于车上,合掌侍立。
§1030
1030.
‘‘Tā māliniyo padumuppalacchadā, alaṅkatā candanasāravāsitā;
那些戴着花鬘的女子,以莲花与青莲覆身,以旃檀心材香料薰染,装扮华美;
Anubbatā tā tava mānase ratā, rathe ṭhitā pañjalikā upaṭṭhitā.
她们追随您、心悦于您,立于车上,合掌侍立。
§1031
1031.
一〇三一。
‘‘Kaṇṭhesu te yāni piḷandhanāni, hatthesu pādesu tatheva sīse;
「喉咙处以及手足处的筋络,头颅间亦如是,
Obhāsayantī dasa sabbaso disā, abbhuddayaṃ sāradikova bhāṇumā.
十方诸处皆显现,宛如初夏之雷声淋漓尽致。
§1032
1032.
一〇三二。
‘‘Vātassa vegena ca sampakampitā, bhujesu mālā apiḷandhanāni ca;
被风速所振动摇摆,肩臂之间之筋络,
Muñcanti ghosaṃ ruciraṃ suciṃ subhaṃ, sabbehi viññūhi sutabbarūpaṃ.
皆发出悦耳清净美妙之响声,智慧者皆能闻见此形象。
§1033
1033.
一〇三三。
‘‘Uyyānabhūmyā ca duvaddhato ṭhitā, rathā ca nāgā tūriyāni ca saro;
在园地中,处于两横之间的地面,及车辇,及如龙般的装饰物,还有马匹;
Tameva devinda pamodayanti, vīṇā yathā pokkharapattabāhubhi.
正是这些乐器使天帝喜悦,如同琵琶所拨动的花瓣树枝般欢娱。
§1034
1034.
一〇三四。
‘‘Imāsu vīṇāsu bahūsu vaggūsu, manuññarūpāsu hadayeritaṃ pītiṃ;
在这些琵琶与众多的琴弦之上,于人形的所制之中,发出打动心脾的喜悦;
Pavajjamānāsu atīva accharā, bhamanti kaññā padumesu sikkhitā.
在极为优美的连续音响中,受过训练的少女们如莲花般飞舞跳动。
§1035
1035.
一〇三五。
‘‘Yadā ca gītāni ca vāditāni ca, naccāni cimāni samenti ekato;
“当歌声与乐器合奏时,以许多乐器齐鸣,众人共舞同欢;
Athettha naccanti athettha accharā, obhāsayantī ubhato varitthiyo.
或此处有人跳舞,或彼处有人弹奏两边彼此映照,成回旋之态。
§1036
1036.
一〇三六。
‘‘So modasi tūriyagaṇappabodhano, mahīyamāno vajirāvudhoriva;
“那人欢喜,似觉醒了第四禅的智慧,心旷神怡,行为威严,如同持有如意宝剑者;
Imāsu vīṇāsu bahūsu vaggūsu, manuññarūpāsu hadayeritaṃ pītiṃ.
在这些多种多样的琵琶乐器上,在众多种类的弦音里,人们心生欢喜,感受喜悦。”
§1037
1037.
一〇三七。
‘‘Kiṃ tvaṃ pure kammamakāsi attanā, manussabhūto purimāya jātiyā;
『尔时汝于过去,曾以自力造作何业,为人身出于前生?
Uposathaṃ kaṃ vā tuvaṃ upāvasi, kaṃ dhammacariyaṃ vatamābhirocayi.
汝曾守何忏悔日,又乐行何法?','655':'一〇三八。
§1038
1038.
一〇三八。
‘‘Nayīdamappassa katassa kammuno, pubbe suciṇṇassa uposathassa vā;
此异人与彼何业所作,或从前曾受持清净忏悔日;
Iddhānubhāvo vipulo ayaṃ tava, yaṃ devasaṅghaṃ abhirocase bhusaṃ.
汝此广博神通现起,观众神天群中所悦。
§1039
1039.
一〇三九。
‘‘Dānassa te idaṃ phalaṃ, atho sīlassa vā pana;
「布施者得此果报,或戒行则得何果,或礼敬行则得何果?请为我说清。」
Atho añjalikammassa, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito’’ti.
1015。这其中所谓“千乘”者,即与千相连,或称与千相合,或说与千相系,故名“千乘”。那么此所谓“千”者为何?即“马车”之意,因其作为马所乘,故名“马车”。有部分人说“千乘马车”为一个合成词,是省略了一个助词的复合形式,意指“作为马车而乘用”,因此“马车”意含在其中。也有人解释说“千乘”为与千神通相连。又“千乘”亦称“千神通”、“千种神通”。“山车”意指“车子”。“众念”指多种种类的心行。所谓“园地”,通达园地附近。“依近”字眼依赖语义谓此为上下文用语。有些读者也读作“园地区”,连读时不加分开。一种说法是指行进之人像风神威力显现般,意义相关联。
§1015
1015. Tattha sahassayuttanti sahassena yuttaṃ, sahassaṃ vā yuttaṃ yojitaṃ etasminti sahassayuttaṃ. Kassa panetaṃ sahassanti? ‘‘Hayavāhana’’nti anantaraṃ vuccamānattā hayānanti ayamattho viññāyateva. Hayā vāhanaṃ etassāti hayavāhanaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘sahassayuttahayavāhana’’nti anunāsikalopaṃ ekameva samāsapadaṃ katvā vaṇṇenti, etasmiṃ pakkhe hayavāhanaṃ viya vāhananti attho yujjati. Hayavāhanasahassayuttaṃ yuttahayavāhanasahassanti hi attho. Apare pana ‘‘sahassayuttanti sahassadibbājaññayutta’’nti vadanti. Sandananti rathaṃ. Nekacittanti anekacittaṃ nānāvidhavicittavantaṃ. Uyyānabhūmiṃ abhitoti uyyānabhūmiyā samīpe. ‘‘Abhito’’ti hi padaṃ apekkhitvā sāmiatthe etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘uyyānabhūmyā’’tipi paṭhanti, te saddanayampi anupadhārentā paṭhanti. Anukkamanti gacchanto purindado bhūtapatīva vāsavo virocasīti sambandho.
1016。“金色”或“金黄”之意即“黄金色”。“双车轴”指车两端的两根车轴。“车两端”指车两旁的二端置备乘坐台。盖因车两边的车轴承载着上部车辆和乘坐台,构成完整车体部件,故称“车轴”。此即所谓“车轴”之义。另有“车两边”称谓。“果实”是指车轴上的南北两头各有两个轮辐环绕,故总称“果”。“部分”指轮辐的部分节点。极其紧密连结,结构很清楚明了。有说该车为铁匠制作的名牌战车,卓越殊特,故附言。此车非一般凡俗制品,是工匠独具巧思,不输一只未裂裂缝的陶罐。所谓“坚固罐”即坚实牢固的坚器聚合体。那是指常驻车座的精工部件结合体,被称为“坚固罐”。所谓“战士不惜命”者,是指制造车的工匠废寝忘食,以精力与力量精心锻造,致使该车结构坚固耐用,工匠乃天之英雄。据说“战士”是天子英勇无比的赞扬。流传意思为“完美整齐美观”且车辆结构完备。所谓“英雄制造”即称车为英雄所作。所谓“英雄”,意谓具有诸多美德、坚韧有力的制造工匠。完美成就且结构严密无隙故为“英雄”,类似天神称赞之意。如此精致车轴使此车光辉耀眼。比喻为何?宛如十五个满月,乃满月当空时分般圆满辉煌。
§1016
1016.Sovaṇṇamayāti suvaṇṇamayā. Teti tava. Rathakubbarā ubhoti rathassa ubhosu passesu vedikā. Yo hi rathassa sobhanatthañceva upari ṭhitānaṃ guttatthañca ubhosu passesu vedikākārena parikkhepo karīyati, tassa purimabhāge ubhosu passesu yāva rathīsā, tāva hatthehi gahaṇayoggo rathassa avayavaviseso, idha so eva kubbaroti adhippeto. Tenevāha ‘‘ubho’’ti. Aññattha pana rathīsā kubbaroti vuccati. Phalehīti rathūpatthambhassa dakkhiṇavāmabhedehi dvīhi phalehi, pariyantāvettha phalāti vuttā. Aṃsehīti kubbaraphale patiṭṭhitehi heṭṭhimaaṃsehi. Atīva saṅgatāti ativiya suṭṭhu saṅgatā suphassitā nibbivarā. Idañca sippiviracite kittimarathe labbhamānavisesaṃ tattha āropetvā vuttaṃ. So pana aporisatāya akittimo sayaṃjāto kenaci aghaṭitoyeva. Sujātagumbāti susaṇṭhitathambhakasamudāyā. Ye hi vedikāya nirantaraṃ ṭhitā susaṇṭhitaghaṭakādiavayavavisesavanto thambhakasamudāyā, tesaṃ vasenevaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘sujātagumbā’’ti. Naravīraniṭṭhitāti sippācariyehi niṭṭhāpitasadisā. Sippācariyā hi attano sarīrakhedaṃ acintetvā vīriyabalena sippassa suṭṭhu vicāraṇato naresu vīriyavantoti idha ‘‘naravīrā’’ti vuttā. Naravīrāti vā devaputtassa ālapanaṃ. Niṭṭhitāti pariyositā paripuṇṇasobhātisayā. ‘‘Naravīranimmitā’’ti vā pāṭho, naresu dhitisampannehi nimmitasadisāti attho. Evaṃvidhakubbaratāya ayaṃ tava ratho virocati. Kiṃ viya? Pannaraseva cando, sukkapakkhe pannarasiyaṃ paripuṇṇakāle candimā viya.
1017。“黄金网帘”乃由黄金编织而成的帘幕,覆盖环绕着。所谓“黄金网帘”亦有此读法,意指金布网幕覆盖。多者即多件由各种宝石,如莲花色、宝石色调组成的繁多宝物。所谓“悦人美音”,是美妙悦耳的响声,来源于歌舞和乐器之声。其含义是指出色的优美悦耳的声音,提醒人心欢喜悦目。又“悦耳声”指恰当而欢快的表演声音,是指舞蹈和音乐中的良好表现和谐和悦耳悦心,含带与时俱进的意涵。所谓“美声”是指极其光明华美的响声,此处为天神歌颂乐曲之美妙声响。手持扇状装饰物的臂膀,旋动挥舞之物,此乃神祇所操控的扇状装饰团,诸天用其辉映,光彩灿烂。
§1017
1017.Suvaṇṇajālāvatatoti suvaṇṇajālakehi avatato chādito. ‘‘Suvaṇṇajālāvitato’’tipi pāṭho, gavacchitoti attho. Bahūhīti anekehi. Nānāratanehīti padumarāgaphussarāgādinānāvidharatanehi. Sunandighosoti suṭṭhu nanditabbaghoso, savanīyamadhuraninnādoti attho. Sunandighosoti vā suṭṭhu katanandighoso, naccanādīnaṃ dassanādīsu pavattitasādhukārasaddādivasena katapamodaninnādoti attho, ‘‘kālena kālaṃ āsīvādanavasena suṭṭhu payuttanandighoso’’ti ca vadanti. Subhassaroti suṭṭhu ativiya obhāsanasabhāvo, tattha vā pavattamānānaṃ devatānaṃ sobhanena gītavāditassarena subhassaro. Cāmarahatthabāhubhīti cāmarahatthayuttabāhūhi ito cito ca bījayamāna cāmarakalāpehi devatānaṃ bhujehi, tathābhūtāhi devatāhi vā virocati.
1017.「以黄金网覆盖」者,即以黄金网格所覆盖、所遮蔽之意。另有读本作「以黄金网张布」,义为设有窗格之意。「以众多」者,即以许多、多数之意。「以各种珍宝」者,即以莲花红宝、玫瑰红宝等各种珍宝之意。「妙悦之音」者,即极为令人欢悦之音声,义为悦耳甜美之鸣响。又或「妙悦之音」者,即善加成就欢悦之音声,义为于观赏舞蹈等之际,以发出喝彩声等方式所成就的欢欣鸣响;亦有说为「时时以欢呼赞叹之方式善加运作之欢悦音声」。「妙光音声」者,即本质上极为照耀辉煌之意;或谓于其处活动之天人,以其优美的歌唱演奏之音声而称为妙光音声。「持拂手臂」者,即持拂手臂之天人,以手臂所执持的拂尾束,于此处彼处挥动摇拂,以如此状态之天人之臂而光辉灿烂。
§1018
1018.Nābhyoti rathacakkānaṃ nābhiyo. Manasābhinimmitāti ‘‘ime īdisā hontū’’ti cittena nimmitasadisā. Rathassapādantaramajjhabhūsitāti rathassa pādānaṃ rathacakkānaṃ antena neminā nānāratanasamujjalena arānaṃ vemajjhena ca maṇḍitā. Satarājicittitāti anekavaṇṇāhi anekasatāhi rājīhi lekhāhi cittitā vicittabhāvaṃ gatā. Sateratā vijjurivāti sateratasaṅkhātavijjulatā viya pabhāsare vijjotanti.
1018.「Nābhyoti」非指车轮,「nābhiyo」亦非。「Manasābhinimitta」意为『心所随缘』,谓“此等方向存在”乃心所依的方向。所谓「Rathassapādantaramajjhabhūsi」,即车足前侧,谓车轮与车脚之间装饰以不同宝石的环,外层以细链装饰。所谓「Satarājicittita」,是指用多彩、多条细线作绘画,表现斑斓多彩的状态。「Sateratā」则是指如宝石般的辉煌光亮,如同星光闪耀般灿烂。整体描述车轮及车脚之间饰环以多宝石和华丽彩线的莹润光彩。
§1019
1019.Anekacittāvatatoti anekehi mālākammādicittehi avatato samokiṇṇo. ‘‘Anekacittāvitato’’tipi paṭhanti, soyeva attho, gāthāsukhatthaṃ pana dīghakaraṇaṃ. Puthū ca nemī cāti puthulanemi ca, eko ca-kāro nipātamattaṃ. Sahassaraṃsikoti anekasahassaraṃsiko. ‘‘Sahassaraṃsiyo’’tipi pāḷi. Apare pana ‘‘natā raṃsiyo’’ti ca paṭhanti, tattha natāti ajiyadhanudaṇḍako viya oṇatā nemippadesā. Sahassaraṃsiyoti sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ viya vipphurantakiraṇajālā. Tesanti olambamānakiṅkiṇikajālānaṃ nemippadesānaṃ.
1019.「Anekacittāvatato」意指用众多宝珠等璎珞如聚,密集地串联而成。注疏谓『Anekacittāvitato』亦有人称,如此说义相同,此为长句之便。所谓「Puthū」与「Nemi」为同一构词,意为轮圈,单独使用时即指轮缘。又「Sahassaraṃsiko」者,即以众多千计,如匝众星一般。注疏云『Sahassaraṃsiyo』者,如太阳轮照耀,有放射光芒之义。至于「Natāraṃsiyo」则指带环状花纹之轮缘,纹饰繁复丰润犹如弓弦。整体形象太阳轮般光华放射,徽饰如同链饰般繁密辉煌。
§1020
1020.Sirasminti sīse, rathassa sīseti attho. Siro vā asmiṃ rathe. Cittanti vicittaṃ. Maṇicandakappitanti maṇimayamaṇḍalānuviddhaṃ candamaṇḍalasadisena maṇinā anuviddhaṃ. Ruciraṃ pabhassaranti iminā tassa candamaṇḍalasadisataṃyeva vibhāveti, sadā visuddhanti iminā panassa candamaṇḍalatopi visesaṃ dasseti. Suvaṇṇarājīhīti antarantarā vaṭṭākārena saṇṭhitāhi suvaṇṇalekhāhi. Saṅgatanti sahitaṃ. Veḷuriyarājīvāti antarantarā suvaṇṇarājīhi khacitamaṇimaṇḍalattā veḷuriyarājīhi viya sobhati. ‘‘Veḷuriyarājīhī’’ti ca paṭhanti.
1020.「Sirasminti sīse」指的是车的头部,头顶之意。这里「Sīsa」乃是车首也。「Citta」意为形态,变化,称为彩饰。所谓「Maṇicandakappita」是由宝石和月轮构成的圆形饰纹,与月光之明灿相似。此处云其以璀璨宝石形象比拟月轮饰纹的明亮纯净。所谓「Suvaṇṇarājīhī」意味着用黄金浇铸成的金色线条,分布环绕,由金色的链接线相连。所谓「Veḷuriyarājīhī」是用金色线条交织为饰,如金链一般华美。注疏谓有时称此类饰线作「Veḷuriyarājīhī」。
§1021
1021.Vāḷīti vāḷavanto sampannavāḷadhino, asse sandhāya vadati . ‘‘Vājī’’ti vā pāṭho. Maṇicandakappitāti cāmarolambanaṭṭhānesu maṇimayacandakānuviddhā. Ārohakambūti uccā ceva tadanurūpapariṇāhā ca, ārohapariṇāhasampannāti attho. Sujavāti sundarajavā javavanto mahājavā, sobhanagatikāti attho. Brahūpamāti brahā viya paminitabbā, attano pamāṇato adhikā viya paññāyantāti attho. Brahāti vuḍḍhā pavaḍḍhasabbaṅgapaccaṅgā. Mahantāti mahānubhāvā mahiddhikā. Balinoti sarīrabalena ca ussāhabalena ca balavanto. Mahājavāti sīghavegā. Mano tavaññāyāti tava cittaṃ ñatvā. Tathevāti cittānurūpameva. Siṃsareti saṃsappare, pavattareti attho.
1021.「Vāḷī」意为有环状饰片覆盖的,状如马蹄形饰带。此处指以细密宝石组成的镶嵌饰纹。所谓「Ārohakambū」为曲线或弧形升起的装饰,因此意味着线状花纹有起伏变化,形态环绕有升起的轮廓。所谓「Sujava」形容饰纹美丽流畅,动感极佳。所谓「Brahūpama」是指像梵天形象之庄严豪华,寓精巧至极。又「Mahā」表巨大庄严,「Balin」意为以力大而坚固。所谓「Mahājavā」是指饰纹迅捷生动如闪电。「Mano tavaññā」即心智善知,谛听汉译作“知心之意”。「Siṃsareti」意为环绕,转动之形象。整体形容饰纹庄严华美,线条跃动灵巧,如神力所造,细碎华丽,令人心神悦动。
§1022
1022.Imeti yathāvuttaasse sandhāyāha. Sabbeti sahassamattāpi. Sahitāti samānajavatāya samānagamanatāya ca gatiyaṃ sahitā, aññamaññaṃ anūnādhikagamanāti attho. Catūhi pādehi kamanti gacchantīti catukkamā. Samaṃ vahantīti ‘‘sahitā’’ti padena vuttamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ karoti. Mudukāti mudusabhāvā, bhadrā ājānīyāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘anuddhatā’’ti, uddhatarahitā khobhaṃ akarontāti attho. Āmodamānāti pamodamānā, akhaḷuṅkatāya aññamaññaṃ rathikādīnañca tuṭṭhiṃ pavedayantāti attho.
1022.「Imeti yathāvutta」是对前文所述饰纹的总结说明。所谓「Sabbeti」即遍及车体,虽数量千百万仍完整连贯。所谓「Sahitāti」强调饰纹相互结合,彼此附着连结,流动不息,彼此相互交叉无间。所谓「Catūhi pādehi kamanti gacchanti」指的是车四个轮足的行走,四足协调稳定。所谓「Samaṃ vahantīti」即连结稳固不松散。所谓「Mudukāti」即饰纹柔软顺滑。「Bhadrā ājānīyāti」说明饰纹精巧而不粗糙,因此云「Anuddhatā」,无损性。所谓「Āmodamānāti」是说饰纹的相互映照带来愉悦感,使驾驭车辆者与观者同得满足。整体描述装饰不仅华丽相间,更具和谐美好之感。
§1023
1023.Dhunantīti cāmarabhāraṃ kesarabhāraṃ vāladhiñca vidhunanti. Vaggantīti kadāci pade padaṃ nikkhipantā vagganena gamanena gacchanti. Patantīti kadāci pavattanti, laṅghantīti attho. ‘‘Plavantī’’ti ca keci paṭhanti, soyevattho. Abbhuddhunantāti kammasippinā sukate suṭṭhu nimmite khuddakaghaṇṭādiassālaṅkāre abhiuddhunantā adhikaṃ uddhunantā. Tesanti tesaṃ piḷandhanānaṃ.
1023.「Dhunantīti」即指承载车幔和装饰的重量,能使其坚固稳固不摇动。所谓「Vaggantīti」意谓饰纹有时在行进中层层叠叠排列,错落有致,随行而动。所谓「Patantīti」指偶尔饰纹飘落,或蜿蜒越过。亦有「Laṅghantīti」,意有跳跃之义。亦有读「Plavantī」,意为游动般轻盈。所谓「Abbhuddhunantāti」形容制作巧匠绘制时,饰纹清晰鲜明,精致工巧,于小饰和铃铛等装饰品中显得尤为明显。末尾「Tesanti」指这些装饰品的集中体。整体描述饰纹动态变化丰富,制造精致而具有灵动之美。
§1024
1024.Rathassa ghosoti yathāvutto rathanigghoso. Apiḷandhanāna cāti a-kāro nipātamattaṃ . Piḷandhanānaṃ ābharaṇānaṃ. Apiḷandhananti ca ābharaṇapariyāyoti vā vadanti, rathassānaṃ ābharaṇānañcaghosoti attho. Khurassanādoti turaṅgānaṃ khuranipātasaddo. Kiñcāpi assā ākāsena gacchanti, madhurassa pana khuranipātasaddassa upaladdhihetubhūtena kammunā tesaṃ khuranikkhepe khuranikkhepe paṭighāto labbhatīti vadanti. Abhihiṃsanāya cāti assānaṃ adhikahiṃsanena ca, antarantarā assehi pavattitahesanena cāti attho. ‘‘Abhihesanāya cā’’ti keci paṭhanti. Samitassāti samuditassa dibbajanassa ghoso ca suvaggu sumadhuraṃ suyyati. Kiṃ viyāti āha ‘‘gandhabbatūriyāni vicitrasaṃvane’’ti, citralatāvane gandhabbadevaputtānaṃ pañcaṅgikatūriyāni viya. Tūriyasannissito hi saddo ‘‘tūriyānī’’ti vutto nissayavohārena. ‘‘Gandhabbatūriyāna ca vicitrasaṃvane’’ti ca pāṭho, ‘‘tūriyānañca’’iti anunāsikaṃ ānetvā yojetabbaṃ. Apare ‘‘gandhabbatūriyāni vicitrapavane’’ti paṭhanti.
1024. 车轮的响声如前所述的车轮声。所谓非捻造-吠的,是指不含附加声的纯音。捻造-吠是指装饰形声,也有人称非捻造-吠为装饰声,意指车的装饰品声亦称为车轮装饰声。蹄钉响声是指马的蹄钉踏地声。马匹等在空中奔跑,因甜美的蹄钉声而产生一种特别的回响,这种回响因其逐渐消散而被视为业力作用,称为因蹄钉击打而生的震荡。伤害者是指马的频繁伤害,也指马之间偶尔发生的伤害。有些读作“注伤害(阿毕诃罕纳)”。“捶打”指的是天人中高扬的响声,如同美妙而甜美的交响。关于“香美之第四音律”的含义,意指如香美兰之谷中,香天神子们组成的五音调。这“第四音律”一词是通过附加语气而表明的。读作“香美兰之奇妙风声”,需连读成“第四之”,亦有人读作“香美兰之奇妙风动”。
§1025
1025.Rathe ṭhitātāti rathe ṭhitā etā. Migamandalocanāti migacchāpikānaṃ viya mudusiniddhadiṭṭhinipātā. Āḷārapamhāti bahalasaṅgatapakhumā, gopakhumāti attho. Hasitāti pahasitā, pahaṃsitamukhāti attho . Piyaṃvadāti piyavādiniyo. Veḷuriyajālāvatatāti veḷuriyamaṇimayena jālena chāditasarīrā. Tanucchavāti sukhumacchaviyo. Sadevāti sadā eva sabbakālameva. Gandhabbasūraggapūjitāti gandhabbadevatāhi ceva aparāhi ca aggadevatāhi laddhapūjā.
1025. 所谓立车,是指立于车上。猎人之目是指猎人所戴的眼罩,能掩盖目光,阻碍视线之物。所说多羽毛缠绕的鸟羽饰,喻指护卫者。笑意是指微笑,含害笑意。善言者,指说话悦耳的人。网罗是以美玉制成的迷网,覆盖身体的装饰网。纤细之芒,指细腻的羽毛或饰物。常心,即时时都具备。奉造香神灵之意,是指对香神及诸主神的庄严崇敬。
§1026
1026.Tā rattarattambarapītavāsasāti rajanīyarūpā ca rattapītavatthā ca. Abhirattalocanāti visesato rattarājīhi upasobhitanayanā. Kule sujātāti sindhavakule sujātā visiṭṭhadevanikāye sambhavā. Sutanūti sundarasarīrā. Sucimhitāti suddhasitakaraṇā.
1026. 夜间穿着红色衣服者,指夜色如红色般明亮者,衣衣通红。明亮之目,特别指有王者之夜目。良家出身者,指属信德家族,出身显贵天神族群。美丽体态,指形容身体美好。皮肤光秃,指肌肤洁白细腻。
§1027
1027.Tā kambukeyūradharāti suvaṇṇamayakeyūradharā. Sumajjhimāti vilaggamajjhā. Ūruthanūpapannāti sampannaūruthanā, kadalikkhandhasadisaūru ceva samuggasadisathanā ca. Vaṭṭaṅguliyoti anupubbato vaṭṭaṅguliyo. Sumukhāti sundaramukhā, pamuditamukhā vā. Sudassanāti dassanīyā.
1027. 腕饰戴金质腕环者。中间是指位置居中。臂部丰满,似有杵形肌,如谷谷木块般坚实的体态。纤细手指,意指手指纤长匀称。美丽面容,或喜悦之颜。令人悦目,显得赏心悦目。
§1028
1028.Aññāti ekaccā. Suveṇīti sundarakesaveṇiyo. Susūti daharā. Missakesiyoti rattamālādīhi missitakesavaṭṭiyo. Kathaṃ? Samaṃ vibhattāhi pabhassarāhi cāti, samaṃ aññamaññasadisaṃ nānāvibhattivasena vibhattāhi suvaṇṇacīrādikhacitāhi indanīlamaṇiādayo viya pabhassarāhi kesavaṭṭīhi missitakesiyoti yojanā. Anubbatāti anukūlakiriyā. Tāti accharāyo.
1028. 有些另作。美丽头发金黄色称为“金发者”。幼齿之称。以红色项链等装饰头发称为“红饰发卷”。如何解释?此指与众不同的发色明亮闪烁,彼此间有差异分散的金色发丝,有如含琥珀、青金石等宝石般艳丽,称为“红饰发卷”。顺应时运,即适应环境的表现。谓分段者。
§1029
1029.Candanasāravositāti sārabhūtena dibbacandanena ullittā vicchuritā.
1029. 晴光熏染者,指由天上檀香所熏染而发出明显光辉的装饰。
§1031
1031.Kaṇṭhesūtiādinā gīvūpagahatthūpagapādūpagasīsūpagādiābharaṇāni dasseti. Obhāsayantīti kaṇṭhesu yāni piḷandhanāni, tehi obhāsayantīti yojanā. Evaṃ sesesupi. Abbhuddayanti abhiuggacchanto, ‘‘abbhuddasa’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Sāradikoti saradakāliko. Bhāṇumāti sūriyo. So hi abbhādidosavirahena dasapi disā suṭṭhu obhāseti.
1031.以「颈部等」等语,显示颈饰、臂饰、足饰、首饰等各类庄严之具。「照耀」者,其连结为:颈部所戴之项饰,以之而照耀,余处亦同此理解。「升起」者,即向上升起之意;另有读本作「显现」,义同。「秋季」者,即秋天时节之意。「光耀者」者,即太阳。彼太阳因离于云翳等过患,故能善加照耀十方一切方位。
§1032
1032.Vātassa vegena cāti manuññagandhūpahāraṃ saddūpahārañca karontena upaharantena viya vāyantena vātassa vegena rathaturaṅgavegena ca. Muñcantīti vissajjenti. Ruciranti pañcaṅgikatūriyāni viya uparūpari rucidāyakaṃ. Sucinti suddhaṃ asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ. Subhanti manuññaṃ. Sabbehi viññūhi sutabbarūpanti sabbehipi viññujātikehi gandhabbasamayaññūhi sotabbaṃ savanīyaṃ uttamasabhāvaṃ ghosaṃ muñcantīti yojanā.
1032.「Vātassa vegena ca」谓风速迅疾,如人送往香气及声音,乃吹动风乘疾驰如战车、马速。『Muñcantīti』者,意为放出、释放。『Ruciranti』如五色四重叠,渐显色彩。此色纯净且未混杂,光明悦目于人。诸有智慧者闻而悦色,及一切闻香的甘露天众亦应当听闻此极善妙和谐之声色,因此称作『Muñcantī』即放出。
§1033
1033.Uyyānabhūmyāti uyyānabhūmiyaṃ. Duvaddhatoti dvīhi addhapassehi. ‘‘Dubhato ca ṭhitā’’tipi paṭhanti, soyevattho. Rathāti rathe. Nāgāti nāge. Upayogatthe hi etaṃ paccattavacanaṃ. Saroti rathanāgatūriyāni paṭicca nibbatto saro. Devindāti devaputtaṃ ālapati. Vīṇā yathā pokkharapattabāhubhīti yathā vīṇā sammadeva yojitehi doṇipattabāhudaṇḍehi taṃtaṃmucchanānurūpaṃ avaṭṭhitehi vādiyamānā suṇantaṃ janaṃ pamodeti, evaṃ taṃ rathādayo attano sarena pamodayanti. Susikkhitabhāvena pokkharabhāvaṃ sundarabhāvaṃ pattehi vīṇāvādakassa hatthehi pavāditā vīṇā yathā mahājanaṃ pamodeti, evaṃ taṃ rathādayo attano sarena pamodayantīti.
1033.「Uyyānabhūmyāti」谓园地。『Duvaddhato』者,二重之意。『Dubhato ca ṭhitā』为可行持之义。『Rathāti』即战车,『Nāgāti』即龙。此乃词用途之说。以战车、龙、四季及水池之水,称为『Saro』水潭。『Devindāti』者,谓天子呼唤天人。譬如琴弦紧张张挂于琴臂之上,或琴弓拉动,发出声响而使听闻者欢欣,如是战车诸类亦随着自身之车辕而悦乐众生。经久调养,使琴臂呈水波般圆润美丽,琴人以手拨动琴弦,使众生极乐,诸战车等亦以自身车辕使众悦乐。
§1034
1034.Imāsu vīṇāsūti gāthāya ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – imāsu ujukoṭivaṅkabrahatīnandinītisaraādibhedāsu bahūsu vīṇāsu siniddhamadhurassaratāya vaggūsu tato eva manuññarūpāsu hadayeritaṃ hadayaṅgamaṃ hadayahāriniṃ pītiṃ pītinimittaṃ pavajjamānāsu pavādiyamānāsu accharā devakaññā pītivegukkhittatāya attano susikkhitatāya ca dibbapadumesu bhamanti naccaṃ dassentiyo sañcaranti.
1034.『Imāsu vīṇāsūti』于此提及琴之歌咏,谓由直接、曲折、宽大、高低音调差异所造众多琴,因悦耳悦心之音及传递心灵之欢喜,奏乐者如神童般沉醉于天上莲花,舞蹈跳跃示现之意。
§1035
1035.Imānīti idaṃ paccekaṃ yojetabbaṃ ‘‘imāni gītāni, imāni vāditāni, imāni naccāni cā’’ti. Samenti ekatoti ekajjhaṃ samarasāni honti. Atha vā samenti ekatoti ekato ekajjhaṃ samāni samarasāni karonti, tantissaraṃ gītassarena, gītassarañca tantissarena saṃsandantiyo naccanena yathādhigate hassādirase aparihāpentiyo samenti samānentīti attho. Atthettha naccanti athettha accharā obhāsayantīti evaṃ gītādīni samarase karontiyo atha aññā ekaccā accharā ettha etasmiṃ tava rathe naccanti, atha aññā varitthiyo uttamitthiyo naccaṃ passantiyo attano sarīrobhāsena ceva vatthābharaṇaobhāsena ca ettha etasmiṃ padese ubhato dvīsu passesu dasapi disā kevalaṃ obhāsayanti vijjotayantīti attho.
1035.『Imānīti』谓此处所连接的歌曲、乐器及舞蹈等。当称为统一者,则各自有和谐之处;或又称统一者,则彼此整齐和合,如弦音与歌声相应,舞蹈与歌声协调,呈现欢笑趣味无断绝。又或谓舞蹈及和乐,这些皆在此处显示。或有若干歌舞于此处自舞于你的战车,或有陪衬者观察,或有穿戴服饰形象者,立于此地两侧,照耀发光,仅照映十方诸处之义。
§1036
1036.Soti so tvaṃ evaṃbhūto. Tūriyagaṇappabodhanoti dibbatūriyasamūhena katapītipabodhano. Mahīyamānoti pūjīyamāno. Vajirāvudhorivāti indo viya.
1036.「彼」者,即汝乃如此之人。「为天乐众所唤醒」者,即被天界乐器之众所激发喜悦而觉醒之意。「受到恭敬」者,即受到供养、礼敬之意。「如执金刚者」者,即如因陀罗一般。
§1037
1037.Uposathaṃ kaṃ vā tuvaṃ upāvasīti aññehipi uposatho upavasīyati, tvaṃ kaṃ vā kīdisaṃ nāma uposathaṃ upavasīti pucchati. Dhammacariyanti dānādipuññapaṭipattiṃ. Vatanti vatasamādānaṃ. Abhirocayīti abhirocesi, ruccitvā pūresīti attho. ‘‘Abhirādhayī’’tipi pāṭho, sādhesi nipphādesīti attho.
1037. 对于斋日,你说‘我守斋’;其他的也有守斋的,问你‘你所守斋日为何名为斋日?’他们遵行法行,行布施等功德。《瓦他经》中谓之受持。‘阿毗洛察’即‘使喜悦’,意为喜欢、充满完成之义。‘阿毗罗陀耶依’这一句是‘使心喜悦者’的意思,是文中所述的断除之义。
§1038
1038.Idanti nipātamattaṃ, idaṃ vā phalanti adhippāyo. Abhirocaseti abhibhavitvā vijjotasi.
1038. 此为部词的简单用法,此语亦为果报等诸有力词。‘阿毗罗查’意为实现、生辉、发明而成为亮光。
Evaṃ mahātherena puṭṭho devaputto tamatthaṃ ācikkhi. Tena vuttaṃ –
如此,大长老被天子(即天人子)问及其义理。对此他说:
§1040
1040.
1040.(此处原典无注疏文字。)
‘‘So devaputto attamano, moggallānena pucchito;
『那天人子就是阿逝多,由摩诃迦罗问及;
Pañhaṃ puṭṭho viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phala’’nti.
被问问答已经说明,此为何种业的果报。』
§1041
1041.
一〇四一。
‘‘Jitindriyaṃ buddhamanomanikkamaṃ, naruttamaṃ kassapamaggapuggalaṃ;
『胜意根者,是佛,是不退转者,是众生之上者,是咖萨巴先驱之人;
Avāpurantaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ, devātidevaṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ.
是通达无上涅槃门径者,是诸天上最上天,具足庄严殊胜之善德者。』
§1042
1042.
一〇四二。
‘‘Tamaddasaṃ kuñjaramoghatiṇṇaṃ, suvaṇṇasiṅgīnadabimbasādisaṃ;
『彼观见其时,仿若象群沉睡之众,似金狮吼声之水中倒影;
Disvāna taṃ khippamahuṃ sucīmano, tameva disvāna subhāsitaddhajaṃ.
见之即速度去,如净水清流,见彼人时,即观其正法旌旗展扬。』
§1043
1043.
1043.(此处原典无注疏文字。)
‘‘Tamannapānaṃ athavāpi cīvaraṃ, suciṃ paṇītaṃ rasasā upetaṃ;
『我以食物与饮水,或以袈裟,清净良好、味美可亲;
Pupphābhikiṇṇamhi sake nivesane, patiṭṭhapesiṃ sa asaṅgamānaso.
在花香散布的房舍中,我安置自己,心不与外缘相缠绕。』
§1044
1044.
1044.(此处原典无注疏文字。)
‘‘Tamannapānena ca cīvarena ca, khajjena bhojjena ca sāyanena ca;
『用食物与饮水,以及袈裟、床榻与晚饭,
Santappayitvā dvipadānamuttamaṃ, so saggaso devapure ramāmahaṃ.
供养双足尊贵的圣者,我当在天界天宫乐居。』
§1045
1045.
‘‘Etenupāyena imaṃ niraggaḷaṃ, yaññaṃ yajitvā tividhaṃ visuddhaṃ;
『以此方所』,即以此方法,『行此净清无碍祭祀』,乃供养三种清净无染的祭品;
Pahāyahaṃ mānusakaṃ samussayaṃ, indūpamo devapure ramāmahaṃ.
舍弃我心中的人间疑虑,愿如同印度之莲般,在天宫中安乐栖居。
§1046
1046.
‘‘Āyuñca vaṇṇañca sukhaṃ balañca, paṇītarūpaṃ atikaṅkhatā muni;
『寿命与光明』、『幸福与力量』、『品貌端正』,正是比库所极为希求;
Annañca pānañca bahuṃ susaṅkhataṃ, patiṭṭhapetabbamasaṅgamānase.
『饮食饮水』,皆以完备调护而持,世心无染者当住于心不乱中。
§1047
1047.
‘‘Nayimasmiṃ loke parasmiṃ vā pana, buddhena seṭṭho va samo va vijjati;
「无论是在此世间,还是在他方世界,由世尊所达者,最为上首,等无差别;
Āhuneyyānaṃ paramāhutiṃ gato, puññatthikānaṃ vipulapphalesina’’nti.
得到了第一法要牺牲(奉献),积持广大的功德者。」
§1041
1041. Tattha jitindriyanti manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ bodhimūleyeva aggamaggena jitattā nibbisevanabhāvassa katattā jitindriyaṃ. Abhiññeyyādīnaṃ abhiññeyyādibhāvato anavasesato abhisambuddhattā buddhaṃ. Puripuṇṇavīriyatāya anomanikkamaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgatassa vīriyassa catubbidhasammappadhānassa ca pāripūriyāti attho. Naruttamanti narānaṃ uttamaṃ dvipaduttamaṃ. Kassapanti bhagavantaṃ gottena vadati. Avāpurantaṃ amatassa dvāranti koṇāgamanassa bhagavato sāsanantaradhānato pabhuti pihitaṃ nibbānamahānagarassa dvāraṃ ariyamaggaṃ vivarantaṃ. Devātidevanti sabbesampi devānaṃ atidevaṃ. Satapuññalakkhaṇanti anekasatapuññavasena nibbattamahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ.
1041。此处所谓克服六根者,谓心意六根在觉性根基如同燄火点燃处,以超胜之火掩灭贪著之念,称为克根。由如是的克悟智慧得成不受所知之法的无余解脱,称为证得佛果。伯具力行充足之精进,不断前进,无有停歇,具足四相之精进,及四种正勤(正精进)之圆满功德是也。人论中谓人王为人中最佳,人王中之最佳为二足(人类之别名)。咖萨巴用其族属称呼世尊。世尊是无尽无漏之真正永久的门,遍行诸方以护卫涅槃大城,开启圣道门户。天中诸天尊为“诸天之上天”。“百福之具足者”是指具足数百种功德、庄严身相的伟大圣人。
§1042
1042.Kuñjaranti kilesapaṭisattunimmaddanena kuñjarasadisaṃ, mahānāganti attho. Catunnaṃ oghānaṃ saṃsāramahoghassa taritattā oghatiṇṇaṃ. Suvaṇṇasiṅgīnadabimbasādisanti siṅgīsuvaṇṇajambunadasuvaṇṇarūpasadisaṃ, kañcanasannibhattacanti attho. Disvāna taṃ khippamahuṃ sucīmanoti taṃ kassapasammāsambuddhaṃ disvā khippaṃ tāvadeva ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā’’ti pasādavasena kilesamalāpagamanena sucimano visuddhamano ahosiṃ, tañca kho tameva disvāna taṃ disvā eva. Subhāsitaddhajanti dhammaddhajaṃ.
1042。象者谓比喻于烦恼的束缚与驾驭,似象之驯服;大龙者谓巨大无比。横破轮回四大波涛者,指超越生死流转之苦难,涅槃者超越此苦海。苏瓦纳西尼达(Suvaṇṇasiṅgīnadabimba)者,谓似金狮般明亮的光彩形像,形如黄金之色。见彼者即心怀清净,快而持久称赞:“正觉世尊!”由世尊之清净无染,除去烦恼垢污,证入纯净正觉,见之即见。赞为善法旌旗(德法之旗号)。
§1043
1043.Tamannapānanti tamhi bhagavati annañca pānañca. Athavāpi cīvaranti atha cīvarampi. Rasasā upetanti rasena upetaṃ sādurasaṃ, uḷāranti attho . Pupphābhikiṇṇamhīti ganthitehi ca aganthikehi ca pupphehi olambanavasena santharaṇavasena ca abhikiṇṇe. Patiṭṭhapesinti paṭipādesiṃ adāsiṃ. Asaṅgamānasoti katthaci alaggacitto so ahanti yojanā.
1043。所谓食饮者,谓于世尊那里给予食物与饮水。又谓衣服者,亦或谓衣物的供养。味重者,谓以滋味美妙供养;乌拉者,意指事物稳重持久。所谓花香散布者,言以扎成与未扎成的花束为装饰,以覆被、装饰之故而花香布散。设置者,谓供养实行,安置祭器。所谓不相合者,指有时心念不专,思绪游离,言说遥远数里的原因。
§1044
1044.Saggasoti aparāparūpapattivasena sagge sagge, tatthāpi ca devapure sudassanamahānagare. Ramāmīti kīḷāmi modāmi.
天界既称为诸功能过后的果报所生之处,即谓诸天界。在诸天宫殿中,亦有名为苏陀散那大城者。吾等以此为乐而欢庆。
§1045
1045.Etenupāyenāti gopālabrāhmaṇakāle sasāvakasaṅghassa kassapabhagavato yathā asadisadānaṃ adāsiṃ, etena upāyena. Imaṃ niraggaḷaṃ yaññaṃ yajitvā tividhaṃ visuddhanti anāvaṭadvāratāya muttacāgatāya ca niraggaḷaṃ, tīsupi kālesu tīhi dvārehi karaṇakārāpanānussaraṇavidhīhi sampannatāya tividhaṃ, tattha saṃkilesābhāvena visuddhaṃ aparimitadhanapariccāgabhāvena mahācāgatāya yaññaṃ yajitvā, mahādānaṃ datvāti attho. Taṃ pana dānaṃ cirakatampi khettavatthucittānaṃ uḷāratāya antarantarā anussaraṇena attano pākaṭaṃ āsannaṃ paccakkhaṃ viya upaṭṭhitaṃ gahetvā āha ‘‘ima’’nti.
所谓此法门者,犹如牧羊婆罗门时,佛陀咖萨巴世尊以何种方便,施与弟子世尊如实与非实法,施与彼等如是方便。以此,无缺失之牺牲仪式得以成办。由三种净化,即无碍门路、无障碍门路及正确守门,为三时期,以三门形式,依制方式持守。此三门皆因杂染之性净化之,以无量财富施舍心庄严,为大施予。此施益久远,如耕田耕地者,常复谨思,视之如当前真实现时,常恳请曰:“是也。”
§1046
1046. Evaṃ devaputto attanā katakammaṃ therassa kathetvā idāni tādisāya sampattiyā parepi patiṭṭhāpetukāmataṃ tathāgate ca uttamaṃ attano pasādabahumānaṃ pavedento ‘‘āyuñca vaṇṇañcā’’tiādinā gāthādvayamāha. Tattha abhikaṅkhatāti icchantena. Munīti theraṃ ālapati.
因缘如是,天子以自作功德而为长老所述,今欲以此成就宣立于他方,以便传扬于世尊,同时宣扬其至善自信与尊荣,白『生命与色相』等二偈偈曰。其中字“欲求”者,谓希望也。“尊者”即称呼此长老之名。
§1047
1047.Nayimasmiṃ loketi devaputto attano paccakkhabhūtaṃ lokaṃ vadati. Parasminti tato aññasmiṃ. Etena sabbepi sadevake loke dasseti. Samo ca vijjatīti seṭṭho tāva tiṭṭhatu , samo eva na vijjatīti attho. Āhuneyyānaṃ paramāhutiṃ gatoti imasmiṃ loke yattakā āhuneyyā nāma, tesu sabbesu paramāhutiṃ paramaṃ āhuneyyabhāvaṃ gato. ‘‘Dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ paramaggataṃ gato’’ti vā pāṭho, tattha paramaggatanti paramaṃ aggabhāvaṃ, aggadakkhiṇeyyabhāvanti attho. Kesanti āha ‘‘puññatthikānaṃ vipulapphalesina’’nti, puññena atthikānaṃ vipulaṃ mahantaṃ puññaphalaṃ icchantānaṃ, tathāgato eva lokassa puññakkhettanti dasseti. Keci pana ‘‘āhuneyyānaṃ paramaggataṃ gato’’ti paṭhanti, soyevattho.
『非此世间』是天子对其当前所见世界之称呼。『他者』是对世间他方境界之称。由此令诸天及凡界悉知。谓“有平等,亦无平等”,者意为至上者应长存,不应无平等之义愿存。谓『最大供养至极献祭』于此界,为诸供养中最高,即一切供养中都达最高地步。或诵曰『南方至极献祭已至』,此处『至极』意为最高,『至极供养之意』。又有云『福德广大丰富者』,指有大福德、欲获广大果报者,由世尊称为“此界福田”。亦有谓『最大供养已至』,此义合理。
Evaṃ kathentameva taṃ thero kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittañca ñatvā saccāni pakāsesi. So saccapariyosāne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Atha thero manussalokaṃ āgantvā bhagavato tamatthaṃ attanā ca devaputtena ca kathitaniyāmeneva ārocesi. Satthā tamatthaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattapariyāya dhammaṃ desesi. Sā desanā mahājanassa sātthikā ahosīti.
就此如是阐述后,尊者昭示其善心、柔和心、无障碍心、奋发心与清净心,遂揭示真实诸法。彼在真实论说终结时,已证得初果坚固。后尊者入人间界,亲自向世尊及天子,依据所说法理而陈述传达。佛陀经论清晰述说其八支成就,宣示此法义。此经说合诸大众及善士,真实而广大利益广大。
Mahārathavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 大车天宫的解说完毕。
Iti paramatthadīpaniyā khuddakaṭṭhakathāya vimānavatthusmiṃ · 如是,在《胜义灯》小部注中《天宫事》里
Cuddasavatthupaṭimaṇḍitassa pañcamassa mahārathavaggassa · 以十四事庄严的第五大车品
Atthavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
义解已毕。
6. Pāyāsivaggo
第六 膏粥品
1. Paṭhamaagāriyavimānavaṇṇanā1. 第一阿嘎利亚天宫之解释
Yathāvanaṃ cittalataṃ pabhāsatīti agāriyavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena rājagahe ekaṃ kulaṃ ubhatopasannaṃ hoti sīlācārasampannaṃ opānabhūtaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ. Te dve jayampatikā ratanattayaṃ uddissa yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā tato cutā tāvatiṃsesu nibbattiṃsu, tesaṃ dvādasayojanikaṃ kanakavimānaṃ nibbatti. Te tattha dibbasampattiṃ anubhavanti. Athāyasmā mahāmoggallānotiādi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
如同森林明净闪耀,耸立于山顶的贵族府邸。其起因为何?世尊住于王舍城的鹿野苑。彼时王舍城有一族,男女俱备,持守戒行,出家修行的比库与比库尼皆具足。他们两人为了宝珠宝器,用尽一生积累功德,往生到那世界涅槃,其所居处乃十二由旬宽广大金色宫殿。在此彼等享受天上福报。此后,长老摩诃摩嘎剌那等下位弟子应从此义领解。
§1048
1048.
‘‘Yathā vanaṃ cittalataṃ pabhāsati, uyyānaseṭṭhaṃ tidasānamuttamaṃ;
如同森林明净闪耀,乃园林之最,处于高处的好居所;
Tathūpamaṃ tuyhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati antalikkhe.
此宫殿亦如斯光明,宛若天空中显现,光辉显露空中。
§1049
1049.
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ;
『尊大威德者,具大威仪,具人身者,汝作何善业?』
Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
『以何因缘,具如斯光明威德?尔之色相四面光耀?』
Thero pucchi.
长老问曰:
§1050
1050.
一零五零。
‘‘So devaputto attamano, moggallānena pucchito;
『此天子者,自身清净,为摩诃迦罗问;','733':'所问之疑,为何业故有此果报,汝当说明。』
Pañhaṃ puṭṭho viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
被问之问题,彼如实解答,此乃其业之果报。
§1051
1051.
‘‘Ahañca bhariyā ca manussaloke, opānabhūtā gharamāvasimha;
『我与妻子在人间世间,已成家眷安住于宅中;
Annañca pānañca pasannacittā, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adamha.
食饮安适,心怀欢喜,时常施以广大布施,不以吝惜。』
§1052
1052.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
『因此如此等色相……(此处省略)……
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
我的色相普遍各处皆显光明。』——
Attano sampattiṃ byākāsi. Gāthāsupi apubbaṃ natthi.
说明自身所具备的义理。即便是诗偈,也未曾出现过先行的情况。
Paṭhamaagāriyavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一阿嘎利亚天宫之解释完毕。
2. Dutiyaagāriyavimānavaṇṇanā2. 第二阿嘎利亚天宫之解释
Yathāvanaṃ cittalatanti dutiyaagāriyavimānaṃ. Etthāpi aṭṭhuppatti anantarasadisāva.
正如棕榈叶林所耀显的第二高空宫殿一样,此处的成立是紧接而现的相似现象。
§1054
1054.
一零五四。
‘‘Yathā vanaṃ cittalataṃ pabhāsati, uyyānaseṭṭhaṃ tidasānamuttamaṃ;
譬如森林中的棕榈叶辉映明亮,园林中最高处的席位最尊贵;
Tathūpamaṃ tuyhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati antalikkhe.
如此这般,你所具备的宫殿亦是如此,在虚空中照耀显现而立。
§1055
1055.
一零五五。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo,
『你具大威德天子,』
Manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ;
『今为人身,作何善业?』
Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo,
『因何显现如斯威德之相,』
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – pucchi;
『而汝全身光明普照四方?』——这是问。
§1056
1056.
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『彼为天子至上者……如是……其业所感结果』。
§1057
1057.
一〇五七。
‘‘Ahañca bhariyā ca manussaloke, opānabhūtā gharamāvasimha;
「我与妻子在世间人中,本已退隐居住于家中;
Annañca pānañca pasannacittā, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adamha.
具足安乐心怀,饮食饮水,乐施丰富,不吝赐予。
§1058
1058.
一〇五八。
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
因由此,余等诸多善业……(略)
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
我之美德光辉,自诸方而显耀。」
Attano sampattiṃ byākāsi. Gāthāsupi apubbaṃ natthi.
宣说了自身的现成境界。诗句方面没有前文。
Dutiyaagāriyavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二阿嘎利亚天宫之解释完毕。
3. Phaladāyakavimānavaṇṇanā3. 施果天宫之解释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇanti phaladāyakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena rañño bimbisārassa akāle ambaphalāni paribhuñjituṃ icchā uppajji. So ārāmapālaṃ āha – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhaṇe, ambaphalesu icchā uppannā, tasmā ambāni me ānetvā dehī’’ti. ‘‘Deva, natthi ambesu ambaphalaṃ, apicāhaṃ tathā karomi, sace devo kiñci kālaṃ āgameti, yathā ambā na cirasseva phalaṃ gaṇhantī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhaṇe, tathā karohī’’ti. Ārāmapālo ārāmaṃ gantvā ambarukkhamūlesu paṃsuṃ apanetvā tādisaṃ paṃsuṃ ākiri, tādisañca udakaṃ āsiñci, yathā na cirasseva ambarukkhā sacchinnapattā ahesuṃ. Atha naṃ paṃsuṃ apanetvā phārusakakasaṭamissakaṃ pākatikaṃ paṃsuṃ ākiritvā sādhukaṃ udakaṃ adāsi. Tadā ambarukkhā na cireneva korakitā pallavitā kuṭamalakajātā hutvā pupphiṃsu, atha salāṭukajātā hutvā phalāni gaṇhiṃsu. Tatthekasmiṃ ambarukkhe paṭhamataraṃ cattāri phalāni manosilācuṇṇapiñjaravaṇṇāni sampannagandharasāni pariṇatāni ahesuṃ.
这称为高贵宝玉三层楼阁,是赐予果报的宫殿。其起因为何?世尊当时住在王舍城的竹林中。彼时,国王宾比萨拉生起了想要提前食用芒果的心愿。他召唤园丁说:“我对芒果生起了欲望,请你采摘芒果给我送来吧。”园丁答道:“主啊,园内尚无成熟的芒果,我虽如此说,但若天神能在适当时刻带来,让芒果不会长久挂在树上失去果实,我愿照做。”国王说:“好,你照此行事。”园丁便前往园中,在芒果树根下取土,再将此土撒于树根,并浇以适量的水,如此芒果树不会长久出现枝叶脱落。然后,他又取土撒于芒果树上,撒上粗盐和石灰,使水质洁净。于是,芒果树迅速生长,枝叶茂盛且结满果实。此时,某棵芒果树首次结出了四个果实,色彩如玛瑙、石灰石、金属囚笼般光泽,且味美芳香,十分成熟。
So tāni gahetvā ‘‘rañño dassāmī’’ti gacchanto antarāmagge āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ piṇḍāya caramānaṃ disvā cintesi ‘‘imāni ambāni aggaphalabhūtāni imassa ayyassa dassāmi , kāmaṃ maṃ rājā hanatu vā pabbājetu vā, rañño hi dinne diṭṭhadhamme pūjāmattaṃ appamattakaṃ phalaṃ, ayyassa dinne pana diṭṭhadhammikampi samparāyikampi aparimāṇaṃ phalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Evaṃ pana cintetvā tāni phalāni therassa datvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā rañño tamatthaṃ ārocesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā rājapurise āṇāpesi ‘‘vīmaṃsatha tāva, bhaṇe, yathāyaṃ āhā’’ti. Thero pana tāni phalāni bhagavato upanāmesi. Bhagavā tesu ekaṃ sāriputtattherassa, ekaṃ mahāmoggallānattherassa, ekaṃ mahākassapattherassa datvā ekaṃ attanā paribhuñji. Purisā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesuṃ.
他取下这些果实,说:“我将献给国王。”行至道路上,见到长老大摩诃迦蓝那乞食,心念:“这些芒果果实属于尊者,愿将之献上,让国王随意处置他,不论是杀戮或出家。国王日常所见众生仅得少许果实,而尊者每日所见法与报应无量无边。”如此思量后,将果实奉献给长老,随后前去见国王,将此缘故呈报。国王听后召见僧众,说:“你们细察他说的理由。”长老将果实献与世尊。世尊分给三位长老各一枚,自己食用一枚。人们将此事告诉国王。
Rājā taṃ sutvā ‘‘dhīro vatāyaṃ puriso, yo attano jīvitampi pariccajitvā puññapasuto ahosi, attano parissamañca ṭhānagatameva akāsī’’ti tuṭṭhacitto tassa ekaṃ gāmavaraṃ vatthālaṅkārādīni ca datvā ‘‘yaṃ tayā bhaṇe ambaphaladānena puññaṃ pasutaṃ, tato me pattiṃ dehī’’ti āha. So ‘‘demi, deva, yathāsukhaṃ pattiṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti avoca. Ārāmapālo aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu uppajji , tassa soḷasayojanikaṃ kanakavimānaṃ nibbatti sattasatakūṭāgārapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ. Taṃ disvā āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pucchi –
国王闻此,说:“这男子真有慧德,舍弃自己的生命而积累福德,而自身安稳乐住于天界。”他欢喜心起,赐予村舍、衣物等诸物,说:“这因为你供养芒果福德而感得的,我接受了。”园丁答:“我奉献的,愿天神自由处置。”后来园丁不久身故,得升天界,有三千六百座宫殿,金色楼阁七百六十。大摩诃迦蓝那见状,问道——
§1060
1060.
(此处文本仅为编号,未含内容)
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ, samantato soḷasa yojanāni;
“这高贵的宝玉三层楼阁,周围有十六由旬……”
Kūṭāgārā sattasatā uḷārā, veḷuriyathambhā rucakatthatā subhā.
七百多座僧房整齐排列,椽柱明丽,造型优美华丽。
§1061
1061.
‘‘Tatthacchasi pivasi khādasi ca, dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ;
「在那里,你饮食安然,天乐之音如筝琶响彻四方;
Aṭṭhaṭṭhakā sikkhitā sādhurūpā, dibbā ca kaññā tidasacarā uḷārā;
八十四名修习得法、仪表端庄的天女,形态优美如仙人,多在园中游走;
Naccanti gāyanti pamodayanti.
她们起舞歌唱,令人欢喜。
§1062
1062.
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo…pe…
『汝大德之慧能广大……』等语,意指具足高贵无量的德能。
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『汝之色相普遍闪耀』,表明其色相光明普照四方。
§1063
1063.
一零六三。
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『彼天子身自守护……其所作业之果报』,说明天子自我守护,依业得果。
§1064
1064.
一零六四。
‘‘Phaladāyī phalaṃ vipulaṃ labhati, dadamujugatesu pasannamānaso;
『能赐果报者,得广大果报,于众善行中心清净喜悦』,指出行善者得其丰厚果报,心境清净欢喜。
So hi pamodati saggagato tidive, anubhoti ca puññaphalaṃ vipulaṃ.
彼于三世之内往生天道,感得广大功德果报而欢喜。
§1065
1065.
‘‘Tavevāhaṃ mahāmuni, adāsiṃ caturo phale.
『世尊啊,唯独我这大圣,于彼曾付四种果报。』
§1066
1066.
一〇六六。
‘‘Tasmā hi phalaṃ alameva dātuṃ, niccaṃ manussena sukhatthikena;
『故此果报非同小可,恒为人间寻常幸福;
Dibbāni vā patthayatā sukhāni, manussasobhaggatamicchatā vā.
或为受天之乐,或为求人员间福禄。』
§1067
1067.
一〇六七。
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
“因此,此等光辉诸色……如前所说……
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – sopissa byākāsi;
诸色光明普遍显现。”——由长老们所解释。
§1061
1061. Tattha aṭṭhaṭṭhakāti ekekasmiṃ kūṭāgāre aṭṭhaṭṭhakā catusaṭṭhiparimāṇā. Sādhurūpāti rūpasampattiyā ca sīlācārasampattiyā ca sikkhāsampattiyā ca sundarasabhāvā. Dibbā ca kaññāti devaccharāyo. Tidasacarāti tidasesu sukhācārā sukhavihāriniyo. Uḷārāti uḷāravibhavā.
1061。在这之中,所谓八十八者,是指每一禅堂中的八十八块,面积约为四十。所谓仪表端庄,是指形态具足、道德行为具足、戒律修习具足以及具美好天性的成就。所谓神妙仙女,是指出六天道的天女。所谓三界乐者,是指三界中安乐行住自在者。所谓丰富旺盛者,是指出现极盛盛大。
§1064
1064.Phaladāyīti attanā ambaphalassa dinnattā attānaṃ sandhāya vadati. Phalanti puññaphalaṃ. Vipulanti mahantaṃ labhati manussaloke patiṭṭhitoti adhippāyo. Dadanti dadanto dānahetu. Ujugatesūti ujupaṭipannesu. Saggagatoti uppajjanavasena saggaṃ gato, tatthāpi tidive tāvatiṃsabhavane anubhoti ca puññaphalaṃ vipulaṃ yathāhaṃ, evaṃ aññopīti attho.
1064。所谓授果者,是指自己因为布施甘露果而获果而自讼自说者。所获果报是功德果。所增广者是指获得广大果报,安立于人间界,因而谓之有权。布施者是布施缘故。正直修行者,是指精进实行正法的人。往生天上者,是指出生天界,虽然身处天宫,却能实感功德广大如所言,意谓“如实有此果报”,此意说明其他亦同。
§1066
1066.Tasmāti yasmā catunnaṃ phalānaṃ dānamattena īdisī sampatti adhigatā, tasmā. Alameva yuttameva. Niccanti sabbakālaṃ. Dibbānīti devalokapariyāpannāni. Manussasobhaggatanti manussesu subhagabhāvaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
1066。故因四种果报皆由布施得成此类殊胜果报,故此果报确实适当恒常存在。所谓神妙仙女,是指周旋天界者。所谓人间美色者,是指人间美好的形态。余义仍遵前文所述。
Phaladāyakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 施果宫殿义注已毕。
4. Paṭhamaupassayadāyakavimānavaṇṇanā4. 第一施住处宫殿义注
Cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabheti upassayadāyakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakāvāse vassaṃ vasitvā vutthavasso pavāretvā bhagavantaṃ vandituṃ rājagahaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ pavisitvā vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pariyesanto aññataraṃ upāsakaṃ disvā pucchi – ‘‘upāsaka, imasmiṃ gāme atthi kiñci pabbajitānaṃ vasanayoggaṭṭhāna’’nti. Upāsako pasannacitto gehaṃ gantvā bhariyāya saddhiṃ mantetvā therassa vasanayoggaṃ ṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā tattha āsanaṃ paññāpetvā pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā theraṃ pavesetvā tasmiṃ pāde dhovante padīpaṃ ujjāletvā mañce paccattharaṇāni paññāpetvā adāsi. Svātanāya ca nimantetvā therassa dutiyadivase bhojetvā pānakatthāya guḷapiṇḍañca datvā theraṃ gacchantaṃ anugantvā nivatti. So aparena samayena saha bhariyāya kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbatti. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno dvīhi gāthāhi paṭipucchi –
月亮如同除去云翳时,于天空中显现明朗,瞻仰者如见光明华丽的殿阁。此处之由何起?世尊当时住于王舍城之竹林精舍。其时一位比库在村舍中过雨季后,雨季终了,便出发前往王舍城礼拜世尊,于傍晚途中进入某一村庄,寻觅宿处。见一位居士,便询问:“居士,此村内是否有适合出家众居住之所?”该居士心怀喜悦,回家与妻子商议,视察了长老可住之处,设座、备净足水并置脚垫,迎请比库入内,为其洗足,点亮灯盏,安排睡榻靠背,予以供养。当晚亦请其留宿,次日设宴招待,致以甘蜜饭团等,随后陪同比库离去返村。此居士当时与妻子安排行程后,到忉利天宫金殿之处住下。于此时,大长老摩诃摩嘎剌那以两偈诗问之:
§1069
1069.
一零六九。
‘‘Cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe, obhāsayaṃ gacchati antalikkhe;
“月亮如同除去云翳时,于天空中显明光辉;
Tathūpamaṃ tuyhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati antalikkhe.
正如同此你所见的殿阁,光彩耀目立于天空间。
§1070
1070.
一零七零。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ;
“大具神力的大德比库,成就人身,为何作福积善?
Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
“何因缘下,如是水润的感受及颜色,于诸方皆显现光明?”
So devaputto imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi –
彼天子以此偈颂为说解:
§1071
1071.
一零七一。
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
“彼天子自赞曰……此功德之果。”
§1072
1072.
一零七二。
‘‘Ahañca bhariyā ca manussaloke, upassayaṃ arahato adamha;
“我及妻于人间,依止阿拉汉而不自慢;
Annañca pānañca pasannacittā, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adamha.
饮食和饮水皆心欢喜,布施甚多且不自贪。
§1073
1073.
第一千零七十三。
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe… vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『因此诸色泽……诸……诸色泽自诸方显现光明。』
Tattha gāthāsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva;
此处当解释的偈句,下文即将说明。
Paṭhamaupassayadāyakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一施住处宫殿义注已毕。
5. Dutiyaupassayadāyakavimānavaṇṇanā5. 第二施住处宫殿义注
Sūriyoyathā vigatavalāhake nabheti dutiyaupassayadāyakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena sambahulā bhikkhū gāmakāvāse vassaṃ vasitvā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya rājagahaṃ uddissa gacchantā sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ sampāpuṇiṃsu. Sesaṃ anantaravimānasadisameva.
如太阳光芒消散于云层之上,显现第二日进之宫殿。此宫殿如何产生?世尊当时住于王舍城之竹林。彼时许多比库夏季安居毕,离村居后,往见世尊,至暮时抵达另一村落,正如第二日宫殿紧随其后显现。
§1075
1075.
第一千零七十五。
‘‘Sūriyo yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe…pe….
『如同太阳离去风云后的天空……』
(Yathā purimavimānaṃ, tathā vitthāretabbaṃ;)
(正如前方的宫殿,应当这样广开;)
§1079
1079.
一〇七九。
‘‘Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『我的色相普照四方明朗』。
Tattha gāthāsupi apubbaṃ natthi;
其中的歌谣没有前文;
Dutiyaupassayadāyakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二施住处宫殿义注已毕。
6. Bhikkhādāyakavimānavaṇṇanā6. 施食宫殿义注
Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānanti bhikkhādāyakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena aññataro bhikkhu addhānamaggapaṭipanno aññataraṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho ekassa gharaddhāre aṭṭhāsi. Tattha aññataro puriso dhotahatthapādo ‘‘bhuñjissāmī’’ti nisinno bhojanaṃ upanetvā pātiyā pakkhitte taṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā pātiyā bhattaṃ tassa bhikkhuno patte ākiranto tena ‘‘ekadesameva dehī’’ti vuttopi sabbameva ākiri. So bhikkhu anumodanaṃ vatvā pakkāmi. So puriso ‘‘chātajjhattassa bhikkhuno mayā abhuñjitvā bhattaṃ dinna’’nti anussaranto uḷāraṃ pītisomanassaṃ paṭilabhi. So aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbatti. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallānatthero devacārikaṃ caranto mahatiyā deviddhiyā virocamānaṃ disvā imāhi gāthāhi paṭipucchi –
这上座比库所居有如宝石制成的宫殿,名为“比库施主宫殿”。此宫殿如何产生?当时世尊住在王舍城的竹林精舍。那时,有一位比库正在修行行脚,入一村落乞食,站在某家屋檐下。那时,有一位白衣人,右手持巾,左脚盘坐,边用支柱支撑,见此比库,便将食物分送于这比库,随后又将食物放在比库座位之处,对他说:『你只需住在一个地方。』言毕,将全部食物都摆开。这比库赞许后离去。那白衣人说:『我未食比库给的食物已先行食用。』于是他得到了欢喜乐心。后来过了一段时间,那白衣人乘金殿飞升到天界十二由旬高的塔殿。此时,长老大摩嘎剌那天行者观察见此金殿显现,乃以此歌谣询问——
§1081
1081.
一零八一。
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ, samantato dvādasa yojanāni;
『此高大宝石楼阁庄严宏伟,周围宽广达十二由旬;
Kūṭāgārā sattasatā uḷārā, veḷuriyathambhā rucakatthatā subhā.
楼阁有七百座深邃壮丽,檐柱华美明丽光彩照人。
§1082
1082.
一零八二。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo…pe…
「大神力庄严具足……(略)……
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
你的光辉遍布四方,普照无尽。」』
Sopi tassa imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi –
此处亦通过这些偈颂加以说明——
§1083
1083.
一〇八三。
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『彼为天子,贪著身心……至于其业所生之果报』。
§1084
1084.
一〇八四。
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, disvāna bhikkhuṃ tasitaṃ kilantaṃ;
『我于人中,生为人身,见比库受苦败坏;
Ekāhaṃ bhikkhaṃ paṭipādayissaṃ, samaṅgi bhattena tadā akāsiṃ.
当天,我曾一日以饭食供养彼比库,心怀和悦。』
§1085
1085.
一〇八五。
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe… vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『因此,这诸种色彩……如此……此色泽遍布四方而光明炽盛』。
§1084
1084. Tattha ekāhaṃ bhikkhanti ekaṃ ahaṃ bhikkhāmattaṃ, ekaṃ bhattavaḍḍhitakanti attho. Paṭipādayissanti paṭipādesiṃ adāsiṃ. Samaṅgi bhattenāti bhattena samaṅgībhūtaṃ, laddhabhikkhanti attho. Evaṃ mahāthero tena devaputtena attano sucaritakamme pakāsite saparivārassa tassa dhammaṃ desetvā manussalokamāgato, taṃ pavattiṃ sammāsambuddhassa kathesi. Satthā taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattamahājanassa dhammaṃ desesi. Sā desanā mahājanassa sātthikā ahosīti.
1084。在此,一者称为比库,是一者称为比库的请受者,另一者说是食物增进者,其义如是。我曾开导教示,就此所教予。所谓食物与食物相融,乃指食物融为一体,表示已得食物的概念。如此,这位长老与那位天子在其善行功德被宣说之后,携其众伴向来人间,阐扬此现象为正觉者的真理。世尊证得此成就后,向大众说法。此说法对大众而言,真实可依。
Bhikkhādāyakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 施比库天宫注释完毕。
7. Yavapālakavimānavaṇṇanā7. 守麦者天宫注释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇaṃ vimānanti yavapālakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena rājagahe aññataro duggatadārako yavakhettaṃ rakkhati. So ekadivasaṃ pātarāsatthāya kummāsaṃ labhitvā ‘‘khettaṃ gantvā bhuñjissāmī’’ti taṃ kummāsaṃ gahetvā yavakhettaṃ gantvā rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe aññataro khīṇāsavatthero maggappaṭipanno upakaṭṭhe kāle taṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā yavapālakena nisinnaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ upasaṅkami. Yavapālako velaṃ oloketvā ‘‘kacci, bhante, āhāro laddho’’ti āha. Thero tuṇhī ahosi. So aladdhabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘bhante, upakaṭṭhā velā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjituṃ na sakkā, mayhaṃ anukampāya imaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjathā’’ti vatvā therassa taṃ kummāsaṃ adāsi. Thero taṃ anukampanto tassa passantasseva taṃ paribhuñjitvā anumodanaṃ vatvā pakkāmi. Sopi dārako ‘‘sudinnaṃ vata mayā īdisassa kummāsadānaṃ dadantenā’’ti cittaṃ pasādetvā aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane vuttanayeneva vimāne nibbatti. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallānatthero imāhi gāthāhi paṭipucchi –
此是高高的宝石木楼,称为麦守护楼。其缘起为何?世尊住于王舍城的竹林精舍。彼时,有一恶行孩童守护麦地。某日,此孩童得食谷物,心念『前往田地,去收食物吧』,于是携食入麦地,在树根下坐。此刻,一位已断尽烦恼、正修道的长老适时路过,至此处见孩童在麦地守望。孩童观察时,问曰『尊者,是否得食物?』长老默然无言。孩童知其无食,便说『尊者,您适当时刻已至,修行难以乞食正确,希望您慈悲,接受我这食物』,于是将食物献予长老。长者慈悲见此,马上食用,并称赞许可后起身。孩童心想『果真给我这食物,是极大之福报』,便安心。过后时日,孩童承时至忉利天宫中,具此楼名如前所述。长老大穆嘎剌那以这些偈语为其问答——
§1087
1087.
一〇八七。
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ…pe…
『此高宝石木楼……如此……』
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
他的色相从各方面都光辉照耀。
Sopi tassa imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi –
世尊也用以下偈语加以宣说——
§1089
1089. ‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
1089句:『彼天子以自我为高…如是等…其业所生之果报』。
§1090
1090.
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, ahosiṃ yavapālako;
『我在人中,为人所生,曾为麦田守护者;
Addasaṃ virajaṃ bhikkhuṃ, vippasannamanāvilaṃ.
见一位清净比库,心境澄明无染垢。』
§1091
1091.
一〇九一。
‘‘Tassa adāsahaṃ bhāgaṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi;
「于彼,我给予份额,心意欢喜,双手恭敬而施;
Kummāsapiṇḍaṃ datvāna, modāmi nandane vane.
即使施舍污秽的食物,我亦欢喜,于园林之地欣然快乐。」
§1092
1092.
一〇九二。
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
「因缘如是,这等光彩……如前所说……
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
这光彩于我四面皆然辉映。」
Tattha gāthāsupi apubbaṃ natthi.
此处连歌诗亦无先行文。
Yavapālakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 守麦者天宫注释完毕。
8. Paṭhamakuṇḍalīvimānavaṇṇanā8. 第一耳环天宫注释
Alaṅkatomalyadharo suvatthoti kuṇḍalīvimānaṃ. Tassa kā upatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena dve aggasāvakā saparivārā kāsīsu cārikaṃ carantā sūriyatthaṅgamanavelāyaṃ aññataraṃ vihāraṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā tassa vihārassa gocaragāme aññataro upāsako there upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā pādadhovanaṃ pādabbhañjanatelaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ padīpiyañca upanetvā svātanāya ca nimantetvā dutiyadivase mahādānaṃ pavattesi, therā tassa anumodanaṃ vatvā pakkamiṃsu. So aparena samayena kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbatti. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallānatthero imāhi gāthāhi paṭipucchi –
装饰着花环的美丽寝处谓之宝座宫。此宝座宫起于何处?世尊住于沙瓦提的揭德林中。彼时,两位首席弟子及其随从在迦尸国巡行,午后行至一别处。闻此变故,彼处园中一比库尼近侍居士前来,尊礼,涂抹足油,布置卧具,邀请世尊他日再至。次日,居士实行慷慨布施,长老们称善并起身离去。当时天界在十二由旬处生起一金色宫殿。于此,长老大摩嘎剌那以此歌诗发问-
§1094
1094.
‘‘Alaṅkato malyadharo suvattho, sukuṇḍalī kappitakesamassu;
「装饰华美,盛带花环,居所巧妙,佩带耳珰;
Āmuttahatthābharaṇo yasassī, dibbe vimānamhi yathāpi candimā.
时常抬举象饰,堪称有名,宛如天宫中的明月。」
§1095
1095.
‘‘Dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ, aṭṭhaṭṭhakā sikkhitā sādhurūpā;
“天界的琴瑟乐器演奏美妙曲调,有八种技巧被训练得出色精巧;
Dibbā ca kaññā tidasacarā uḷārā, naccanti gāyanti pamodayanti.
天女们体态优雅灵动,行为庄重清雅,伴随着歌舞,令人欢欣愉悦。”
§1096
1096.
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo…pe…
“大威德尊者啊……同上文……
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
你的光彩普照四方。”
Sopi tassa imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi –
他也用这些偈语进行了说明——
§1097
1097. ‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
1097.“天子自称……以及此处业果。”
§1098
1098.
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, disvāna samaṇe sīlavante;
“我在人中为人,见一位具德的沙门;
Sampannavijjācaraṇe yasassī, bahussute taṇhakkhayūpapanne;
具足智慧行持,名闻广闻,断尽贪欲;
Annañca pānañca pasannacitto, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
饮食心净,时常布施广大。”
§1099
1099.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
「由是我等色相……如是……」
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
「我所见色彩光明遍及诸方。」
§1094
1094. Tattha sukuṇḍalīti sundarehi kuṇḍalehi alaṅkatakaṇṇo. ‘‘Sakuṇḍalī’’tipi pāṭho, sadisaṃ kuṇḍalaṃ sakuṇḍalaṃ, taṃ assa atthīti sakuṇḍalī, yuttakuṇḍalī aññamaññañca tuyhañca anucchavikakuṇḍalīti attho. Kappitakesamassūti sammākappitakesamassu. Āmuttahatthābharaṇoti paṭimukkaaṅguliyādihatthābharaṇo.
1094. 其中,『美耳环者』,谓以美丽耳环庄严其耳。另有『配耳环者』之异文:『配耳环』者,相称之耳环也;『有相称耳环者』,谓彼具有相称之耳环,即与彼此及汝皆相配、相宜之耳环之义。『修整须发者』,谓正确修整须发之人。『手戴饰物者』,谓手上佩戴已穿戴之指环等手部饰物之人。
§1098
1098.Taṇhakkhayūpapanneti taṇhakkhayaṃ arahattaṃ, nibbānameva vā upagate, adhigatavanteti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
1098章。『Taṇhakkhayūpapanneti』指渴爱断灭所现之阿拉汉境界,或涅槃已至,已得此境。此义在说明彼处所言正是此意。
Paṭhamakuṇḍalīvimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一耳环天宫注释完毕。
9. Dutiyakuṇḍalīvimānavaṇṇanā9. 第二耳环天宫注释
Alaṅkato malyadharo suvatthoti dutiyakuṇḍalīvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena dve aggasāvakā kāsīsu janapadacārikaṃ carantātiādi sabbaṃ anantarasadisameva.
装饰华丽、佩戴花环的修饰语,乃第二个有关耳环所在境界描述。其由来如何?世尊住于沙瓦提,揭树林中。其时有二位重要弟子于迦尸国四处游行传法之事等,此一切描述均属其时紧接而来。
§1101
1101.
‘‘Alaṅkato malyadharo suvattho, sukuṇḍalī kappitakesamassu;
「身饰华丽,佩戴花冠,头发梳揉成髻,缀以金饰,光彩照人;
Āmuttahatthābharaṇo yasassī, dibbe vimānamhi yathāpi candimā.
手执长杖,神彩奕奕,宛若神界飞宫之中皎洁明月一般。」
§1102
1102.
一一零二。
‘‘Dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ;
「天界的琴声响彻云霄,旋律优美动听;
Aṭṭhaṭṭhakā sikkhitā sādhurūpā;
合奏者八人,皆技艺精湛,姿容端庄;
Dibbā ca kaññā tidasacarā uḷārā, naccanti gāyanti pamodayanti.
天女们轻盈曼舞,姿态妩媚,歌唱欢畅,令众欢喜。」
§1103
1103.
一一〇三。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo…pe…
『众神威力具足、德行宏伟……(略)……』
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – pucchi;
『你的光辉遍照诸方』——问曰;
§1104
1104.
一一〇四。
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『彼是天子,彼是独觉者……(略)……其业果报如何』。
§1105
1105.
一一〇五。
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, disvāna samaṇe sādhurūpe;
『我』者,生为人中之人,见到沙门形貌端正;
Sampannavijjācaraṇe yasassī, bahussute sīlavante pasanne;
具足智慧行为,名声显赫,广闻其德,持戒清净;
Annañca pānañca pasannacitto, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
食饮安和,心怀庄重,曾慷慨施予大量布施。
§1106
1106.
卷一千一百零六。
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
这般种种光辉……如前所述……
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
其光芒乃遍及四方普照无碍。」
Gāthāsupi apubbaṃ natthi.
偈颂亦无前例。
Dutiyakuṇḍalīvimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二昆达利天宫义注已毕。
10. (Uttara) pāyāsivimānavaṇṇanā10. (伍德拉)巴亚西天宫义注
Yā devarājassa sabhā sudhammāti uttaravimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavati parinibbute dhātuvibhāge ca kate tattha tattha thūpesu patiṭṭhāpiyamānesu dhammavinayaṃ saṅgāyituṃ uccinitvā gahitesu mahākassapappamukhesu mahātheresu yāva vassūpagamanā aññesu ca theresu attano attano parisāya saddhiṃ tattha tattha vasantesu āyasmā kumārakassapo pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ setabyanagaraṃ gantvā siṃsapāvane vasi. Atha pāyāsi rājañño therassa tattha vasanabhāvaṃ sutvā mahatā janakāyena parivuto taṃ upasaṅkamitvā paṭisanthāraṃ katvā nisinno attano diṭṭhigataṃ pavedesi. Atha naṃ thero candimasūriyūdāharaṇādīhi paralokassa atthibhāvaṃ pakāsento anekavihitahetūpamālaṅkataṃ diṭṭhigaṇṭhiviniveṭhanaṃ nānānayavicittaṃ pāyāsisuttaṃ (dī. ni. 2.406 ādayo) desetvā taṃ diṭṭhisampadāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
所谓天王庭院的正法大厅,即北方的天宫。那是何因缘而产生?当世尊涅槃后,于四大归灭之处记载之后,在各处舍利塔内供奉法律律仪,召集众多比库长老以宣说教义。在各处比库众共同驻锡的地方,具寿长老库玛拉笠波与五众比库,在白毡城前往枫林之地居住。后来,国王巴耶悉得知此长老常驻之所在,率大群臣仆近前,谓之礼敬,坐下宣说自己见解。继而长老示现月、日、星体运动等天象,显示他者生死世界真实义,断除执着多种见解缠绕,将凭此巴耶悉授之视见经宣说,为牢固正见所立。
So visuddhadiṭṭhiko hutvā samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ dānaṃ dento anuḷārajjhāsayatāya lūkhaṃ adāsi ghāsacchādanamattaṃ kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyaṃ sāṇāni ca vatthāni . Evaṃ pana asakkaccadānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā hīnakāyaṃ upapajji cātumahārājikānaṃ sahabyataṃ. Tassa pana kiccākiccesu yuttappayutto uttaro nāma māṇavo ahosi dāne byāvaṭo. So sakkaccadānaṃ datvā tāvatiṃsakāyaṃ upapanno, tassa dvādasayojanikaṃ vimānaṃ nibbatti. So kataññutaṃ vibhāvento saha vimānena kumārakassapattheraṃ upasaṅkamitvā vimānato oruyha pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhāsi. Taṃ thero –
他成就清净正见,布施于沙门、婆罗门等行善之人,施舍以草席、草蔽、粗食、树巢、破牛角等简陋物品。虽施简陋布施,因身破坏而具小身,遂生于四大王国伴航。此国王中青年名为乌达罗,是施赠之人因布施正当而得报。其得报乃三十三天。此天宫长十二由旬。表达感恩,分别与天宫及库玛拉笠波长老会面,从天宫下降,五足而立、敬礼合掌。该长老曰——
§1108
1108.
‘‘Yā devarājassa sabhā sudhammā, yatthacchati devasaṅgho samaggo;
『天王庭院正法大厅,即众天同集之所;
Tathūpamaṃ tuyhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati antalikkhe.
如塔楼般宏伟,此宫高悬于空中,辉煌显现。』
§1109
1109.
一一〇九。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo…pe…
『大威德者,伟大威严……』
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – gāthāhi paṭipucchi;
『汝之威仪普照诸方光明』——以偈颂问答之。
§1110
1110.
一一一〇。
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『是天子,是自身所尊者……此业之果报』。
§1111
1111.
一一一一。
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, rañño pāyāsissa ahosiṃ māṇavo;
我在人类之中,本具人类本性,是王帕耶萨的儿子;
Laddhā dhanaṃ saṃvibhāgaṃ akāsiṃ, piyā ca me sīlavanto ahesuṃ;
得财财富后予以分配,我的品行也为人所爱好;
Annañca pānañca pasannacitto, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
饮食心境和悦,适时施与广纳无边的布施。
§1112
1112.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
因此,如上所述的特质……同前……
Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
我的光辉普照四方。」——
So devaputto tassa imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi.
于是天子以这些偈语宣说。
§1108
1108. Tattha devarājassāti sakkassa. Sabhā sudhammāti evaṃnāmakaṃ santhāgāraṃ. Yatthāti yassaṃ sabhāyaṃ. Acchatīti nisīdati. Devasaṅghoti tāvatiṃsadevakāyo. Samaggoti sahito sannipatito.
1108。此处所谓天王者,即指萨咖天帝。所谓会堂,即指被称为如此之净法集会所。其意谓是哪个会所。坐下,谓入座。天众,谓三十二天众天。合一,谓同伴聚集成团。
§1111
1111.Pāyāsissaahosiṃ māṇavoti pāyāsirājaññassa kiccākiccakaro daharatāya māṇavo, nāmena pana uttaro nāma ahosiṃ. Saṃvibhāgaṃ akāsinti ahameva abhuñjitvā yathāladdhaṃ dhanaṃ dānamukhe pariccajanavasena saṃvibhajanaṃ akāsiṃ. Annañca pānañca pariccajantoti vacanaseso. Atha vā dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ. Kathaṃ? Sakkaccaṃ. Kīdisaṃ? Annañca pānañcāti yojetabbaṃ.
1111。谓我为乳糜王宫中的学童,为年轻乳糜王服务,不论差役杂工。名为北方者,我名为北方。我将所得分给他人,自己享用,依量将财物施舍于乞丐,为分配行施。食物与饮水,乃乞讨所得之言语末尾。又施舍广大,如何?确实如此。何故?食物与饮水应当供养。
(Uttara) pāyāsivimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · (伍德拉)巴亚西天宫义注已毕。
Iti paramatthadīpaniyā khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya vimānavatthusmiṃ · 如是胜义灯论小部注疏中天宫事
Dasavatthupaṭimaṇḍitassa chaṭṭhassa pāyāsivaggassa · 以十事庄严之第六巴亚西品
Atthavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
义释终结。
7. Sunikkhittavimānavaggo
7. 避世宫殿品
1. Cittalatāvimānavaṇṇanā1. 吉德拉德天宫义注
Yathāvanaṃ cittalataṃ pabhāsatīti cittalatāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññataro upāsako daliddo appabhogo paresaṃ kammaṃ katvā jīvati. So saddho pasanno jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mātāpitaro posento ‘‘itthiyo nāma patikule ṭhitā issariyaṃ karonti, sassusasurānaṃ manāpacāriniyo dullabhā’’ti mātāpitūnaṃ cittadukkhaṃ pariharanto dārapariggahaṃ akatvā sayameva ne upaṭṭhahati, sīlāni rakkhati, uposathaṃ upavasati , yathāvibhavaṃ dānāni deti. So aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu dvādasayojanike vimāne nibbatti. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno heṭṭhā vuttanayena gantvā katakammaṃ imāhi gāthāhi paṭipucchi –
如莲花初现般显现的心宫,即心之光明宫殿。此宫如何产生?世尊现住舍卫城祇树给孤独园。彼时舍卫城中有一位信心坚固且安详的在家居士,年迈双亲依靠他而活。他们忧愁称:“妇人们相互敌视嫉妒,作恶专横;父母心痛难忍,难以维系。”此信心居士关怀父母之心苦弃绝家产,卧于床上默默护持戒律,持守伍波萨他,按力行布施。他利用空闲时间在三十二天中住于十二由旬的宫殿。此时尊者大摩嘎剌那至其下方,凭先时所说,前往其处,用偈语加以问询—
§1114
1114.
一一一四。
‘‘Yathā vanaṃ cittalataṃ pabhāsati, uyyānaseṭṭhaṃ tidasānamuttamaṃ;
如同森林中枝叶繁茂,光辉显现;如同最高优美的花园,挺立耀眼;
Tathūpamaṃ tuyhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati antalikkhe.
我今称赞你的这座宝殿,如同其辉煌,屹立天空之中。
§1115
1115.
一一一五。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo…pe…
“你具足神力,威德广大……(省略)……
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
你的光彩遍布四方,普照一切。”
§1116
1116.
一一一六。
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『天子自受其报……至于此业之果报』。
§1117
1117.
一一一七。
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, daliddo atāṇo kapaṇo kammakaro ahosiṃ;
『我在人中,做人身者,本为薄弱、懈怠、狡诈之业行者;
Jiṇṇe ca mātāpitaro abhāriṃ, piyā ca me sīlavanto ahesuṃ;
双亲衰老,难以承担重任,然我慈爱且具有戒德;
Annañca pānañca pasannacitto, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
食饮安乐,心意清净,偶尔施予广大的布施。』
§1118
1118.
一一一八。
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
‘因此此处的颜色……及……颜色遍布四方闪耀’如是说。
Sopi tassa byākāsi. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
这段文也加以解释。其余部分仅是阐述。
Cittalatāvimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 吉德拉达天宫注释已毕。
2. Nandanavimānavaṇṇanā2. 难德那天宫注释
Yathāvanaṃ nandanaṃ pabhāsatīti nandanavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññataro upāsakotiādi sabbaṃ anantaravimānasadisaṃ. Ayaṃ pana dārapariggahaṃ katvā mātāpitaro posesīti ayameva viseso.
如同说‘花园闪耀’,指的是花园的殿堂。这个殿堂是如何产生的?世尊当时住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。于那时,舍卫城有一位特定的居士,其住宅整体类似于殿堂。这正是由于他们置办了梁柱及附属物而显出特殊之处,父母因此而喜悦。
§1120
1120.
一一二零。
Yathā vanaṃ nandanaṃ pabhāsati, uyyānaseṭṭhaṃ tidasānamuttamaṃ;
如同花园闪耀,是庭院中最好的座位;
Tathūpamaṃ tuyhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati antalikkhe.
尔时,有一幢阙鹫形宝殿现于天空之中,于虚空中光辉显现。
§1121
1121.
一一二一。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo…pe…vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatīti.
『天子大尊者啊,你得现神力……如是……你的色相普照四方光明灿烂。』
§1122
1122.
一一二二。
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『彼天子者,自身热勤……如是……其所造作之业所感得之果报。』
§1123
1123.
一一二三。
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, daliddo atāṇo kapaṇo kammakaro ahosiṃ;
「我在人类中是人类所成,就业已了断,行为狡诈,乃是行为的作作者;
Jiṇṇe ca mātāpitaro abhāriṃ, piyā ca me sīlavanto ahesuṃ;
年迈的父母没有负担,我亲爱的父母品行端正;
Annañca pānañca pasannacitto, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
饮食心情欢喜,有节制时,则施予广博的布施;
§1124
1124.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
因此如是的光明……如是……我的光明普遍照耀四方。」——
Gāthāhi byākāsi. Tattha gāthāsupi apubbaṃ natthi.
此以偈颂加以说明,其中偈颂并无先行文。
Nandanavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 难德那天宫注释已毕。
3. Maṇithūṇavimānavaṇṇanā3. 玛尼突那天宫注释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇaṃ vimānanti maṇithūṇavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena sambahulā therā bhikkhū araññāyatane viharanti. Tesaṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya gamanamagge eko upāsako visamaṃ samaṃ karoti, kaṇṭake nīharati, gacchagumbe apaneti, udakakāle mātikāsu setuṃ bandhati, vivanaṭṭhānesu chāyārukkhe ropeti, jalāsayesu mattikaṃ uddharitvā te puthulagambhīre karoti, titthe sampādeti, yathāvibhavaṃ dānaṃ deti, sīlaṃ rakkhati. So aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbatti. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallānatthero upasaṅkamitvā imāhi gāthāhi paṭipucchi –
高耸的宝石塔楼,是由宝石构成的宫殿。这宝石塔楼的起源为何?世尊当时住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时许多长老比库住于森林隐处。他们的村落在行乞的路径上。有一位居士在此调匀梯级,清理荆棘,修建道路,筑造水渠上之泥桥,种植凉荫树于休憩场所,提取泥土整修水池,使其深广,修成码头,按照应有的仪式布施,并且守护戒律。此人在盈满之时,度过了十二由旬长的黄金宫殿。大长老摩诃摩嘎剌那前来就近,问以如下偈颂:
§1126
1126.
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ, samantato dvādasa yojanāni;
『高耸的宝石塔楼,周围长十二由旬;
Kūṭāgārā sattasatā uḷārā, veḷuriyathambhā rucakatthatā subhā.
屋舍千座,楼阁壮丽,彩柱华丽,美观雅致。』
§1127
1127.
‘‘Tatthacchasi pivasi khādasi ca, dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ;
『在那里你饮食享用,天籁般的琴声奏响歌唱;」
Dibbā rasā kāmaguṇettha pañca, nāriyo ca naccanti suvaṇṇacchannā.
天上甘露的味道属于欲乐之性,其中有五种。女子们跳舞时身披金色衣饰。
§1128
1128.
一一二八。
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo…pe…vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『这般色彩是如何而生……诸色遍处皆光明』。
Sopi tassa gāthāhi byākāsi –
这一段亦以颂句加以说明——
§1130
1130.
一三三零。
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『彼为天子,自尊自安……此业所致之果报』。
§1131
1131.
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, vivane pathe saṅkamanaṃ akāsiṃ;
我在人中成为人,选择了安静隐蔽之道而行;
Ārāmarukkhāni ca ropayissaṃ, piyā ca me sīlavanto ahesuṃ;
栽种僧院旁的树木,且因我而生起憨敬的品行者;
Annañca pānañca pasannacitto, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
饮食心意清净,有节制,偶尔广为布施施予。
§1132
1132.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo…pe…vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
因此,诸如此类的光辉……光辉普照我四方。」
§1131
1131. Tattha vivaneti araññe. Ārāmarukkhāni cā ārāmabhūte rukkhe, ārāmaṃ katvā tattha rukkhe ropesinti attho. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ vuttanayameva.
1131.彼处称为森林之中。所谓树林,即构成寺院的树木;以成寺院之地,种植树木,目的是如此。其余一切,皆依此而说。
Maṇithūṇavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 玛尼突那天宫注释已毕。
4. Suvaṇṇavimānavaṇṇanā4. 苏瓦纳天宫注释
Sovaṇṇamayepabbatasminti suvaṇṇavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā andhakavinde viharati. Tena samayena aññataro upāsako saddho pasanno vibhavasampanno tassa gāmassa avidūre aññatarasmiṃ muṇḍakapabbate sabbākārasampannaṃ bhagavato vasanānucchavikaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ kāretvā tattha bhagavantaṃ vasāpento sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahi, sayañca niccasīle patiṭṭhito suvisuddhasīlasaṃvaro hutvā kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbatti. Tassa kammānubhāvasaṃsūcakaṃ nānāratanaraṃsijālasamujjalaṃ vicittavedikāparikkhittaṃ vividhavipulālaṅkāropasobhitaṃ suvibhattabhittitthambhasopānaṃ ārāmaramaṇīyakaṃ kañcanapabbatamuddhani vimānaṃ uppajji. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno devacārikaṃ caranto disvā imāhi gāthāhi paṭipucchi –
所谓金光山峰,即金色宝殿。其起因为何?当时世尊住于盲目天中。彼时一位居士,信心欢喜且财富充足,于离村不远的某金刚山上,构造一座具备完备形饰的、为世尊所居留的香阁凉亭,谨慎侍奉,常卧于其中,坚持常行戒律以清净戒行,守护得善,度过时日后往生于忉利天。因其业果显现,光耀万宝如丝网般密布,清净纯洁地围绕;装饰多样且宏广大方,珍贵柱基坚固,阶梯盘旋,寺院美观,屹立于金山之巅,宝殿显现。长老大摩嘎剌那,游天观察,见此而问诵此偈:
§1134
1134.
‘‘Sovaṇṇamaye pabbatasmiṃ, vimānaṃ sabbatopabhaṃ;
“于金光宝山,宝殿遍布一切;
Hemajālapaṭicchannaṃ, kiṅkiṇijālakappitaṃ.
镶以金丝网饰,挂满铃铛织网。”
§1135
1135.
‘‘Aṭṭhaṃsā sukatā thambhā, sabbe veḷuriyāmayā;
「八部分构成的坚固柱石,全部由竹制成;
Ekamekāya aṃsiyā, ratanā satta nimmitā.
每一部分均为单独的节段,镶嵌七种宝石作为装饰。
§1136
1136.
‘‘Veḷūriyasuvaṇṇassa, phalikā rūpiyassa ca;
「由丝竹和黄金制成的柱子,以及银质的枝条;
Masāragallamuttāhi, lohitaṅgamaṇīhi ca.
饰以腌制芒果叶和红玉宝石等装饰物。
§1137
1137.
‘‘Citrā manoramā bhūmi, na tatthuddhaṃsatī rajo;
『绮丽而悦目之地』者,此地不生污秽也,
Gopānasīgaṇā pītā, kūṭaṃ dārenti nimmitā.
『有诸守门之众』,乃被饮醉者,以彼形象而建造宝塔。
§1138
1138.
一一三八。
‘‘Sopānāni ca cattāri, nimmitā caturo disā;
『阶梯有四』,四方所显之形;
Nānāratanagabbhehi, ādiccova virocati.
乃自诸异宝所成,宛若燃烧初火而放光辉。
§1139
1139.
一一三九。
‘‘Vediyā catasso tattha, vibhattā bhāgaso mitā;
『受』为四种,在此被分为界限分段及量度;
Daddallamānā ābhanti, samantā caturo disā.
激烈燃烧,四方普遍发光;
§1140
1140.
‘‘Tasmiṃ vimāne pavare, devaputto mahappabho;
在此宫殿高处,有一位天子,光明辉耀;
Atirocasi vaṇṇena, udayantova bhāṇumā.
其颜色甚明亮,宛如晨光初现;
§1141
1141.
‘‘Dānassa te idaṃ phalaṃ, atho sīlassa vā pana;
『布施的果报,是这个吗?还是戒律的呢?』或者『那礼敬的行为呢?请指教我。』
Atho añjalikammassa, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito’’ti.
'如是问者言。'
Sopissa imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi –
世尊用这几句偈颂作答:
§1142
1142. ‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe… yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
第1142偈:『此天子自高自大……其所作业的果报,乃是此。』
§1143
1143.
‘‘Ahaṃ andhakavindasmiṃ, buddhassādiccabandhuno;
『我曾在盲目愚痴之中,是佛陀的最初依止。』
Vihāraṃ satthu kāresiṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.
为世尊搭建住处,手中欢喜用舍利净物供养。
§1144
1144.
‘‘Tattha gandhañca mālañca, paccayañca vilepanaṃ;
在那里以香气与花环,以及依怙之涂饰,
Vihāraṃ satthu adāsiṃ, vippasannena cetasā;
我为世尊建立住所,心意清净欢喜;
Tena mayhaṃ idaṃ laddhaṃ, vasaṃ vattemi nandane.
因此我得此喜乐的居所,称为园苑。
§1145
1145.
‘‘Nandane ca vane ramme, nānādijagaṇāyute;
「于园林之中,幽林之处,无量种类成群结队;
Ramāmi naccagītehi, accharāhi purakkhato’’ti.
我凭借歌舞舞蹈,领先而欢欣娱乐。」
§1134
1134. Tattha sabbatopabhanti sabbabhāgehi pabhāsantaṃ pabhāmuñcanakaṃ. Kiṅkiṇijālakappitanti kappitakiṅkiṇikajālaṃ.
1134. 此处所说的是一切部分皆充盈光明,散发明亮的光辉。其中提到「kiṅkiṇijālakappita」者,是指由铃铛网所编织的铃铛网状物。
§1135
1135.Sabbe veḷuriyāmayāti sabbe thambhā veḷuriyamaṇimayā. Tattha pana ekamekāya aṃsiyāti aṭṭhaṃsesu thambhesu ekamekasmiṃ aṃsabhāge. Ratanā satta nimmitāti sattaratanakammanimmitā, ekeko aṃso sattaratanamayoti attho.
1135.『皆由琉璃所成』者,谓一切柱皆由琉璃宝石所造。其中,『每一角隅』者,谓于八角之柱,每一角隅之处。『由七宝所造』者,谓以七宝之工艺所造,即每一角隅皆由七宝所成之义。
§1136
1136.‘‘Veḷūriyasuvaṇṇassā’’tiādinā nānāratanāni dasseti. Tattha veḷūriyasuvaṇṇassāti veḷuriyena ca suvaṇṇena ca nimmitā, citrāti vā yojanā. Karaṇatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Phalikā rūpiyassa cāti etthāpi eseva nayo. Masāragallamuttāhīti kabaramaṇīhi. Lohitaṅgamaṇīhi cāti rattamaṇīhi.
1136.以『琉璃与黄金』等语,示现种种宝物。其中,『琉璃与黄金』者,谓以琉璃及黄金所造,或可解作『杂彩』之义;此乃以具格之义而用属格语,『水晶与白银』处亦同此解法。『玛沙拉嘎喇与珍珠』者,谓以杂色宝石。『赤珠宝石』者,谓以红色宝石。
§1137
1137.Na tatthuddhaṃsatī rajoti maṇimayabhūmikattā na tasmiṃ vimāne rajo uggacchati. Gopānasīgaṇāti gopānasīsamūhā. Pītāti pītavaṇṇā, suvaṇṇamayā ceva phussarāgādimaṇimayā cāti attho. Kūṭaṃ dhārentīti sattaratanamayaṃ kaṇṇikaṃ dhārenti.
1137.『彼处尘埃不扬起』者,因地面乃宝石所铺,故于该天宫中尘埃不得升起。『椽木之群』者,谓椽木之聚集。『黄色者』者,谓黄色,即黄金所造,兼有托帕石等宝石所造之义。『托持顶部』者,谓托持以七宝所造之藻井华盖。
§1138-9
1138-9.Nānāratanagabbhehīti nānāratanamayehi ovarakehi. Vediyāti vedikā. Catassoti catūsu disāsu catasso. Tenāha ‘‘samantā caturo disā’’ti.
众宝之母者,由多种宝物构成的宝藏之所为母也。『Vediyā』指坛城或佛坛。『Catasso』者,四方也,谓四维空间。故此处云『四方遍及』。
§1140
1140.Mahappabhoti mahājutiko. Udayantoti uggacchanto. Bhāṇumāti ādicco.
1140.『大光耀』者,谓光明广大。『正升起』者,谓正在升起。『具光者』者,谓太阳。
§1143
1143.Sehi pāṇibhīti kāyasāraṃ puññaṃ pasavanto attano pāṇīhi taṃ taṃ kiccaṃ karonto vihāraṃ satthu kāresinti yojanā. Atha vā sehi pāṇibhīti tattha andhakavindasmiṃ gandhañca mālañca paccayañca vilepanañca pūjāvasena. Yathā kathaṃ? Vihārañca vippasannena cetasā satthuno adāsiṃ pūjesiṃ niyyādesiṃ cāti evamettha yojanā veditabbā.
此处『Sehi pāṇibhīti』者,谓以手加持。谓以身手庄严,行善事,终日如执法者般修行。其所居安置之处,谓为寺院、道场。『Yojanā』指距离单位。或谓以手摩擦之法,诣昏暗之地、瓶罐之处,施以香华、涂抹、供养庄严。如何为之?乃心静寂者,于佛处安住,供献礼拜,布施护念。此义合于『Yojanā』应当了解。
§1144
1144.Tenāti tena yathāvuttena puññakammena kāraṇabhūtena. Mayhanti mayā. Idanti idaṃ puññaphalaṃ, idaṃ vā dibbaṃ ādhipateyyaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘vasaṃ vattemī’’ti.
『Tena』者,谓凭借如前所说之善业因缘。『Mayhanti』为我等所获。『Idaṃ』者,此即福德果报,此亦天界主管。由此故语『愿我得长住此间』。
§1145
1145.Nandaneti nandiyā dibbasamiddhiyā uppajjanaṭṭhāne imasmiṃ devaloke, tatthāpi visesato nandane vane ramme, evaṃ ramaṇīye imasmiṃ nandane vane ramāmīti yojanā. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
『Nandana』者,悦乐之所也,谓天人安乐生起之地,即天界兴盛乐园。于此天界,尤以名『Nandana森』为甚美。又名『Rama』,即游乐居所,谓此处一切皆悦目荣华。
Evaṃ devatāya attano puññakamme āvikate thero saparivārassa tassa devaputtassa dhammaṃ desetvā bhagavato tamatthaṃ nivedesi. Bhagavā taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattaparisāya dhammaṃ desesi. Sā desanā mahājanassa sātthikā ahosīti.
长老乃天子之子,启示自己善业所感天缘,向世尊说明其意境。世尊于此八胜处地,证实其功德缘分,向众大德宣说法义。此宣说广为大众所依,诚如实义。
Suvaṇṇavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 金宫解释已毕。
5. Ambavimānavaṇṇanā5. 芒果宫解释
Uccamidaṃmaṇithūṇanti ambavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena rājagahe aññataro duggatapuriso paresaṃ bhattavetanabhato hutvā ambavanaṃ rakkhati. So ekadivasaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ gimhasamaye sūriyātapasantatte uṇhavālikānippīḷite vipphandamānamarīcijālavitthate bhūmippadese tassa ambārāmassa avidūrena maggena sedāgatena gattena gacchantaṃ disvā sañjātagāravabahumāno upasaṅkamitvā evamāha ‘‘mahā ayaṃ, bhante, ghammapariḷāho, ativiya parissantarūpo viya dissati, sādhu, bhante, ayyo imaṃ ambārāmaṃ pavisitvā muhuttaṃ vissamitvā addhānaparissamaṃ paṭivinodetvā gacchatha anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Thero visesato tassa cittappasādaṃ paribrūhetukāmo taṃ ārāmaṃ pavisitvā aññatarassa ambarukkhassa mūle nisīdi.
『高屋宝石三重楼阁』乃如天宫之广大华丽。此处起因为何?世尊当时住于王舍城的竹林精舍。其时,城中有一恶行人,因他人供养而受其保护,守护着此园林。某日,于狮子般炎热之中,阳光炽烈,饥渴难耐、衣衫透湿,且满地散布着未熟辣椒藤的叶子,他于园内不远处看到一条通向径路的路径,有人顺途而行,受高度敬重,怀着庄严恭敬心上前迎接,说:『尊者,这烈日炎炎,酷热难当,如同大火烧身,实难忍受。请您入此宝园,片刻稍作休息,缓和疲困,放松精神,再继续前行,务必体恤怜悯。』长老怀着特别尊敬,欣然领受心中欢喜,入内,于一株大树根下安坐。
Puna so puriso āha ‘‘sace, bhante, nhāyitukāmattha, ahaṃ ito kūpato udakaṃ uddharitvā tumhe nhāpessāmi, pānīyañca dassāmī’’ti. Theropi adhivāsesi tuṇhībhāvena. So kūpato udakaṃ uddharitvā parissāvetvā theraṃ nhāpesi, nhāpetvā ca hatthapāde dhovitvā nisinnassa pānīyaṃ upanesi. Thero pānīyaṃ pivitvā paṭippassaddhadaratho tassa purisassa udakadāne ceva nhāpane ca anumodanaṃ vatvā pakkāmi. Atha so puriso ‘‘ghammābhitattassa vata therassa ghammapariḷāhaṃ paṭippassambhesiṃ, bahuṃ vata mayā puññaṃ pasuta’’nti uḷārapītisomanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedesi. So aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu uppajji. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno upasaṅkamitvā imāhi gāthāhi katapuññaṃ pucchi.
之后那人说道:『尊者,如需沐浴,我可去井边取水来为您洗浴,并呈饮用水。』长老心境宁静而安然依止。此人取来井水,为长老沐浴,洗净双足,继而呈上饮用水。长老饮水,心静而安详,对护林人给予送水与洗浴之举表示赞叹认可,随后起身。那人自言:『长老因热病痛苦,此刻已渐渐安稳,实感因缘功德甚多。』言语中显露内心喜悦欢愉。稍后过了一段时间,病痛方渐渐生起。此时尊者大摩嘎剌那前来探视,并以以下偈语询问其功德缘由。
§1146
1146.
一千一百四十六。
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ, samantato dvādasa yojanāni;
『高宝石三重宫殿,周围有十二由旬;
Kūṭāgārā sattasatā uḷārā, veḷuriyathambhā rucakatthatā subhā.
亭阁七百华美壮丽,坚固挺立,光彩鲜明;
§1147
1147.
一千一百四十七。
‘‘Tatthacchasi pivasi khādasi ca, dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ;
「在此,你饮、食而受用,天乐声以琵琶等为伴奏,畅快欢唱;
Dibbā rasā kāmaguṇettha pañca, nāriyo ca naccanti suvaṇṇachannā.
天界诸味因欲乐而生,有五种感官之美,女子披金饰而共舞。」
§1148
1148.
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo…pe…
「此等色彩因何显现……(此处省略)……
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
其色彩普照四方。」
§1150
1150.
‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe…
『云何天子自作自受……』
Yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『以何业得此果报』。
§1151
1151.
‘‘Gimhānaṃ pacchime māse, patapante divaṅkare;
『在冬季的后半个月,日落于西方;
Paresaṃ bhatako poso, ambārāmamasiñcati.
他人田地的雏鸟,正饮食于果园之中。』
§1152
1152.
‘‘Atha tenāgamā bhikkhu, sāriputtoti vissuto;
于是,那位尊者,名为沙利弗的比库,被所称赞;
Kilantarūpo kāyena, akilantova cetasā.
身体如同毫无尘垢,心念亦如无挂碍一般纯净。
§1153
1153.
‘‘Tañca disvāna āyantaṃ, avocaṃ ambasiñcako;
见此情景,那盂师洒水者说道:
Sādhu taṃ bhante nhāpeyyaṃ, yaṃ mamassa sukhāvahaṃ.
善哉,尊者,应当为我沐浴,因其能令我安乐。
§1154
1154.
‘‘Tassa me anukampāya, nikkhipi pattacīvaraṃ;
『因着我对他的悲悯心,为他放置了一件袈裟衣服;
Nisīdi rukkhamūlasmiṃ, chāyāya ekacīvaro.
他便坐在树根之处,在阴凉下只身披着一件袈裟。』
§1155
1155.
‘‘Tañca acchena vārinā, pasannamānaso naro;
『那个心地清净、心境明朗的人,虽有阵阵雨水淋湿,
Nhāpayī rukkhamūlasmiṃ, chāyāya ekacīvaraṃ.
仍自净浴于树根下阴影,身披只一件袈裟。』
§1156
1156.
‘‘Ambo ca sitto samaṇo ca nhāpito,
「水与盐被取用,沙门被哄骗,
Mayā ca puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappakaṃ;
我所造之福德,纯净无暇;
Iti so pītiyā kāyaṃ, sabbaṃ pharati attano.
因此,身心充满喜乐,充盈自身一切。」
§1157
1157.
‘‘Tadeva ettakaṃ kammaṃ, akāsiṃ tāya jātiyā;
「正因为此,我完成了此量业,出离了此生,
Pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ, upapannomhi nandanaṃ.
舍弃了人身,转生为天界欢喜之所。」
§1158
1158.
一千一百五十八。
‘‘Nandane ca vane ramme, nānādijagaṇāyute;
『我在花园幽林之中,众多各种树木成群成队;
Ramāmi naccagītehi, accharāhi purakkhato’’ti. –
我欣赏着女士们的歌舞,从前方进入。』
Sopi tassa imāhi gāthāhi byākāsi.
这首诗也由他用此言辞表达说明。
§1151
1151. Tattha gimhānaṃ pacchime māseti āsāḷhimāse. Patapanteti ativiya dippante, sabbaso uṇhaṃ vissajjenteti attho. Divaṅkareti divākare, ayameva vā pāṭho. Asiñcatīti siñcati, -kāro nipātamattaṃ, siñcati ambarukkhamūlesu dhuvaṃ jalasekaṃ karotīti attho. ‘‘Asiñcathā’’ti ca pāṭho, siñcitthāti attho. ‘‘Asiñcaha’’nti ca paṭhanti, paresaṃ bhatako poso hutvā tadā ambārāmaṃ asiñciṃ ahanti attho.
一千一百五十一。在此,谓谷中晚种的稻作时节是阿索利月(即七月)。“稻叶下垂”意指田间稻叶过于显著地向下垂落,整体散发着一种枯热之象。‘日照时刻’即白昼时分,亦可称为白日。这句‘浇水’是‘浇’字的词根单纯用法,意谓反复地在水源处为树根浇灌水分,确保持续地漏水、滋润根部。词义亦有‘应当这样浇’的释义;另有人诵读为‘应当浇灌’,或‘他们成为主人的仆役后,当时在果园里浇灌植株’之意。
§1152
1152.Tenāti yena disābhāgena so ambārāmo, tena agamā agañchi. Akilantova cetasāti cetodukkhassa maggeneva pahīnattā cetasā akilantopi samāno kilanturūpo kāyena tena maggena agamāti yojanā.
一千一百五十二。‘tena’指以那个方向分界线即该果园,借以界定归属地界。‘akilantova cetasāti’意指如同心灵的苦难路径,心灵因苦已消瘦而虚弱,但即使如此,身体仍如行者般行走,因这条道路而前往该地,且距为约十余由旬。
§1153-4
1153-4.Avocaṃ ahaṃ tadā ambasiñcako hutvāti yojanā. Ekacīvaroti nhāyitukāmoti adhippāyo.
当时说:『我当时像洒水者一样,行走数十由旬。所谓单一袈裟,是为了沐浴之用』,这是意思所在。
§1156
1156.Itīti evaṃ ‘‘ambo ca sitto, samaṇo ca nhāpito, mayā ca puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappakaṃ, ekeneva payogena tividhopi attho sādhito’’ti iminākārena pavattāya pītiyā so puriso attano sabbaṃ kāyaṃ pharati, nirantaraṃ phuṭaṃ karotīti yojanā. Atītatthe cetaṃ vattamānavacanaṃ, pharīti attho.
因此说:『水已凉,沙门已浴,我已种下无暇善根,单次修行已成三重效用』。以此故此,他心生喜悦,将全身均匀涂抹,不断反复涂擦,这是比喻说法。虽说是过去事,此言犹在当下,喻示涂擦之意。
§1157
1157.Tadeva ettakaṃ kammanti taṃ ettakaṃ evaṃ pānīyadānamattakaṃ kammaṃ akāsiṃ, tāya tassaṃ jātiyaṃ aññaṃ nānussarāmīti adhippāyo. Tesaṃ vuttanayameva.
这正说明果报因果:我曾作累积此量的善业,福报如是,如今此生不复他受。此为其义理所在。仅此为记。
Ambavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 芒果宫解释已毕。
6. Gopālavimānavaṇṇanā6. 牧牛者宫解释
Disvānadevaṃ paṭipucchi bhikkhūti gopālavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Tena samayena rājagahavāsī aññataro gopālako pātarāsatthāya pilotikāya puṭabaddhaṃ kummāsaṃ gahetvā nagarato nikkhamitvā gāvīnaṃ caraṇaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ gocarabhūmiṃ sampāpuṇi. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno ‘‘ayaṃ idāneva kālaṃ karissati, mayhañca kummāsaṃ datvā tāvatiṃsesu uppajjissatī’’ti ca ñatvā tassa samīpaṃ agamāsi. So velaṃ oloketvā therassa kummāsaṃ dātukāmo ahosi. Tena ca samayena gāviyo māsakkhettaṃ pavisanti. Atha so gopālo cintesi ‘‘kiṃ nu kho therassa kummāsaṃ dadeyyaṃ, udāhu gāviyo māsakkhettato nīhareyya’’nti. Athassa etadahosi ‘‘māsasāmikā maṃ yaṃ icchanti, taṃ karontu, there pana gate kummāsadānantarāyo me siyā, handāhaṃ paṭhamaṃ ayyassa kummāsaṃ dassāmī’’ti taṃ therassa upanesi. Paṭiggahesi thero anukampaṃ upādāya.
看到此情形,众比库便问:『此乃何因起?』答曰:世尊住于王舍城附近的竹林精舍。彼时,一位城中牧牛人,为了牧牛备了草席,将席卷起,用绳子缠绑后,离开城外,来到牛群行走的草场地带。长老大摩诃迦蓝知悉此事,心想:『此刻正是时机,我若予以草席,必将在三十夜间产生福报』,遂走近牧牛人。长老观看后,愿意施与草席。此时牛群正在进入麦田。此牧牛人思虑:『是否应给予长老我的草席,免得牛群毁坏麦田呢?』遂对长老说:『农户们如愿,我任其为之;但愿您前往先验草席。』长老接受其慈悲心施。
Atha naṃ gāviyo nivattetuṃ parissayaṃ anoloketvā vegena upadhāvantaṃ pādena phuṭṭho āsīviso ḍaṃsi. Theropi taṃ anukampamāno taṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjituṃ ārabhi. Gopālakopi gāviyo nivattetvā āgato theraṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjantaṃ disvā pasannacitto uḷāraṃ pītisomanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedento nisīdi. Tāvadevassa sakalasarīraṃ visaṃ ajjhotthari. Muhuttameva vege muddhapatte kālamakāsi, kālakato ca tāvatiṃsesu dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbatti. Taṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno disvā imāhi gāthāhi paṭipucchi –
此后,牧牛人观察牛群尚未回转,心生忧虑,疾行而前,足被牧草刺伤,流血溅落。长老因慈心起,开始用草席防护。牧牛人及众牛见长老回来,正用草席护持,心悦诚服,喜乐清净而感恩,安坐。随即长老全身毒刺尽除。瞬间,高速飞起佛光,形成十二由旬黄金檐天。长老摩诃迦蓝见此,吟诵此偈,问说:
§1159
1159.
‘‘Disvāna devaṃ paṭipucchi bhikkhu, ucce vimānamhi ciraṭṭhitike;
「天人见状,询问比库:‘你久居在高空宫殿中;
Āmuttahatthābharaṇaṃ yasassiṃ, dibbe vimānamhi yathāpi candimā.
手戴名贵装饰品,光辉照耀,如同天宫里明亮的月光。』
§1160
1160.
‘‘Alaṅkato malyadharo suvattho, sukuṇḍalī kappitakesamassu;
「佩戴华丽饰物,项缀鲜花美丽芬芳,耳戴圆环,束发整齐;
Āmuttahatthābharaṇo yasassī, dibbe vimānamhi yathāpi candimā.
手上的珍贵饰品,光耀璀璨,如同天宫中皎洁的月光。』
§1161
1161.
‘‘Dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ; Aṭṭhaṭṭhakā sikkhitā sādhurūpā;
『天神之琴』善妙演奏音律,以八度训练,音色庄严美妙;
Dibbā ca kaññā tidasacarā uḷārā, naccanti gāyanti pamodayanti.
天神之女,踏步轻盈,歌舞欢悦,乐音欢畅悦人。
§1162
1162.
序号一千一百六十二。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo…pe…
『具大神力者,圣德广大……诸句略……
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
其光彩照亮四方』云。
Sopi tassa byākāsi –
其人亦对此作了说明—
§1163
1163. ‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe…yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
1163. 彼天子心生欢喜……乃至……此即彼业之果报。
§1164
1164.
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūto, saṅgamma rakkhissaṃ paresaṃ dhenuyo;
『我于人中成为人形,结伴护持他人之牛;
Tato ca āgā samaṇo mamantike, gāvo ca māse agamaṃsu khādituṃ.
于是有一沙门来到我左右,牛群却数月未至以供食。
§1165
1165.
‘‘Dvayajja kiccaṃ ubhayañca kāriyaṃ, iccevahaṃ bhante tadā vicintayiṃ;
『两件事皆当完成,且须同时为之,尊者,当时我思惟此事;』
Tato ca saññaṃ paṭiladdha yoniso, ‘dadāmi bhante’ti khipiṃ anantakaṃ.
然后,具足正念的比库理智地觉悟:『我给予,尊者。』迅速而不间断地完成了此事。
§1166
1166.
一千一百六十六。
‘‘So māsakhettaṃ turito avāsariṃ, purā ayaṃ bhañjati yassidaṃ dhanaṃ;
『那人从这片麦田迅速且急切地跑开,早已摧毁了属于他的财富;
Tato ca kaṇho urago mahāviso, aḍaṃsi pāde turitassa me sato.
接着,一条乌黑的大毒蛇出现,迅疾地咬住那跑者的脚,我保持警觉。
§1167
1167.
一千一百六十七。
‘‘Svāhaṃ aṭṭomhi dukkhena pīḷito, bhikkhu ca taṃ sāmaṃ muñcitvānantakaṃ;
我自身正受痛苦折磨,受苦难折磨,而比库则平和地放下了这无尽的痛苦。
Ahāsi kummāsaṃ mamānukampayā, tato cuto kālakatomhi devatā.
由于对我生起怜愍之心,因而在此劫末时有天人出现。
§1168
1168.
一千一百六十八。
‘‘Tadeva kammaṃ kusalaṃ kataṃ mayā, sukhañca kammaṃ anubhomi attanā;
『那正是我所造作的善业,自己享受着此安乐之业;
Tayā hi bhante anukampito bhusaṃ, kataññutāya abhivādayāmi taṃ.
尊者,正因他被怜悯,故我以感恩心而致敬礼他。』
§1169
1169.
一千一百六十九。
‘‘Sadevake loke samārake ca, añño muni natthi tayānukampako;
『在诸天及世人之间,没有别的比库贤者能如他一般生起怜愍之心;
Tayā hi bhante anukampito bhusaṃ, kataññutāya abhivādayāmi taṃ.
『世尊』者,我因其慈悲,怀有感恩之心,向彼敬礼。
§1170
1170.
一千一百七十。
‘‘Imasmiṃ loke parasmiṃ vā pana, añño munī natthi tayānukampako;
在此世或彼世中,无有他山之石可比其慈悲贤圣者;
Tayā hi bhante anukampito bhusaṃ, kataññutāya abhivādayāmi ta’’nti.
『世尊』者,我因其慈悲,怀有感恩之心,向彼敬礼。」
Athāyasmā mahāmoggallāno attanā ca devatāya ca kathitaniyāmeneva taṃ bhagavato ārocesi. Satthā tamatthaṃ paccanubhāsitvā taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattaparisāya dhammaṃ desetuṃ ‘‘disvāna devaṃ paṭipucchi bhikkhū’’tiādimāha.
于是尊者大摩嘎剌那亲自以天人所授之教法,向世尊说明此义;世尊依其意,以八品成立,集诸众欢喜,宣说法义曰:“天人见后便问比库”等语。
§1159
1159. Tattha devanti gopāladevaputtaṃ. Bhikkhūti āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ sandhāya satthā vadati. So hi sabbaso bhinnakilesatāya bhikkhu. Vimānassa bahukālāvaṭṭhāyitāya kappaṭṭhitikatāya eva vā ‘‘ciraṭṭhitike’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘ciraṭṭhitika’’ntipi keci paṭhanti. Tañhi ‘‘deva’’nti iminā sambandhitabbaṃ. Sopi hi saṭṭhisatasahassādhikā tisso vassakoṭiyo tattha avaṭṭhānato ‘‘ciraṭṭhitike’’ti vattabbataṃ labhati. Yathāpi candimāti yathā candimā devaputto kantasītalamanoharakiraṇajālasamujjale attano dibbe vimānamhi virocati, evaṃ virocamānanti vacanasesā.
一千一百五十九。其中文义:天者指牧牛天子。世尊谓尊者大摩嘎剌那为比库,称之为具德比库。此比库已彻底断除一切烦恼。飞天居处已久,业内云曰“久居处”,亦有云“久久居处”。谓其乃三百数千亿劫久住之地。犹如月亮天子,以其清凉宜人美丽光辉,映照其妙天宫,天子亦复如是,名为“美丽明耀”。其他诸说,皆属此意涵义。
§1160
1160.Alaṅkatotiādi tassa devaputtassa therena pucchitākāradassanaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttatthameva.
1160.“装饰”等语,是该天子长老所问的形态显现,以下所说的义理即是其所指。
§1164
1164.Saṅgammāti saṅgametvā, saṅgammāti vā saṅgahetvā. Hetvatthopi hi idha antonīto, bahū ekato hutvāti attho. Āgāti āgañchi. Māseti māsasassāni.
1164.“会合”是指会合、结合,亦有“结合”之意。且因本处语义内涵丰富,表示多种义理归为一处。所谓“来”即“到来”,“月”则是“月份”。
§1165
1165.Dvayajjāti dvayaṃ ajja etarahi kiccaṃ kātabbaṃ. Ubhayañca kāriyanti vuttassevatthassa pariyāyavacanaṃ. Saññanti dhammasaññaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘yoniso’’ti paṭiladdhāti paṭilabhitvā. Khipinti paniggāhāpanavasena hatthe khipiṃ. Anantakanti nantakaṃ kummāsaṃ pakkhipitvā bandhitvā ṭhapitaṃ pilotikaṃ. A-kāro cettha nipātamattaṃ.
1165.“双”意指两者,“今天”表示当前,另有所为。两者皆为所应作业者,系该处释义的换言之说。“显现”指现象的显现。故所谓“贤明的”即获得理解之意。快速投掷物品入手中称为“掷投”。“无限”的反义是“消尽”,意指将幼犬投入并束缚、安置拘禁处的动作。此处仅为字词的简单位置,未形成完整句意。
§1166
1166.Soti so ahaṃ. Turitoti turito sambhamanto. Avāsarinti upagacchi, pāvisiṃ vā. Purā ayaṃ bhañjati yassidaṃ dhananti yassa khettasāmikassa idaṃ māsasassaṃ dhanaṃ, taṃ ayaṃ gogaṇo bhañjati purā tassa bhañjanato, āmaddanato puretaramevāti attho. Tatoti tattha. Turitassa me satoti sambhamantassa me samānassa, sahasā gamanena magge kaṇhasappaṃ anoloketvā gatassāti adhippāyo.
1166.“我是”即是“我”,“迅速”的含义是“迅捷、迅猛”。“进入”含有“到达、归入”之义。过去此语指那个财富,这个土地所有者之财富,即月数的财富,是“占据”的意思,即先前此地所占的含义。余下“那里”“快速的,归于我的”,指迅速往道上行不回头者,乃是意图、企图的含义。
§1167
1167.Aṭṭomhi dukkhena pīḷitoti tena āsīvisaḍaṃsanena aṭṭo aṭṭito upadduto maraṇadukkhena bādhito bhavāmi. Ahāsīti ajjhohari, paribhuñjīti attho. Tato cuto kālakatomhi devatāti tato manussattabhāvato cuto maraṇakālappattiyā, tattha vā āyusaṅkhārassa khepanasaṅkhātassa kālassa katattā kālakato, tadanantarameva ca amhi devatā devattabhāvappattiyā devatā homīti attho.
1167.“我因痛苦所苦”指被痛苦折磨,意为因八苦及恶业受到折磨而苦难。所谓“今日行使”,意指运用、玩赏之意。之后“死亡”者,指由于死亡的到来而脱离为人身,意即生命的终结。此处时间专指寿命消逝的期间,除去生命后立刻转入天道、成为天者的义理。
§1169
1169.Tayāti tayā sadiso añño muni moneyyaguṇayutto isi natthi. Tayāti vā nissakke idaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
1169.“等于”即“等同”,指没有比此更贤明的圣者及具智慧的圣人。“等于”又有作为原因语的用法,属该处的释义内容。
Gopālavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 牧牛者宫解释已毕。
7. Kaṇḍakavimānavaṇṇanā7. 刺宫解释
Puṇṇamāseyathā candoti kaṇḍakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena ca samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva devacārikaṃ caranto tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gato. Tasmiṃ khaṇe kaṇḍako devaputto sakabhavanato nikkhamitvā dibbayānaṃ abhiruhitvā mahantena parivārena mahatiyā deviddhiyā uyyānaṃ gacchanto āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ disvā sañjātagāravabahumāno sahasā yānato oruyha theraṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā sirasmiṃ añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ thero –
如满月者谓之坎荼迦天宫。此名缘何而生?世尊当时住于沙瓦提城揭德林中。彼时长老大摩嘎剌那如法而行,自下方出行,往他天宫索迦天宫去。在彼时刻,坎荼迦天出生于萨咖宫,自天上众乘坐飞升法,乘大车辇以大庄严,径向大庭苑行来。见长老大摩嘎剌那,生起敬意怀抱重敬,忽然疾驰来迎,五体投地而拜,首顶合掌立于前。及此乃长老曰——
§1171
1171.
‘‘Puṇṇamāse yathā cando, nakkhattaparivārito;
『如满月之时,星辰环绕其周;
Samantā anupariyāti, tārakādhipatī sasī.
四方徐徐旋转,恒星之主月与光辉并存。』
§1172
1172.
‘‘Tathūpamaṃ idaṃ byamhaṃ, dibbaṃ devapuramhi ca;
『此天宫犹如此月光,于天界神宫中显现;
Atirocati vaṇṇena, udayantova raṃsimā.
其色泽过于鲜明,宛如东方初升的红光。
§1173
1173.
一千一百七十三。
‘‘Veḷūriyasuvaṇṇassa, phalikā rūpiyassa ca;
『布卢利金』与『银壳』之相。
Masāragallamuttāhi, lohitaṅgamaṇīhi ca.
以『蜂蜡』般的光泽起始,夹杂『红色深珠』。
§1174
1174.
一千一百七十四。
‘‘Citrā manoramā bhūmi, veḷūriyassa santhatā;
『彩绘靓丽』之地,遍布『布卢利』色彩。
Kūṭāgārā subhā rammā, pāsādo te sumāpito.
精舍俊美为庄严,寺院宏伟而整洁。
§1175
1175.
一千一百七十五。
‘‘Rammā ca te pokkharaṇī, puthulomanisevitā;
池水清澈而美丽,水面洁净如镜;
Acchodakā vippasannā, soṇṇavālukasanthatā.
无杂波清透明净,池底铺满金色细沙。
§1176
1176.
一千一百七十六。
‘‘Nānāpadumasañchannā, puṇḍarīkasamotatā;
遍植各色莲花,莲叶浮动于池面。
Surabhiṃ sampavāyanti, manuññā mātuteritā.
『他们散发芬芳,像母亲的亲人一样温柔。』
§1177
1177.
‘‘Tassā te ubhato passe, vanagumbā sumāpitā;
『你从两边看去,树林茂密、香气盎然;』
Upetā puppharukkhehi, phalarukkhehi cūbhayaṃ.
『遍布有花树和结果树,两者皆具。』
§1178
1178.
‘‘Sovaṇṇapāde pallaṅke, muduke gonakatthate;
『在黄金足床上,轻柔而适合牛卧。』
Nisinnaṃ devarājaṃva, upatiṭṭhanti accharā.
坐卧如同天王,鲜明端立犹如天神。
§1179
1179.
一千一百七十九。
‘‘Sabbābharaṇasañchannā , nānāmālāvibhūsitā;
身披满饰宝装,佩戴种种花环;
Ramenti taṃ mahiddhikaṃ, vasavattīva modasi.
欢欣于伟大尊贵,如同威神欢乐无量。
§1180
1180.
一千一百八十。
‘‘Bherisaṅkhamudiṅgāhi, vīṇāhi paṇavehi ca;
用长镰护持,以香炉供焚;并以琴瑟笙篪等乐器相伴。
Ramasi ratisampanno, naccagīte suvādite.
你欢喜、充满爱欲,在舞蹈歌唱中悦耳动听。
§1181
1181.
‘‘Dibbā te vividhā rūpā, dibbā saddā atho rasā;
“你有各种神圣的形貌,神圣的声音和美妙的味觉;
Gandhā ca te adhippetā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā.
香气也归你主宰,触觉亦令人悦心。
§1182
1182.
‘‘Tasmiṃ vimāne pavare, devaputta mahappabho;
“在这高空飞翔的宫殿中,有神子大光明者;
Atirocasi vaṇṇena, udayantova bhāṇumā.
你颜色鲜明,光彩夺目,如同旭日东升。
§1183
1183.
一一八三。
‘‘Dānassa te idaṃ phalaṃ, atho sīlassa vā pana;
『这果实是施舍的,或者是持戒的;
Atho añjalikammassa, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito’’ti. –
或者是礼敬的功德,请你告诉我,已经问过了。』——
Adhigatasampattikittanamukhena katakammaṃ pucchi.
这是以所得成就和称赞为由,询问所作功德。
§1184
1184.
一一八四。
‘‘So devaputto attamano, moggallānena pucchito;
『如此,天子自身,即被摩嘎剌那所问;』
Pañhaṃ puṭṭho viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
『被问之后,解释了此业的果报。』
§1185
1185.
一千一百八十五。
‘‘Ahaṃ kapilavatthusmiṃ, sākiyānaṃ puruttame;
『我在咖毕拉瓦图,是最尊贵的沙盖族人;』
Suddhodanassa puttassa, kaṇḍako sahajo ahaṃ.
『清净多陀那之子,天生的小王子就是我。』
§1186
1186.
一千一百八十六。
‘‘Yadā so aḍḍharattāyaṃ, bodhāya mabhinikkhami;
「当他于夜深时分,为觉悟之业入定;
So maṃ mudūhi pāṇīhi, jālitambanakhehi ca.
他以柔软的手,挟紧荆棘树枝为柄。」
§1187
1187.
‘‘Satthiṃ ākoṭayitvāna, vaha sammāti cabravi;
「断绝一切束缚,他安然自语称说;
‘Ahaṃ lokaṃ tārayissaṃ, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ’.
『我当救渡众生,已成最上正觉。』」
§1188
1188.
‘‘Taṃ me giraṃ suṇantassa, hāso me vipulo ahu;
『当我闻闻此语时,我的笑颜广展无边;』
Udaggacitto sumano, abhisīsiṃ tadā ahaṃ.
『我心意坚定欢喜,当时即对此感到欢悦。』
§1189
1189.
‘‘Abhirūḷhañca maṃ ñatvā, sakyaputtaṃ mahāyasaṃ;
『认识那已生起喜爱的人,尊贵的迦叶子弟;』
Udaggacitto mudito, vahissaṃ purisuttamaṃ.
『心意高昂欢喜,我将承持这至上之人。』
§1190
1190.
‘‘Paresaṃ vijitaṃ gantvā, uggatasmiṃ divākare;
「彼方已被征服,离去高扬之日;
Mamaṃ channañca ohāya, anapekkho so apakkami.
舍弃覆蔽我者,无所挂碍而前行。」
§1191
1191.
‘‘Tassa tambanakhe pāde, jivhāya parilehisaṃ;
「于足背上,舌头涂染;
Gacchantañca mahāvīraṃ, rudamāno udikkhisaṃ.
行走英雄,哭泣凝视。」
§1192
1192.
一一九二。
‘‘Adassanenahaṃ tassa, sakyaputtassa sirīmato;
『我未曾目睹过那位具光辉的释子,』
Alatthaṃ garukābādhaṃ, khippaṃ me maraṇaṃ ahu.
『我经历了痛苦的严重折磨,死亡很快临近于我。』
§1193
1193.
一一九三。
‘‘Tasseva ānubhāvena, vimānaṃ āvasāmidaṃ;
『正因其殊胜的加被,我得以居住在天宫,此处具备一切愿望功德,宛如诸天天帝之所。』
Sabbakāmaguṇopetaṃ, devo devapuramhiva.
『具备一切愿现之德,如同众天天帝至尊一般。』
§1194
1194.
一一九四。
‘‘Yañca me ahuvā hāso, saddaṃ sutvāna bodhiyā;
「我若闻得欢笑之声,觉悟者,
Teneva kusalamūlena, phusissaṃ āsavakkhayaṃ.
必因斯善根,触及烦恼断灭。」
§1195
1195.
一一九五。
‘‘Sace hi bhante gaccheyyāsi, satthu buddhassa santike;
「尊者,汝若前往,正觉世尊面前,
Mamāpi naṃ vacanena, sirasā vajjāsi vandanaṃ.
我亦当以言语以头颅,敬礼顶礼于彼。」
§1196
1196.
一一九六。
‘‘Ahampi daṭṭhuṃ gacchissaṃ, jinaṃ appaṭipuggalaṃ;
‘我亦将前往观看,那非凡出世者、胜者;
Dullabhaṃ dassanaṃ hoti, lokanāthāna tādina’’nti. –
观见者甚为稀有,堪称世尊诸王’──
Sopi attanā katakammaṃ kathesi. Ayañhi anantare attabhāve amhākaṃ bodhisattena sahajāto kaṇḍako assarājā ahosi. So abhinikkhamanasamaye abhiruḷho teneva rattāvasesena tīṇi rajjāni mahāpurisaṃ atikkamāpetvā anomānadītīraṃ sampāpesi. Atha so mahāsattena sūriye uggate ghaṭikāramahābrahmunā upanītāni pattacīvarāni gahetvā pabbajitvā channena saddhiṃ kapilavatthuṃ uddissa vissajjito. Sinehabhārikena hadayena mahāpurisassa pāde attano jivhāya lehitvā pasādasommāni akkhīni ummīletvā yāva dassanapathā olokento dassanūpacāraṃ pana atikkante lokanāthe ‘‘evaṃvidhaṃ nāma lokagganāyakaṃ mahāpurisaṃ ahaṃ vahiṃ, saphalaṃ vata me sarīraṃ ahosī’’ti pasannamānaso hutvā puna cirakālaṃ saṅgatassa pemassa vasena viyogadukkhaṃ asahanto bhāviniyā dibbasampattiyā vasena dhammatāya codiyamāno kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbatti. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘puṇṇamāse yathā cando…pe… ahaṃ kapilavatthusmi’’ntiādi.
他亦自行叙述此事。彼时我等身为未来觉者的同伴,刚出生为众生之子,名为阿莎罗阇。当他出家时,夜半时分,攀爬高处,跨越三条绳索,渡过阿难河岸。随后,怀抱宏伟决志,天刚破晓时分,携带供养袈裟,剃发出家,隐匿身份,同行遮蔽前往迦毗罗卫城。心怀慷慨,舌齿轻触圣人之足,瞪大慈目,巡视显现之地。虽未超过眼见思惟之功德,仍以礼敬护持世尊,念言:“此般伟大堪称世上瑞相,我命真得其利。”怀着欢喜心,久留聚集之地,忍受离别之苦,依靠天界福报修行,受教法鞭策。时至时节,往生于忉利天宫。关于此事,有言:“满月之夜,若月等……吾即迦毗罗卫城者。”诸如此类。
§1171
1171. Tattha puṇṇamāseti puṇṇamāsiyaṃ sukkapakkhe pannarasiyaṃ. Tārakādhipatīti tārakānaṃ adhipati. Sasīti sasalañchanavā. ‘‘Tārakādhipa dissatī’’ti keci paṭhanti, tesaṃ tārakādhipāti avibhattikaniddeso, tārakānaṃ adhipo hutvā dissati anupariyāti cāti yojanā kātabbā.
1171. 此处“满月”指满月之夜,于皓月清辉之中。十五日之意。“星辰之主”指诸星辰之主,“萨西”意为光明灿烂的轮辐。有人诵读“星辰之主显现”,这里“星辰之主”非分割意义,应理解为星辰众之主,意谓其为星辰之王,展现于天际,且以距离计量为单位。
§1172
1172.Dibbaṃ devapuramhi cāti devapurasmimpi dibbaṃ. Yathā manussānaṃ ṭhānato devapuraṃ uttamaṃ, evaṃ devapurato cāpi idaṃ tava vimānaṃ uttamanti dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘atirocati vaṇṇena, udayantova raṃsimā’’ti, uggacchanto sūriyo viyāti attho.
1172. “天宫之天”即天上之宫阙。正如人间诸地中最高之处为天城,同样,天宫中亦有最高之宫,此即尔所见的宝殿。故称“以华彩辉映,如初升之日光”,体现太阳升起辐射明丽的光辉。
§1173
1173.Veḷūriyasuvaṇṇassāti veḷuriyena suvaṇṇena ca idaṃ byamhaṃ nimmitanti vacanasesena yojanā. Phalikāti phalikamaṇinā.
1173. “金制蓝宝石”意指由蓝宝石与黄金所制,此为天宫之瑞相。‘Phalika’即琵琶形的宝石,特指其形状与价值。
§1175
1175.Pokkharaṇīti pokkharaṇiyo.
「水池」者,谓水池中所积聚之水也。
§1177-8
1177-8.Tassāti tassā pokkharaṇiyā. Vanagumbāti uyyāne supupphagacche sandhāya vadati. Devarājaṃvāti sakkaṃ viya. Upatiṭṭhantīti upaṭṭhānaṃ karonti.
「其彼」者,即其彼之水池也。称「林中庭园」者,谓盛开鲜花之园地。称「大天王」者,如同萨咖天帝一般。谓「侍立」者,即为侍候之意。
§1179
1179.Sabbābharaṇasañchannāti sabbehi itthālaṅkārehi paṭicchāditā, sabbaso vibhūsitasarīrāti attho. Vasavattīvāti vasavattidevarājā viya.
谓「满布宝饰」者,意指身披各种华美饰物,完备富丽也。称「悉具妆饰身」意涵亦复如是。以「瓦萨瓦帝」指瓦萨瓦帝天王,比喻至尊之意。
§1180
1180.Bherisaṅkhamudiṅgāhīti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ, bherīhi ca saṅkhehi ca mudiṅgehi cāti yojanā. Ratisampannoti dibbāya ratiyā samaṅgībhūto. Naccagīte suvāditeti nacce ca gīte ca sundare vādite ca, naccane ca gāyane ca sundare vādite ca hetubhūte. Nimittatthe hi etaṃ bhummaṃ, pavattiteti vā vacanaseso.
谓「鼓声长鸣之旗帜」乃以旗帜之标志为喻,谶称为鼓声、长号与鼓钹也。谓「乐趣具足」即秉持天上乐趣,同等调合之。谓「歌舞悦耳」者,谓舞蹈、歌唱、美妙悦耳之声,俱是乐舞之因缘也。于标记之义,此为地上之物,乃风行之声也。
§1181
1181.Dibbā te vividhā rūpāti devalokapariyāpannā nānappakārā cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā tuyhaṃ adhippetā yathādhippetā manoramā vijjantīti kiriyāpadaṃ ānetvā yojetabbaṃ. Dibbā saddātiādīsupi eseva nayo.
谓「天上众色多种」者,指天界周围之色彩纷呈,虽属眼识所解所见之色却为如实所现,令人心生愉悦,可谓作用句,应当引入运用。谓「天上声音」亦复如是说。
§1185
1185.Kaṇḍako sahajo ahanti ettha ahanti nipātamattaṃ. ‘‘Ahū’’ti keci paṭṭhanti, kaṇḍako nāma assarājā mahāsattena saha ekasmiṃyeva divase jātattā sahajo ahosinti attho.
谓「子宫」与生俱来者,此处单纯谓之「子宫」。有些解为「已生」者,意谓古代大圣王与大菩萨同日出生,故称为子宫俱生者。
§1186
1186.Aḍḍharattāyanti aḍḍharattiyaṃ, majjhimayāmasamayeti attho. Bodhāya mabhinikkhamīti ma-kāro padasandhikaro, abhisambodhiatthaṃ mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamīti attho. Mudūhi pāṇīhīti muduhatthataṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ vadati. Jālitambanakhehīti jālavantehi abhilohitanakhehi. Tena jālahatthataṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ tambanakhataṃ anubyañjanañca dasseti.
一一八六。『半夜』者,即半夜之时,乃中夜时分之义。『为觉悟而出发』者,其中「ma」字为连声助词,意谓为证得无上正觉而行大出离。『以柔软之手』者,此言大人相中手掌柔软之相。『以有网纹、红铜色指甲』者,谓具网纹、呈鲜红色之指甲。以此显示大人相中手有网纹之相,以及红铜色指甲之随形好。
§1187
1187.Satthi nāma jaṅghā, idha pana satthino āsannaṭṭhānabhūto ūruppadeso ‘‘satthī’’ti vutto. Ākoṭayitvānāti appoṭhetvā. ‘‘Vaha sammā’’ti cabravīti ‘‘samma kaṇḍaka, ajjekarattiṃ maṃ vaha, mayhaṃ opavuyhaṃ hohī’’ti ca kathesi. Vahane pana payojanaṃ tadā mahāsattena dassitaṃ vadanto ‘‘ahaṃ lokaṃ tārayissaṃ, patto sambodhimuttama’’nti āha. Tena ‘‘ahaṃ uttamaṃ anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ patto adhigato hutvā sadevakaṃ lokaṃ saṃsāramahoghato tārayissāmi, tasmā nayidaṃ gamanaṃ yaṃkiñcīti cinteyyāsī’’ti gamane payojanassa anuttarabhāvaṃ dasseti.
一一八七。『腿』者,本指小腿,然此处将靠近小腿之大腿部位亦称为『腿』。『拍击之后』者,即轻拍之意。『说道:「好好地驮我吧」』者,即言:「侃德咖啊,今夜就驮我走吧,成为我的坐骑吧。」至于驮行之目的,乃叙述当时大士所示,故云:『我将度脱世间,已证得无上正觉。』以此表明:『我证得、现证无上正等觉之后,将从轮回大洪流中度脱含天人在内之世间,故莫以此行程为寻常小事而轻视之。』由此显示此行之目的乃无与伦比。
§1188-9
1188-9.Hāsoti tuṭṭhi. Vipuloti mahāuḷāro. Abhisīsinti āsisiṃ icchiṃ sampaṭicchiṃ . Abhirūḷhañca maṃ ñatvā, sakyaputtaṃ mahāyasanti patthaṭavipulayasaṃ sakyarājaputtaṃ mahāsattaṃ maṃ abhiruyha nisinnaṃ jānitvā. Vahissanti nesiṃ.
一一八八至一一八九。『喜悦』者,满足之意。『广大』者,宏大殊胜之意。『祈愿』者,希求、渴望、欣然接受之意。『知我已乘上,乃释迦之子、具大名声者』者,谓知我——声名广布、名誉宏大之释迦王子、大士——已乘上而坐。『将驮』者,即驮去之意。
§1190-91
1190-91.Paresanti pararājūnaṃ. Vijitanti desaṃ pararajjaṃ. Ohāyāti vissajjitvā. Apakkamīti apakkamituṃ ārabhi. ‘‘Paribbajī’’ti ca paṭhanti. Parilehisanti parito lehiṃ. Udikkhisanti olokesiṃ.
一一九○至一一九一。『他人』者,即他国之王。『已征服之地』者,即他国之领土。『舍弃』者,即放弃之意。『离去』者,即开始离去。亦有读作『出家』者。『舔遍四周』者,即向四周舔舐。『仰望』者,即向上凝视。
§1192-3
1192-3.Garukābādhanti garukaṃ bāḷhaṃ ābādhaṃ, maraṇantikaṃ dukkhanti attho. Tenāha ‘‘khippaṃ me maraṇaṃ ahū’’ti. So hi anekāsu jātīsu mahāsattena daḷhabhattiko hutvā āgato, tasmā viyogadukkhaṃ sahituṃ nāsakkhi, ‘‘sammāsambodhiṃ adhigantuṃ nikkhanto’’ti pana sutvā nirāmisaṃ uḷāraṃ pītisomanassañca uppajji, tena maraṇānantaraṃ tāvatiṃsesu nibbatti, uḷārā cassa dibbasampattiyo pāturahesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tasseva ānubhāvenā’’ti, ṭhānagatassa pasādamayapuññassa balena. Devo devapuramhivāti tāvatiṃsabhavane sakko devarājā viya.
1192-3. 「Garukābādhanti」表示「沉重之病痛」,意谓极沉重痛苦,尤其为临终之苦难。由此产生「khippaṃ me maraṇaṃ ahū」为「我的死亡迫近了」之断言。此沙门经历多生累劫,以难以忍受的痛苦面对死亡,仍发誓要成就正觉。虽然历经离别之苦,仍坚决下决心「sammāsambodhiṃ adhigantuṃ nikkhanto」,放弃一切外缘后内心生起无量欢喜与安乐,遂在涅槃中证得卓越的神通力量。故此被称为「tasseva ānubhāvenā」因其积累的功德与愿力,使得其能够如天界众神(devo devapuramhī)般,显示无上威仪。
§1194
1194.Yañcame ahuvā hāso, saddaṃ sutvāna bodhiyāti ‘‘patto sambodhimuttama’’nti paṭhamataraṃ bodhisaddaṃ sutvā tadā mayhaṃ hāso ahu, yaṃ hāsassa bhavanaṃ sussanaṃ, teneva kusalamūlena teneva kusalabījena phusissanti phusissāmi pāpuṇissāmi.
1194. 当听闻觉悟之声(bodhisadda)时,即使发出笑声(hāso),彰显由觉悟之语生起的喜悦。此笑声乃善根之发芽,种子。以善根之力量播撒佛法,令善根不断蔓延,增长,必然能令自己获得圆满之果。此处强调听闻智慧之声而生之欢喜,乃修行之根基,必将开花结果。
§1195
1195. Evaṃ devaputto yathādhigatāya anāgatāya bhavasampattiyā kāraṇabhūtaṃ attano kusalakammaṃ kathento idāni attanā bhagavato santikaṃ gantukāmopi puretaraṃ therena satthu vandanaṃ pesento ‘‘sace’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha sace gaccheyyāsīti yadi gamissasi. ‘‘Sace gacchasī’’ti keci paṭhanti, so evattho. Mamāpi naṃ vacanenāti na kevalaṃ tava sabhāveneva, atha kho mamāpi vacanena bhagavantaṃ. Vajjāsīti vadeyyāsi, mamāpi sirasā vandananti yojanā.
1195. 如是天子言及其已得之、未来将来之生死轮回因缘所成之自利善业,现时欲自往佛陀前面,先向长老师尊顶礼并致敬意,作辞曰:『若然』者,即若是也。此中『若然』乃谓如若尔汝将往。『若然后行』者,有些人这样诵读,此即偏歪。如言“非唯汝而已”,乃非仅以汝为本性,亦当承我语,乃能称为正辞。当言‘我亦顶礼’,以首顶礼者,甚远。
§1196
1196. Yadipi dāni vandanañca pesemi, pesetvā eva pana na tiṭṭhāmīti dassento āha ‘‘ahampi daṭṭhuṃ gacchissaṃ, jinaṃ appaṭipuggala’’nti. Gamane pana daḷhataraṃ kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘dullabhaṃ dassanaṃ hoti, lokanāthāna tādina’’nti āha.
1196. 虽然现在我已致敬并送出敬意,然送毕而不止,此表明我言:『我亦当亲往见彼,不为凡人所及之尊胜圣者。』欲令同行者见此坚固因缘,世尊已言:『于世尊者,难得一见。』此乃难见之因,是为诸世尊主之所赞。
§1197
1197.
一一九七。
‘‘So kataññū katavedī, satthāraṃ upasaṅkami;
愿以此语赞说:『是为知恩识义者,恭敬诣师长。
Sutvā giraṃ cakkhumato, dhammacakkhuṃ visodhayi.
听闻光明之语,法眼净化慧明。
§1198
1198.
‘‘Visodhetvā diṭṭhigataṃ, vicikicchaṃ vatāni ca;
『清净见执』者,将见解之所染污和疑惑等烦恼扫除净化也;
Vanditvā satthuno pāde, tatthevantaradhāyathā’’ti. –
『恭敬导师足』者,于彼正法中恭敬处置不失之义也。
Imā dve gāthā saṅgītikārehi ṭhapitā.
此二偈曾由唱众会集结安排。
§1197
1197. Tattha sutvā giraṃ cakkhumatoti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumato sammāsambuddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā. Dhammacakkhunti sotāpattimaggaṃ. Visodhayīti adhigacchi. Adhigamoyeva hi tassa visodhanaṃ.
第1197节。于此处闻世尊慧语,谓以五眼观照正觉者语。色法眼乃入流果通道,成觉悟之觉眼;清净得名即是正觉之得清净也。
§1198
1198.Visodhetvā diṭṭhigatanti diṭṭhigataṃ samugghātetvā. Vicikicchaṃ vatāni cāti soḷasavatthukaṃ aṭṭhavatthukañca vicikicchañca ‘‘sīlabbatehi suddhī’’ti pavattanakasīlabbataparāmāse ca visodhayīti yojanā. Tattha hi saha pariyāyehi tathā pavattā parāmāsā ‘‘vatānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
第1198节。所谓『清净见执』者,即斥除见执所生诸染污烦恼。『疑惑风』者,此为十六种俱缘执,以善行戒律之净彻为对治之法,施行净治也。此中『风』字由多种转语而成,此乃戒法清净之异称。此所谓『余言乃拂』(殆指调伏)之义。
Kaṇḍakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 坎达咖天宫解释终了。
8. Anekavaṇṇavimānavaṇṇanā8. 种种色天宫解释
Anekavaṇṇaṃ darasokanāsananti anekavaṇṇavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno heṭṭhā vuttanayena devacārikaṃ caranto tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ agamāsi. Atha naṃ anekavaṇṇo devaputto disvā sañjātagāravabahumāno upasaṅkamitvā añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhāsi. Thero –
『无数种种宝殿』者,谓异彩纷呈种种宝殿。此出由何?世尊当时住于萨瓦提,迦叶林中。那时长老大摩诃马哈摩嘎喇那于下说法时,适游于天界,赴忉利天宫。天子所见马哈摩嘎喇那者,尊敬甚高,因而前来双掌合十,顶礼拜足。此为长老……
§1199
1199.
一一九九。
‘‘Anekavaṇṇaṃ darasokanāsanaṃ, vimānamāruyha anekacittaṃ;
『多种颜色生忧愁之处,登上高楼怀多异念;
Parivārito accharāsaṅgaṇena, sunimmito bhūtapatīva modasi.
环绕以飞鸟群众,如同诸天王欢喜快乐。』
§1200
1200.
‘‘Samassamo natthi kuto panuttaro, yasena puññena ca iddhiyā ca;
『平等无二,何处更为胜妙?以何功德及神通?
Sabbe ca devā tidasagaṇā samecca, taṃ taṃ namassanti sasiṃva devā;
众天诸神及非人众等聚集,各自敬礼如月亮之光。』
Imā ca te accharāyo samantato, naccanti gāyanti pamodayanti.
这些乐师环绕在你周围,跳舞歌唱,欢欣鼓舞。
§1201
1201.
一二〇一。
‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo,
『伟大贤者啊,你具备三种殊胜能力,
Manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ;
成为人身,你造了什么善业?
Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo,
是什么使你具备这样的财富与能力,
Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
使你的光辉从各方照耀?』
Adhigatasampattikittanamukhena katakammaṃ pucchi. Taṃ dassetuṃ –
通过已获得的成就和功德的表现之事,询问所作之业。为使之显现──
§1202
1202. ‘‘So devaputto attamano…pe…yassa kammassidaṃ phala’’nti. –
『那天子子自我……至……谁之业得此果报』是也。──
Vuttaṃ . Sopi –
所说已成。不仅如此──
§1203
1203.
‘‘Ahaṃ bhadante ahuvāsi pubbe, sumedhanāmassa jinassa sāvako;
『我尊者,以前曾对说,我是聪慧名叫苏摩的胜者的弟子;
Puthujjano ananubodhohamasmi, so satta vassāni paribbajissahaṃ.
我凡夫无觉悟,今将游行七年。』
§1204
1204.
‘‘Sohaṃ sumedhassa jinassa satthuno, parinibbutassoghatiṇṇassa tādino;
『我奉敬那智慧广大、已胜烦恼、安隐涅槃的导师,
Ratanuccayaṃ hemajālena channaṃ, vanditvā thūpasmiṃ manaṃ pasādayiṃ.
其宝塔覆盖以金丝织成之帷幕,礼拜后令我心安。』
§1205
1205.
‘‘Na māsi dānaṃ na ca matthi dātuṃ, pare ca kho tattha samādapesiṃ;
『我既无资可施与,他亦未曾乞求施,他处我即专注奉养,
Pūjetha naṃ pūjanīyassa dhātuṃ, evaṃ kira saggamito gamissatha.
当礼敬这尊贵的舍利,且闻言说,如是可致天上去。』
§1206
1206.
一二零六。
‘‘Tadeva kammaṃ kusalaṃ kataṃ mayā,
『正是我造作了那善业,
Sukhañca dibbaṃ anubhomi attanā;
自己亲身体验着殊胜的天人快乐;
Modāmahaṃ tidasagaṇassa majjhe,
我在三十三天诸天之中欢喜快乐,
Na tassa puññassa khayampi ajjhaga’’nti. – kathesi;
绝无那功德有减损失败』,如是说。——这是在讲述;
Ito kira tiṃsakappasahasse sumedho nāma sammāsambuddho loke uppajjitvā sadevakaṃ lokaṃ ekobhāsaṃ katvā katabuddhakicco parinibbuto, manussehi ca bhagavato dhātuṃ gahetvā ratanacetiye kate aññataro puriso satthu sāsane pabbajitvā satta vassāni brahmacariyaṃ caritvā anavaṭṭhitacittatāya kukkuccako hutvā uppabbaji. Uppabbajito ca saṃvegabahulatāya dhammacchandavantatāya ca cetiyaṅgaṇe sammajjanaparibhaṇḍādīni karonto niccasīlauposathasīlāni rakkhanto dhammaṃ suṇanto aññe ca puññakiriyāya samādapento vicari. So āyupariyosāne kālakato tāvatiṃsesu nibbatti. So puññakammassa uḷārabhāvena mahesakkho mahānubhāvo sakkādīhi devatāhi sakkatapūjito hutvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cuto aparāparaṃ devamanussesu saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbatti, ‘‘anekavaṇṇo’’ti naṃ devatā sañjāniṃsu. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘atha naṃ anekavaṇṇo devaputto…pe… na tassa puññassa khayampi ajjhaganti kathesī’’ti.
据说三千劫之前,有一位名为苏目多的正自觉者在世间出世,曾以一言化众生,完成了成佛之事后,涅槃离世。世尊的法身传于人间,在宝塔建成处有一人依教而出家,修习七年梵行,心不动摇,因愧悔生起,遂重新出家。出家后,以急切精进与趣向法的渴求,在宝塔附近完成供养及清净守戒,勤恳守护常行的戒律,聆闻法教,并为他人行功德而周行。此人临终时命期将近,便转生于三十三天宫。因丰富的善业,得大利益,有威神广大,受到萨咖及其他天神供养住世漫长。之后离去,轮转于天人之间,以此佛陀出世时所造之善业的果报,在三十三天宫再生,天众称他为“众色人”。为此,有言说:“那时有一位众色天子……绝无其功德有减损失败”的说法。
§1199
1199. Tattha anekavaṇṇanti nīlapītādivasena vividhavaṇṇatāya anantaravimānādīnaṃ vividhasaṇṭhānatāya ca nānāvidhavaṇṇaṃ. Darasokanāsananti sītalabhāvena darathapariḷāhānaṃ vinodanato manuññatāya dassanīyatāya ca sokassa anokāsato darasokanāsanaṃ. Anekacittanti nānāvidhacittarūpaṃ. Sunimmito bhūtapatīvāti tāvatiṃsakāyikopi uḷāradibbabhogatāya sunimmitadevarājā viya modasi tussasi abhiramasi.
1199. 此处以多种颜色种类自性呈现诸天宫殿等多样显现,云蓝、黄色等各色纷陈,以示种种聚集之多样差别,谓诸天宫殿等各处形态色不同。所谓悲哭坐姿,是指以清凉之态解忧解渴,故此姿态适于人间观看,使众生见此皆能消除忧愁悲苦,呈现其非凡之悲悯之态。所谓多心者,指多种心类形态。至于善妙作使者即天帝,乃三十三天身中尊贵者,如同天帝般展现慈喜、欢喜、悦心之相。
§1200
1200.Samassamoti samo eva hutvā samo, nibbariyāyena sadiso te tuyhaṃ natthi, kuto pana kena kāraṇena uttari adhiko ko nāma siyā. Kena pana samatā uttaritaratā cāti āha ‘‘yasena puññena ca iddhiyā cā’’ti. Tattha yasenāti parivārena. Iddhiyāti ānubhāvena. Yasenāti vā issariyena, iddhiyāti deviddhiyā. Yasenāti vā vibhavasampattiyā, iddhiyāti yathicchi tassa kāmaguṇassa ijjhanena. Yasenāti vā kittighosena, iddhiyāti samiddhiyā. Puññenāti tattha tattha vuttāvasiṭṭhapuññaphalena, puññakammeneva vā.
1200. "同体"意指完全相同。虽说你我无异,但要问何因缘使一方超越另一方,谁为第一?何以差别之体更胜一筹?依何而定?对此有说:‘此乃依功德与实证力而定’。此中“依”指因缘环绕。实证力是内在体验能力。又“依”亦指统摄之王者;实证力是神通。又“依”可以是财富丰饶,“实证”指随意满足其欲乐之力。又“依”是名声震响,实证是成功者。所谓功德,是指此处诸多经典上所述至高功德果报,或依功德业力而得。
‘‘Sabbe ca devā’’ti sāmaññato gahitamatthaṃ ‘‘tidasagaṇā’’ti iminā visesetvā vuttaṃ. Ekaccassa paccekaṃ nipaccakāraṃ karontāpi pamuditā na karonti , na evametassa . Etassa pana pamuditāpi karontiyevāti dassetuṃ ‘‘sameccā’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ tanti taṃ tvaṃ. Sasiṃva devāti yathā nāma sukkapakkhapāṭipadiyaṃ dissamānaṃ sasiṃ candaṃ manussā devā ca ādarajātā namassanti, evaṃ taṃ sabbepi tidasagaṇā namassantīti attho.
『诸天皆』为统称此间联众之意。经称『提达萨天众』特别指出。即使个别有分者于是中作别布施而欢喜,然不如大多数共欢喜。为表此意故有“同体者”之说。此言意如月亮名为「沙西」天时洒净受礼,如同月光对人间益处,诸人诸天皆敬礼此理,即为诸天众皆敬礼也。
§1203
1203.Bhadanteti theraṃ gāravabahumānena samudācarati. Ahuvāsinti ahosiṃ. Pubbeti purimajātiyaṃ. Sumedhanāmassa jinassa sāvakoti sumedhoti evaṃ pākaṭanāmassa sammāsambuddassa sāsane pabbajitabhāvena sāvako. Puthūjjanoti anariyo. Tatthāpi saccānaṃ anubodhamattassāpi abhāvena ananubodho. So satta vassāni paribbajissahanti so ahaṃ satta saṃvaccharāni pabbajjāguṇamattena vicariṃ, uttarimanussadhammaṃ nādhigacchinti adhippāyo.
1203. “长老”一词以尊敬隆重之意出。谓昔日曾为往生者。以尊名称其为圣者弟子,此即以"苏美达"为名号之真谛佛教出家弟子。凡夫者为非圣者。即使如此,未曾了知真理者亦为无明之人。彼人终有七年出行为道,不离俗世之法,而未得上乘人法及主持。
§1204
1204.Ratanuccayanti maṇikanakādiratanehi uccitaṃ ussitaratanacetiyaṃ. Hemajālena channanti samantato upari ca kañcanajālena paṭicchāditaṃ. Vanditvāti pañcapatiṭṭhitena tattha tattha paṇāmaṃ katvā. Thūpasmiṃ manaṃ pasādayinti ‘‘sabbaññuguṇādhiṭṭhānāya vata dhātuyā ayaṃ thūpo’’ti thūpasmiṃ cittaṃ pasādesiṃ.
1204. 珍宝堆积指由玛瑙、金银等诸宝华丽装饰。以金网覆盖四周,上覆覆以金质宝罩。以五种手势恭敬礼拜,辆处行礼。于佛塔中安定心念,以此心定,于佛塔中内心安稳安心。谓佛塔以一切智慧功德为根本,此塔因此而成,是故于塔中得心安乐。
§1205
1205.Na māsi dānanti me mayā kataṃ dānaṃ nāsi nāhosi. Kasmā pana? Na ca metthi dātunti me mama pariggahabhūtaṃ dānaṃ dātuṃ na atthi, na kiñci deyyavatthu vijjati, pare ca kho satte tattha dāne samādapesiṃ. ‘‘Paresañca tattha samādapesi’’nti ca paṭhanti, tattha paresanti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ . Pūjetha nantiādi samādapanākāradassanaṃ, taṃ dhātunti yojanā. Evaṃ kirāti kira-saddo anussavattho.
1205. “非我所与布施者,为我不曾行布施行事,何故云然?我无修习布施,道理无此,世间亦无来处,然他有众生于此极乐相聚。”此处“他人极乐相聚”者为佛所说布施之相以昭示。阅读经文云“于他人处也是极乐集会”,其中他人指施主之外之同僚,应理应知。敬礼、供养诸事皆缘此理。由此推知为行供养善法境界。故称为“相聚”之义。此即本意。
§1206
1206.Na tassa puññassa khayampi ajjhaganti tassa tadā sumedhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa katassa puññakammassa parikkhayaṃ nādhigacchiṃ, tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesaṃ paccanubhomīti dasseti. Yaṃ panettha na vuttaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā suviññeyyamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
如是善业虽终止消亡,然世尊于那时对有慧者显明,该善业未曾得到尽灭,而是其业果仍保留,续受其报。凡未曾说者,应依经义详解,方能善知。
Anekavaṇṇavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 种种色天宫解释终了。
9. Maṭṭhakuṇḍalīvimānavaṇṇanā9. 玛塔昆达利天宫解释
Alaṅkatomaṭṭhakuṇḍalīti maṭṭhakuṇḍalīvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena sāvatthivāsī eko brāhmaṇo addho mahaddhano mahābhogo assaddho appasanno micchādiṭṭhiko kassaci kiñci na deti, adānato eva ‘‘adinnapubbako’’ti paññāyittha. So micchādiṭṭhibhāvena ca luddhabhāvena ca tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā daṭṭhumpi na icchati. Maṭṭhakuṇḍalaṃ nāma attano puttañca sikkhāpesi ‘‘tāta , tayā samaṇo gotamo tassa sāvakā ca na upasaṅkamitabbā na daṭṭhabbā’’ti. Sopi tathā akāsi. Athassa putto gilāno ahosi, brāhmaṇo dhanakkhayabhayena bhesajjaṃ na kāresi, roge pana vaḍḍhiteva vejje pakkositvā dassesi. Vejjā tassa sarīraṃ oloketvā ‘‘atekiccho’’ti taṃ ñatvā apakkamiṃsu. Brāhmaṇo ‘‘putte abbhantare mate nīharaṇaṃ dukkha’’nti puttaṃ bahidvārakoṭṭhake nipajjāpesi.
所谓装饰之耳环者,指名为耳轮形状耳环。其起因如何?世尊当时住于沙瓦提揭德林。彼时沙瓦提有一婆罗门,贫穷而无德,心不悦且持邪见,不施予任何人,故被认为“习无取业”。他因邪见与狭隘之心,既不愿见如来,亦不愿见其弟子。此人曾教导其子:“孩子,沙门果德玛及其弟子不可亲近,不可看见。”其子亦如是行。后来其子患病,婆罗门因害怕败家,不肯医治,疾病益甚,医师断定药石无效后便离开了。医师察看病体称其残疾,便去而不再理会。婆罗门担忧“儿死于室内令人忧伤”,便将孩童放置门外。
Bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamaye mahākaruṇāsamāpattito vuṭṭhāya lokaṃ volokento addasa maṭṭhakuṇḍalīmāṇavaṃ khīṇāyukaṃ tadaheva cavanadhammaṃ, nirayasaṃvattanikañcassa kammaṃ katokāsaṃ. ‘‘Sace panāhaṃ tattha gamissāmi, so mayi cittaṃ pasādetvā devaloke nibbattitvā pitaraṃ āḷāhane rodamānaṃ upagantvā saṃvejessati, evaṃ so ca tassa pitā ca mama santikaṃ āgamissati, mahājanakāyo sannipatissati tattha mayā dhamme desite mahādhammābhisamayo bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ pana ñatvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho maṭṭhakuṇḍalīmāṇavassa pitu gehasamīpe ṭhatvā chabbaṇṇabuddharaṃsiyo vissajjesi. Tā disvā māṇavo ‘‘kimeta’’nti ito cito ca vilokento addasa bhagavantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ dvattiṃsāya mahāpurisalakkhaṇehi asītiyā anubyañjanehi byāmappabhāya ketumālāya ca vijjotamānaṃ anupamāya buddhasiriyā acinteyyena buddhānubhāvena virocamānaṃ. Disvā tassa etadahosi ‘‘buddho nu kho bhagavā idhānuppatto, yassāyaṃ rūpasampadā attano tejasā sūriyampi abhibhavati, kantabhāvena candimaṃ, upasantabhāvena sabbepi samaṇabrāhmaṇe, upasamena nāma ettheva bhavitabbaṃ, ayameva ca maññe imasmiṃ loke aggapuggalo, mameva ca anukampāya idhānuppatto’’ti buddhārammaṇāya pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīro anappakaṃ pītisomanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedento pasannacitto añjaliṃ paggayha nipajji. Taṃ disvā bhagavā ‘‘alaṃ imassa ettakena saggūpapattiyā’’ti pakkāmi.
世尊夜间于半夜时分大慈大悲而起身,察视世间,见此耳轮形少年因业报已尽便将入地狱受苦。世尊思惟:“若我前往彼处,使其心欢喜,转生天界,至父处安慰哀哭,彼此相感,那时大众聚集,听我说法,应有大法兴盛。”于是晨起,着衣钵,携大僧团共入沙瓦提,为耳轮少年乞食,于其父舍前驻足,示现六色光明宝冠。弟子见状问:“这为何?”遥望见世尊坐持紧闭口,和颜悦色,具二十二大人相及八十轻妙特征,头戴黄色花冠,光华闪耀,难以想象,展现无比佛之光辉。弟子心中生起如是念想:“此佛果为世尊,身光耀如日月,善悦众生,定当坐禅安住此处,必是人间一等尊贵之人,藉佛德降临于斯。”遂心欢喜,诚敬双手合十俯伏。世尊见此便说:“如是此因缘已到天界之门。”
Sopi taṃ pītisomanassaṃ avijahantova kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu dvādasayojanike vimāne nibbatti. Pitā panassa sarīrasakkāraṃ karitvā dutiyadivase paccūsavelāyaṃ āḷāhanaṃ gantvā ‘‘hā hā maṭṭhakuṇḍali, hā hā maṭṭhakuṇḍalī’’ti paridevamāno āḷāhanaṃ anuparikkamanto rodati. Devaputto attano vibhavasampattiṃ oloketvā ‘‘kuto nu kho ahaṃ idhāgato kiñca kammaṃ katvā’’ti upadhārento attano purimattabhāvaṃ ñatvā tattha ca maraṇakāle bhagavati pavattitaṃ cittappasādaṃ manoharaṃ añjalikaraṇamattaṃ disvā ‘‘aho mahānubhāvā buddhā bhagavanto’’ti sātisayaṃ tathāgate sañjātappasādabahumāno ‘‘adinnapubbakabrāhmaṇo nu kho kiṃ karotī’’ti upadhārento āḷāhane rodamānaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ pubbe bhesajjamattampi akatvā idāni niratthakaṃ āḷāhane rodati, handa naṃ saṃvejetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti devalokato āgantvā maṭṭhakuṇḍalīrūpena rodamāno ‘‘hā hā canda, hā hā sūriyā’’ti bāhā paggayha kandanto pitu samīpe aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ brāhmaṇo ‘‘ayaṃ maṭṭhakuṇḍalī āgato’’ti cintetvā gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
此少年喜悦欢喜心未失,过了三十二年,终证涅槃。其父以身作证,翌日半夜至悟处安慰垂哭,边走边呼:“唉呀,耳轮少年,唉呀,耳轮少女。”悲痛不已。天子察看其荣华富贵而心问:“我从何来到此?作何业?”忆念过去所为,见佛时现其安详宁静,犹如佛陀光明美好,令心生欢喜敬仰。边哭边至悟处,见佛安住,心欢喜生,无比佛相光辉令无比称赞。天子见已,自言:“此世尊因缘成就。”为及父悲泣,婆罗门心念此乃儿子来,畅念其因地,及后作歌诗称赞。
§1207
1207.
‘‘Alaṅkato maṭṭhakuṇḍalī, māladhārī haricandanussado;
“装饰耳轮少女,头戴麝香檀香花环;
Bāhā paggayha kandasi, vanamajjhe kiṃ dukkhito tuva’’nti.
你抱起手臂,呵斥说:‘你在森林中央为何忧愁?’
Tattha alaṅkatoti vibhūsito. Maṭṭhakuṇḍalīti sarīrappadesassa aghaṃsanatthaṃ mālālatādayo adassetvā maṭṭhākāreneva katakuṇḍalo. Atha vā maṭṭhakuṇḍalīti visuddhakuṇḍalo, tāpetvā jātihiṅgulikāya majjitvā dhovitvā sūkaralomena majjitakuṇḍaloti attho . Māladhārīti mālaṃ dhārento, piḷandhitamāloti attho. Haricandanussadoti rattacandanena sabbaso anulittagatto. Kinti pucchāvacanaṃ. Dukkhitoti dukkhappatto. Kiṃdukkhitoti vā ekameva padaṃ, kena dukkhena dukkhitoti attho.
此处谓之装饰,意为装饰华美。所谓铜耳环,就是佩戴于身上的物件,如项圈或藤蔓等,端的是用于装饰身体部位的环形饰物。也有解释为净耳环,即清净无染的耳环,用水和猪油涂抹后浸泡清洗,亦谓浸猪油耳环之义。所谓“戴环”即指佩戴环状饰物。犹如用赤檀香涂匀,寓意整体涂抹磨磨光滑。至于问话则为追问之语。忧愁,谓感受苦难。为何忧愁,则是单词之一,其义为因何而忧愁。
Atha naṃ devaputto āha –
这时天子对他说:
§1208
1208.
‘‘Sovaṇṇamayo pabhassaro, uppanno rathapañjaro mama;
‘金黄光辉,闪耀辉煌,像轮战车一样出世,
Tassa cakkayugaṃ na vindāmi, tena dukkhena jahāmi jīvita’’nti.
我找不到轮回的车轮,故以此苦难舍弃生命。’
Atha naṃ brāhmaṇo āha –
然后那婆罗门说:
§1209
1209.
〔一二〇九〕
‘‘Sovaṇṇamayaṃ maṇimayaṃ, lohitakamayaṃ atha rūpiyamayaṃ;
『这是由黄金制成的,由宝石制成的,由红金制成的,然后又是由银制成的;
Ācikkha me bhaddamāṇava, cakkayugaṃ paṭipādayāmi te’’ti.
请赐予我,贤善的年轻人,我将为你制作一组车轮。』
Taṃ sutvā māṇavo ‘‘ayaṃ puttassa bhesajjaṃ akatvā puttapatirūpakaṃ maṃ disvā rodanto ‘suvaṇṇādimayaṃ rathacakkaṃ karomī’ti vadati, hotu niggaṇhissāmi na’’nti cintetvā ‘‘kīva mahantaṃ me cakkayugaṃ karissasī’’ti vatvā ‘‘yāva mahantaṃ ākaṅkhasī’’ti vutte ‘‘candimasūriyehi me attho, te me dehī’’ti yācanto –
听闻此语,年轻人心想:「那是为儿子所预备的药物,看到儿子而痛哭,他说‘我要做一辆由黄金等制成的轮车’,既然如此,那我就不能接受了。」思忖着说:「我的车轮要做多大呢?」说道:「既然你想做多大,」于是他说:「愿我能与日月同在吧,你们是我的身体,请赐与我。」
§1210
1210.
〔一二一〇〕
‘‘So māṇavo tassa pāvadi, candasūriyā ubhayettha dissare;
「诸学童们应当注意,月亮与太阳二者皆同现于眼前;
Sovaṇṇamayo ratho mama, tena cakkayugena sobhatī’’ti.
我的战车满饰金光,因其轮轴辉映闪耀。」
Atha naṃ brāhmaṇo āha –
接着那婆罗门说道——
§1211
1211.
‘‘Bālo kho tvaṃ asi māṇava, yo tvaṃ patthayase apatthiyaṃ;
「你这学童,实在愚昧,教了你错误而非正道;
Maññāmi tuvaṃ marissasi, na hi tvaṃ lacchasi candasūriye’’ti.
我料想你必将死去,你绝不会得到如同日月般的光辉。」
Atha naṃ māṇavo ‘‘kiṃ pana paññāyamānassatthāya rodanto bālo hoti, udāhu apaññāyamānassā’’ti vatvā –
于是那学童说:『况且愚者因缺乏智慧而哭泣,反之,因缺乏智慧的愚痴人乃是如此。』
§1212
1212.
‘‘Gamanāgamanampi dissati, vaṇṇadhātu ubhayattha vīthiyā;
『来来往往都显现出来,颜色的本质在两边都有道路;
Peto kālakato na dissati, ko nidha kandataṃ bālyataro’’ti.
无主的饿鬼(魂魄)看不见,谁比愚蠢之人更为愚昧呢?』
Taṃ sutvā brāhmaṇo ‘‘yuttaṃ esa vadatī’’ti sallakkhetvā –
闻此,婆罗门说道:『这话合适。』于是,他以表语标识之。
§1213
1213.
‘‘Saccaṃ kho vadesi māṇava, ahameva kandataṃ bālyataro;
「真实啊,你所言矣,学童,我实为愚昧幼稚;
Candaṃ viya dārako rudaṃ, petaṃ kālakatābhipatthayi’’nti. –
如同月光般,孩童啼哭,像饿鬼般遭逢黑夜之苦。」
Vatvā tassa kathāya nissoko hutvā māṇavassa thutiṃ karonto imā gāthā abhāsi –
说毕此语后,旁人息嘴静听,赞叹学童,遂作此偈颂——
§1214
1214.
‘‘Ādittaṃ vata maṃ santaṃ, ghatasittaṃva pāvakaṃ;
「火焰燃烧着我,如同瓦罐之火;
Vārinā viya osiñcaṃ, sabbaṃ nibbāpaye daraṃ.
好似水流冷却般,熄灭我所有的痛苦。」
§1215
1215.
一二一五。
‘‘Abbahī vata me sallaṃ, sokaṃ hadayanissitaṃ;
『实由吾有利箭,心中生忧愁;
Yo me sokaparetassa, puttasokaṃ apānudi.
此忧非寻常子忧,超越他忧愁。』
§1216
1216.
一二一六。
‘‘Svāhaṃ abbūḷhasallosmi, sītibhūtosmi nibbuto;
『我自觉为脱箭者,已凉灭已息;
Na socāmi na rodāmi, tava sutvāna māṇavā’’ti.
不哀伤不哭泣,尔听吾言学子』。」
§1208-10
1208-10. Tattha rathapañjaroti rathūpatthaṃ. Na vindāmīti na labhāmi. Bhaddamāṇavāti ālapanaṃ. Paṭipādayāmīti sampādetvā dadāmi, mā cakkayugābhāvena jīvitaṃ jahīti adhippāyo. Ubhayettha dissareti ubhopi ettha candasūriyā ākāse dissanti. Ya-kāro padasandhikaro, ubhaye etthāti vā padavibhāgo.
1208-10. 于此,『车栏』者,车之围护也。『不得』者,不获也。『吉祥学童』者,呼唤之语也。『我当奉上』者,备办而给与也,其意趣为:莫因缺少车轮之故而舍命。『两者于此皆见』者,日月二者皆于虚空中可见也。『ya』字为连音助词;或作『ubhaye ettha』,乃词语之分析也。
§1212
1212.Gamanāgamananti divase divase ogamanuggamanavasena candasūriyānaṃ gamanaṃ āgamanañca dissati. ‘‘Gamanogamana’’ntipi pāḷi, uggamanaṃ ogamanañcāti attho. Vaṇṇadhātūti sītibhāvavisiṭṭhā kantabhāvabhāsurā, uṇhabhāvavisiṭṭhā tikkhabhāvabhāsurā ca vaṇṇanibhā. Ubhayatthāti cande sūriye cāti dvīsupi vaṇṇadhātu dissatīti yojetabbaṃ. Vīthiyāti pavattanavīthiyaṃ ākāse, nāgavīthiyādivīthiyaṃ vā. ‘‘Ubhayetthā’’tipi pāṭho, ubhaye etthāti padavisandhi. Bālyataroti bālataro atisayena bālo.
“gamanāgamana”意为“来去往返”,是指太阳与月亮每日的升落运动。“oggamana”与“ogamana”是巴利文中的来去相反词,合称“来往”。“vaṇṇadhātu”是“色彩之元素”,此处形容色彩上寒冷(体感清凉)与炽热(炎热),即各自的明暗与色泽差异。“ubhaye”表示“二者”,指月与日两个主体皆显色之理。“vīthiya”指“天空流转之道”或“天空之道”,可能是天空的路径或轨迹。“ubhayetthā”此处为连词,意谓“于两者此处相接梗概”。“bālyataro”则解释“较为幼稚、愚蠢”之义。
§1213
1213. Imaṃ pana kathaṃ sutvā ‘‘alabbhanīyavatthuṃ vatāhaṃ patthetvā kevalaṃ sokagginā ḍayhāmi, kiṃ me niratthakena anayabyasanenā’’ti paṭisaṅkhāne aṭṭhāsi. Atha devaputto maṭṭhakuṇḍalīrūpaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā attano dibbarūpeneva aṭṭhāsi. Brāhmaṇo pana taṃ anoloketvā māṇavavohāreneva voharanto ‘‘saccaṃ kho vadesi māṇavā’’tiādimāha. Tattha candaṃ viya dārako rudanti candaṃ abhipatthayaṃ rudanto dārako viyāti attho. Kālakatābhipatthayinti kālakataṃ abhipatthayiṃ. ‘‘Abhipatthaya’’ntipi pāṭho.
闻此语后心生反思:“倘若所求之事无法获得,唯有以愁苦如火焚烧自身,有何益处可言?”遂生此断念。继而天子显现,收起自己未成熟的圆环形装饰,显现出神圣之形态。婆罗门见其如孩童般哭泣,“正言婢子所言,实乃诚然”,以此加持。文中“candaṃ viya dārako rudanti”意指“如同月亮般的少年哭泣”,“kālakatā abhipatthayi”意谓“正指示此时刻的时间”之意。
§1214-5
1214-5.Ādittanti sokagginā ādittaṃ. Nibbāpaye daranti nibbāpayi darathaṃ sokapariḷāhaṃ. Abbahīti uddhari.
1214-1215偈。『燃燃』者,以愁火燃燃也。『能息除热恼』者,息灭愁苦热恼也。『拔出』者,拔除也。
Atha brāhmaṇo sokaṃ vinodetvā attano upadesadāyakaṃ dibbarūpena ṭhitaṃ disvā ‘‘ko nāma tva’’nti pucchanto –
婆罗门安抚其忧伤,看到其以天神的形象传授教诲,便问:“你叫什么名字?”
§1217
1217.
此编号空白,未见具体文字。
‘‘Devatā nusi gandhabbo, adu sakko purindado;
『天神非仙乐天,非天帝,非天下之主,』
Ko vā tvaṃ kassa vā putto, kathaṃ jānemu taṃ maya’’nti. –
『汝是谁?为谁之子?我安能晓知此事。』
Āha. Sopi tassa –
说道:他亦如此——
§1218
1218.
‘‘Yañca kandasi yañca rodasi, puttaṃ āḷāhane sayaṃ dahitvā;
『尔所啼哭,尔所悲伤,因将儿烧于火葬;
Svāhaṃ kusalaṃ karitvā kammaṃ, tidasānaṃ sahabyataṃ gato’’ti. –
自身曾行善法之业,今生已共伴于地狱。』
Attānaṃ kathesi. Tattha yañca kandasi yañca rodasīti yaṃ tava puttaṃ maṭṭhakuṇḍaliṃ uddissa rodasi, assūni muñcasi.
你说自己。那里所谓你哭泣、你哀号,指的是你的孩子朝着你顶髻盘旋哭泣,放出眼泪。
Atha naṃ brāhmaṇo āha –
接着婆罗门对他说:
§1219
1219.
(此处为注编号1219)
‘‘Appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā nāddasāma, dānaṃ dadantassa sake agāre;
“无论礼物多与少,我们都不会吝惜,给与者带到家中;
Uposathakammaṃ vā tādisaṃ, kena kammena gatosi devaloka’’nti.
无论是守斋戒仪式还是类似的其他功德,你以何种业力往生天界?”
Tattha ‘‘uposathakammaṃ vā tādisaṃ nāddasāmā’’ti yojanā.
此处“无论是守斋戒仪式还是类似的其他功德,我们都不会吝惜”的说法,是一种概括性的联结。
Atha naṃ māṇavo āha –
于是那学童说道:
§1220
1220.
‘‘Ābādhikohaṃ dukkhito gilāno, āturarūpomhi sake nivesane;
『我因病痛而苦恼,是被疾病所缠,身形虚弱,居于床上;
Buddhaṃ vigatarajaṃ vitiṇṇakaṅkhaṃ, addakkhiṃ sugataṃ anomapaññaṃ.
见佛远离尘垢,断除疑惑,目睹往昔已逝的佛,是那清净智慧无上如来的。』
§1221
1221.
‘‘Svāhaṃ muditamano pasannacitto, añjaliṃ akariṃ tathāgatassa;
『我自欢喜,心清净安然,合掌向如来行礼;』
Tāhaṃ kusalaṃ karitvāna kammaṃ, tidasānaṃ sahabyataṃ gato’’ti.
我在造作善业之后,就与当时的同伴们同去了。
§1220-21
1220-21. Tattha ābādhikoti ābādhasamaṅgī. Dukkhitoti teneva ābādhikabhāvena jātadukkho. Gilānoti gilāyamānoti attho. Āturarūpoti dukkhavedanābhitunnakāyo. Vigatarajanti vigatarāgādirajaṃ. Vitiṇṇakaṅkhanti sabbaso saṃsayānaṃ samucchinnattā tiṇṇavicikicchaṃ. Anomapaññanti paripuṇṇapaññaṃ, sabbaññunti attho. Akarinti akāsiṃ. Tāhanti taṃ ahaṃ.
1220-1221偈。其中,『患病者』者,具有病患者也。『痛苦者』者,正由彼患病之状而生苦者也。『病人』者,其义为正在生病者也。『病苦之身』者,被苦受所逼迫之身也。『离尘者』者,已离贪等尘垢者也。『度疑者』者,因一切疑惑皆已断除,故已越渡疑也。『无上慧者』者,慧已圆满具足,其义为一切知者也。『我行』者,我已作也。『以彼……我』者,彼与我也。
Evaṃ tasmiṃ kathenteyeva brāhmaṇassa sakalasarīraṃ pītiyā paripūri. So taṃ pītiṃ pavedento –
就这样,在那位婆罗门面前讲说时,整个身躯充满了欢喜。他表达了这份欢喜,说道——
§1222
1222.
‘‘Acchariyaṃ vata abbhutaṃ vata,
“实在是殊胜,非常奇妙,
Añjalikammassa ayamīdiso vipāko;
此乃合十礼之业的现时果报;
Ahampi muditamano pasannacitto,
我也是欢喜心明净意乐者,
Ajjeva buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ vajāmī’’ti. – āha;
今日皈依世尊佛。——他说:
Tattha anabhiṇhappavattitāya accharaṃ paharituṃ yogganti acchariyaṃ, abhūtapubbatāya abbhutaṃ. Ubhayenapi vimhayāvahataṃyeva dassetvā ‘‘ahampi muditamano pasannacitto, ajjeva buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ vajāmī’’ti āha.
因彼时事未曾转久,意欲深入了知此事,甚为希奇,非昔所闻所见之异。显现二者皆令人惊讶,因此语曰:“我也是欢喜心明净意乐者,今日皈依世尊佛。”
Atha naṃ devaputto saraṇagamane sīlasamādāne ca niyojento –
后来,一位天子子立志于皈依之行,受持戒律,精勤不懈——
§1223
1223.
‘‘Ajjeva buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ vajāhi, dhammañca saṅghañca pasannacitto;
今日皈依世尊佛,对法与僧亦怀明净心。
Tatheva sikkhāya padāni pañca, akhaṇḍaphullāni samādiyassu.
同样,在修习戒律时,应恆持五戒,修持如整齐完满的莲花般的戒律。
§1224
1224.
‘‘Pāṇātipātā viramassu khippaṃ, loke adinnaṃ parivajjayassu;
愿『不杀生』戒迅速得以止息,在世间远离取他人财物;
Amajjapo mā ca musā bhaṇāhi, sakena dārena ca hohi tuṭṭho’’ti. –
愿不妄语、不诽谤,并称得欢喜于应当给予和实际所给予者。
Gāthādvayamāha.
此为两句偈。
§1223
1223. Tattha tathevāti yathā pasannacitto ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā’’ti buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ vajesi, tatheva ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti pasannacitto dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṃ vajāhi. Yathā vā pasannacitto ratanattayaṃ saraṇaṃ vajesi, tatheva ‘‘ayaṃ ekaṃsato diṭṭheva dhamme abhisamparāyañca hitasukhāvaho’’ti pasannacitto sikkhāya adhisīlasikkhāya padāni koṭṭhāsabhūtāni adhicittaadhipaññāsikkhāya vā upāyabhūtāni pañcasīlāni avikopanato ca asaṃkilissanato ca akhaṇḍaphullāni samādiyassu, samādāya vattassūti attho.
第1223条。此中说明,如同内心清净欢喜而皈依“正觉世尊”,亦应同样欢喜而皈依“正法已明、自行正觉之法”、以及“善行已成之僧团”。正如欢喜而皈依三宝中的宝,在修学戒律时,对戒律五条须如同一体整齐无缺的莲花一般,心无迷惑、无杂乱而坚持,乃至于以智慧为主导,坚定修行戒律,心念专注而不动摇,即是“澄清且持守五条戒律”为义。
Evaṃ devaputtena saraṇagamane sīlasamādāne ca niyojito brāhmaṇo tassa vacanaṃ sirasā sampaṭicchanto –
如是,婆罗门因天子皈依、受持戒律而专心致志,于此口称请求说:
§1225
1225.
‘‘Atthakāmosi me yakkha, hitakāmosi devate;
『魔鬼,我愿求利益,你为天神,我愿求福;
Karomi tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ, tvaṃsi ācariyo mamā’’ti. –
我作你言,你为我师。』
Gāthaṃ vatvā tattha patiṭṭhahanto –
说完此偈,然后坚立(信心)。
§1226
1226.
‘‘Upemi saraṇaṃ buddhaṃ, dhammañcāpi anuttaraṃ;
我皈依佛陀,皈依无上正法;
Saṅghañca naradevassa, gacchāmi saraṇaṃ ahaṃ.
也皈依人天之中的僧团,我归依彼。
§1227
1227.
一二二七。
‘‘Pāṇātipātā viramāmi khippaṃ, loke adinnaṃ parivajjayāmi;
我迅速断除杀生,在世间远离偷盗;
Amajjapo no ca musā bhaṇāmi, sakena dārena ca homi tuṭṭho’’ti. –
我不妄言不邪语,满足于给予与施舍。
Gāthādvayamāha. Tampi suviññeyyameva.
这是双偈偈。此偈亦当悉知。
Tato devaputto ‘‘kataṃ mayā brāhmaṇassa kattabbayuttakaṃ, idāni sayameva bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamissatī’’ti tattheva antaradhāyi. Brāhmaṇopi kho bhagavati sañjātapasādabahumāno devatāya ca codiyamāno ‘‘samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ upasaṅkamissāmī’’ti vihārābhimukho gacchati. Taṃ disvā mahājano ‘‘ayaṃ brāhmaṇo ettakaṃ kālaṃ tathāgataṃ anupasaṅkamitvā ajja puttasokena upasaṅkamati, kīdisī nu kho dhammadesanā bhavissatī’’ti taṃ anubandhi.
随后,天子说:“我为婆罗门所当行之事已了,如今我将亲自前往世尊处。”说毕便即消失。婆罗门因而生起恭敬,受天人感召,便向佛陀的住处前行,意欲拜见祂。大众见之议论说:“此婆罗门经过长久未见如来,今日因子女忧伤而来,怎会有教法宣说?”
Brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paṭisanthāraṃ katvā evamāha ‘‘sakkā nu kho bho gotama kiñci dānaṃ adatvā sīlaṃ vā arakkhitvā kevalaṃ tumhesu pasādamattena sagge nibbattitu’’nti. ‘‘Nanu, brāhmaṇa, ajja paccūsavelāyaṃ maṭṭhakuṇḍalinā devaputtena attano devalokūpapattikāraṇaṃ tuyhaṃ kathika’’nti bhagavā avoca. Tasmiṃ khaṇe maṭṭhakuṇḍalīdevaputto saha vimānena āgantvā dissamānarūpo vimānato oruyha bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā añjaliṃ paggayha ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā tassaṃ parisati tena devaputtena katasucaritaṃ kathetvā parisāya cittakallataṃ ñatvā sāmukkaṃsikaṃ dhammadesanaṃ akāsi. Desanāpariyosāne devaputto ca brāhmaṇo ca sannipatitaparisā cāti caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosīti.
婆罗门到世尊所前,问讯毕说:“尊者,果德玛是否真的凭藉你们的恭敬,仅凭恭敬心即可升天?是否不必受施、不守戒而得果报?”世尊答曰:“婆罗门,今日此刻这条发光的天子正是你上述天界升升因缘的说者。”忽有一熟发光的天子驾空而至,降落世尊侧,合掌站立。世尊向大众阐述天子之善行,令大众心生欢喜,于是做了圆满的法义说法。法毕时,天子、婆罗门及聚会大众共四万八千众皆得法悦。
Maṭṭhakuṇḍalīvimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 玛塔昆达利天宫解释终了。
10. Serīsakavimānavaṇṇanā10. 瑟利萨咖天宫解释
Suṇothayakkhassa ca vāṇijāna cāti serīsakavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavati parinibbute āyasmā kumārakassapo pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ setabyanagaraṃ sampatto. Tattha pāyāsirājaññaṃ attano santikaṃ upagataṃ viparītaggāhato vivecetvā sammādassane patiṭṭhāpesi. So tato paṭṭhāya puññapasuto hutvā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dento tattha akataparicayatāya asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā cātumahārājikabhavane suññe serīsake vimāne nibbatti.
“听说有一名叫做天魔的商人,居住于名为丝利沙天宫。此宫何由而来?乃因尊者已般涅槃后,长老俱摩罗迦萨波与五百比库一同完成建城,即设立了名曰塞塔比那城。于城中,长老度过“乳酪王”的异国统治,勤行正见。长老住世间后以善根为根基,布施于沙门婆罗门,虽不熟悉故乡,亦曾施宝资。后来完成供养,于四大王宫空闲丝利沙宫中涅槃。”
Atīte kira kassapassa bhagavato kāle eko khīṇāsavatthero aññatarasmiṃ gāme piṇḍāya caritvā bahigāme devasikaṃ ekasmiṃ padese bhattakiccaṃ akāsi. Taṃ disvā eko gopālako ‘‘ayyo sūriyātapena kilamatī’’ti pasannacitto catūhi sirīsathambhehi sākhāmaṇḍapaṃ katvā adāsi, maṇḍapassa samīpe sirīsarukkhaṃ ropesīti ca vadanti. So kālaṃ katvā teneva puññakammena cātumahārājikesu nibbatti, tassa purimakammassa sūcakaṃ vimānadvāre sirīsavanaṃ nibbatti vaṇṇagandhasampannehi pupphehi sabbakālaṃ upasobhamānaṃ, tena taṃ vimānaṃ ‘‘serīsaka’’nti paññāyittha. So ca devaputto ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ devesu ceva manussesu ca saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde yasattherassa catūsu vimalādīsu gihisahāyesu gavampati nāma hutvā bhagavato dhammadesanāya arahatte patiṭṭhito pubbāciṇṇavasena taṃ suññavimānaṃ disvā abhiṇhaṃ divāvihāraṃ gacchati.
早年间,咖萨巴尊者于某乡外乞食,住于外地作佛事。见此情景,一牧童心生欢喜,赞曰:“此乃烈日之恩泽。”以四根丝利沙柱搭建支杆亭,置于丝利沙树旁,并种植此树。此功德成就后,牧童死后轮回于四大王中天,其先前功德因子宫生前曾受世尊法导且成阿拉汉故。牧童于其空宫间徜徉于白昼之中,此宫由金色芬芳之花常被装饰,因称为“丝利沙”。此天子在一佛出世劫中,游于天界与人间,护持名为“迦摩波提”之四明净之家畜村,因恭敬世尊法及阿拉汉地位而安住先成就地,见其空宫而欢喜白昼游行。
So aparabhāge pāyāsidevaputtaṃ tattha disvā ‘‘kosi tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti pucchitvā tena ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, pāyāsirājañño idhūpapanno’’ti vutte ‘‘nanu tvaṃ micchādiṭṭhiko viparītadassano kathamidhūpapanno’’ti āha. Atha naṃ pāyāsidevaputto ‘‘ayyenamhi kumārakassapattherena micchādassanato vivecito, puññakiriyānaṃ asakkaccakāritāya pana suññe vimāne nibbatto. Sādhu, bhante, manussalokaṃ gatakāle mama parijanassa ārocetha ‘pāyāsirājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā suññaṃ serīsakavimānaṃ upapanno, tumhe pana sakkaccaṃ puññāni katvā tatrūpapattiyā cittaṃ paṇidahathā’’ti. Thero tassānukampāya tathā akāsi. Tepi therassa vacanaṃ sutvā tathā cittaṃ paṇidhāya puññāni katvā serīsake vimāne nibbattiṃsu. Serīsakadevaputtaṃ pana vessavaṇamahārājā marubhūmiyaṃ chāyūdakarahite magge maggapaṭipannānaṃ manussānaṃ amanussaparipantha mocanatthaṃ maggarakkhakaṃ ṭhapesi.
后来,此牧童见见于乳酪王宝座旁的天子,问其:“你是何人,尊者?”答曰:“我乃乳酪王天子也。”牧童问:“你若是邪见逆见者,何以能出世间呢?”天子答:“因得尊者俱摩罗迦萨波长老之教诲,远离邪见,虽不得善根功德,却在空宫中涅槃。伟哉,尊者!当你往人间时,告我家人:‘乳酪王天子曾布施甚少,安住丝利沙空天宫。但尔等若能积累功德,必令升天、得到果报,心中著念。’”长老存慈悲而说此语。三位长老闻之,心悦诚服,集功德于丝利沙宫涅槃。丝利沙天子,是释提桓因大帝,置于沙漠无水之地,为行着魔道人类与非人开示解脱之路,堪任护法。
Atha aparena samayena aṅgamagadhavāsino vāṇijā sakaṭasahassaṃ bhaṇḍassa pūretvā sindhusovīradesaṃ gacchantā marukantāre divā uṇhabhayena maggaṃ appaṭipajjitvā rattiṃ nakkhattasaññāya maggaṃ paṭipajjiṃsu. Te maggamūḷhā hutvā aññaṃ disaṃ agamaṃsu. Tesaṃ antare eko upāsako ahosi saddho pasanno sīlasampanno arahattappattiyā upanissayasampanno mātāpitūnaṃ upaṭṭhānatthaṃ vaṇijjāya gato. Taṃ anuggaṇhanto serīsakadevaputto saha vimānena attānaṃ dassesi. Dassetvā ca pana ‘‘kasmā tumhe imaṃ chāyūdakarahitaṃ vālukākantāraṃ paṭipannā’’ti pucchi. Te cassa tattha attano āgatappakāraṃ kathesuṃ, tadatthadīpanā devaputtassa vāṇijānañca vacanapaṭivacanagāthā honti. Ādito pana dve gāthā tāsaṃ sambandhadassanatthaṃ dhammasaṅgāhakehi ṭhapitā –
又一时期,恒河地区居民中有万名商人,满载货物往印度洋沿岸之地去,白昼因炎热而迷失路径,夜晚则借星辰指引行径。他们路途迷茫,误入他方。众中一信心坚定、具德、证阿拉汉的居士,为照顾父母而往从商行。丝利沙天子驾乘飞天轮车护送示现于彼等。示现后问曰:“为何汝等行走此无水之沙漠?”众述其来由。天子及商人以问答与诗歌相应,表达情义。初始有两首诗,旨在说明彼此缘起,已由法集录员们辑藏。
§1228
1228.
第一二二八节。
‘‘Suṇotha yakkhassa ca vāṇijāna ca, samāgamo yattha tadā ahosi;
『听吧,无论是夜叉或商贾,大家所聚集的时刻就在那个时候;』
Yathā kathaṃ itaritarena cāpi, subhāsitaṃ tañca suṇātha sabbe.
『无论以何种不同之法,都请大家听闻他的话语,他所言皆为善良美妙。』
§1229
1229.
第一二二九节。
‘‘Yo so ahu rājā pāyāsi nāma, bhummānaṃ sahabyagato yasassī;
『那位名为帕耶西的国王,荣光显赫,与乡邻好友相和睦;』
So modamānova sake vimāne, amānuso mānuse ajjhabhāsī’’ti.
『他犹如欢喜地坐于宫殿中,超越常人地对人讲话。』
§1228-9
1228-9. Tattha suṇothāti savanāṇattikavacanaṃ. Yaṃ mayaṃ idāni bhaṇāma, taṃ suṇothāti. Yakkhassāti devassa. Devo hi manussānaṃ ekaccānaṃ devānañca pūjanīyabhāvato ‘‘yakkho’’ti vuccati. Apica sakkopi cattāro mahārājānopi vessavaṇapārisajjāpi purisopi ‘‘yakkho’’ti vuccati. Tathā hi ‘‘atibāḷhaṃ kho ayaṃ yakkho pamatto viharati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ yakkhaṃ saṃvejeyya’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.393) sakko ‘‘yakkho’’ti vutto. ‘‘Cattāro yakkhā khaggahatthā’’tiādīsu mahārājāno. ‘‘Santi hi, bhante, uḷārā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.276) vessavaṇapārisajjā. ‘‘Ettāvatā yakkhassa suddhī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 482) puriso. Idha pana vessavaṇapārisajjo adhippeto. Vāṇijāna cāti gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ anunāsikalopaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. Samāgamoti samodhānaṃ. Yatthāti yasmiṃ vaṇṇupathe. Tadāti tasmiṃ maggamūḷhā hutvā gamanakāle. Itaritarena cāpīti itarītarañcāpi, idaṃ yathāti iminā yojetabbaṃ. Ayañhettha attho – serīsakadevaputtassa vāṇijānañca tadā yattha samāgamo ahosi, taṃ suṇotha, yathā vāpi tehi aññamaññaṃ subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ kathaṃ pavattitaṃ, tañca sabbe ohitacittā suṇāthāti. Bhummānanti bhummadevānaṃ.
1228-1229。在这里,『suṇothāti』意为用听觉表示说话。『Yaṃ mayaṃ idāni bhaṇāma』意谓我们现在所说的,即是『suṇothāti』。『Yakkhassāti devassa』:所谓『亚卡』即『天人』。天人因被人类尊敬而称为『亚卡』。此外,即使萨咖天帝、四大帝王及长者男子亦称为『亚卡』。例如在《摩诃尼柯耶·日常品》第1.393节中记载:「真是强健的此亚卡,行迷醉放逸,我真想使此亚卡清醒。」此中萨咖即称为『亚卡』。又在《大尼柯耶》第3.276节记载:「尊者,有强力的亚卡,令佛陀不悦。」此为四大帝王说法。再如有人称赞纯净的亚卡见识时,说「亚卡极其清明」(《相应部·尼柯耶》第482节)。此处以四大帝王为主。且四大帝王为诸亚卡之统领。关于商业之人的集会,有颂歌以押韵明白表述,指出:『聚会』意为聚首共聚之处,『yatthāti』为在于其所在路途,『tadāti』指在道路中间停留行进。『Itaritarena cāpīti』意为不同方式也包括在其中,这一切应结合理解。此段意为——就如偶尔各种天子子嗣与商人亦会有集会,此时大家应彼此听闻,察知互相说话的言论,且都应以心平气和专注地倾听。『Bhummān』义为地上的诸天。
Idāni yakkhassa pucchāgāthāyo honti –
现在有关于亚卡的诵问偈句——
§1230
1230.
‘‘Vaṅke araññe amanussaṭṭhāne, kantāre appodake appabhakkhe;
『居于弯曲森林、不与人相接之处,住于山谷、无清水无食处;
Suduggame vaṇṇupathassa majjhe, vaṅkaṃbhayā naṭṭhamanā manussā.
处于难行之道路中央,心怀恐惧,众人皆不敢入』
§1231
1231.
‘‘Nayidha phalā mūlamayā ca santi, upādānaṃ natthi kutodha bhakkho;
『此处』众果无根本,亦无取着,故比库何处得取用?
Aññatra paṃsūhi ca vālukāhi ca, tattāhi uṇhāhi ca dāruṇāhi ca.
唯有尘土、沙砾、真热与烈火,方是『此处』所能得取者。
§1232
1232.
一二三二。
‘‘Ujjaṅgalaṃ tattamivaṃ kapālaṃ, anāyasaṃ paralokena tulyaṃ;
犹如空头骷髅般荒凉,轻易被他方世间等同视之;
Luddānamāvāsamidaṃ purāṇaṃ, bhūmippadeso abhisattarūpo.
此次谓昔日破败衰残之住处,乃是土地之所,形貌荒芜。
§1233
1233.
一二三三。
‘‘Atha tumhe kena vaṇṇena, kimāsamānā imaṃ padesañhi;
复次,诸比库以何种情状、以何种形态,或心怀不安而忽然快速来到此地?
Anupaviṭṭhā sahasā samecca, lobhā bhayā atha vā sampamūḷhā’’ti.
或忽无准备地一同赶来,出于贪欲、恐惧,或心志迷惑、茫然失措。
§1230
1230. Tattha vaṅketi saṃsayaṭṭhāne. Yattha paviṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘jīvissāma nu kho, marissāma nu kho’’ti jīvite saṃsayo hoti, tādise araññe. Amanussaṭṭhāneti amanussānaṃ pisācādīnaṃ sañcaraṇaṭṭhāne, manussānaṃ vā agocaraṭṭhāne. Kantāreti nirudake iriṇe, kaṃ tārenti nayanti etthāti hi kantāro, udakaṃ gahetvā taritabbaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘appodake’’ti. Appa-saddo hettha abhāvattho ‘‘appiccho appanigghoso’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.23; cūḷava. 456) viya. Vaṇṇupathassa majjheti vālukākantāramajjheti attho. Vaṅkaṃbhayāti vaṅkehi bhītā. Vaṅkehi bhayaṃ etesanti ‘‘vaṅkabhayā’’ti vattabbe gāthāsukhatthaṃ sānunāsikaṃ katvā ‘‘vaṅkaṃbhayā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idañca vālukākantārapavesanato pubbe tesaṃ uppannabhayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Naṭṭhamanāti maggasativippavāsena naṭṭhamānasā, maggamūḷhāti attho. Manussāti tesaṃ ālapanaṃ.
此处所谓曲折者,是指疑惑的场所。因为心中有所怀疑,活着还是死去难以确定,如同在荒野之中。所谓非人所在,是指蚊蝇鬼魅类等非人众存在之游行场所,相对人族则不相往来。所谓险阻,是指水中之荆棘,谁能渡过、谁能领引之处,称为险阻。因此有言「浅水处」。轻声发音在此无意义,如同「不渴、不阻塞」等语句。曲折之中指的是沙石沙丘之险,乃是险阻害怕之意。古时所唱曲折害怕之歌,将收尾字母鼻音处理为「曲折害怕」。此处是指在进入沙丘沙山之前形成的恐惧。所谓尚未完善者,是指因行路之不正而未达完美,或曰因道理不明而迷乱之意。所谓彻底不懂者,义同。所谓人类,是指此中说话之诸人。
§1231
1231.Idhāti imasmiṃ marukantāre. Phalāti ambajambutālanāḷikerādiphalāni na santīti yojanā. Mūlamayā cāti mūlāniyeva mūlamayā, vallikandādīni sandhāya vadati. Upādānaṃnatthīti kiñcāpi kiñci bhakkhaṃ natthi, upādānaṃ vā indhanaṃ, aggissa indhanamattampi natthi, kuto kena kāraṇena idha marukantāre bhakkho siyāti attho. Yaṃ pana atthi tattha, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘aññatra paṃsūhī’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
所谓此处,是指沙漠沙丘之中。果实者,此地跨度广阔,非芒果、番石榴、菠萝椰等果品,乃指地域宽广无边。所谓根茎,是指树根天然聚集生长之地,例指攀缘植物等,故而如此说。所谓无食之所,是指此处无任何可食粮食,也无燃料之地。既无薪柴,炊事之火亦无由维持。若现实有此,则说「除尘沙外」等语。此为实相所示。
§1232
1232.Ujjaṅgalanti jaṅgalaṃ vuccati lūkhadhūsaro anudako bhūmippadeso, taṃ pana ṭhānaṃ jaṅgalatopi ukkaṃsena jaṅgalanti āha ‘‘ujjaṅgala’’nti. Tenāha ‘‘tattamivaṃ kapāla’’nti, tattaṃ ayokapālasadisanti attho. Gāthāsukhatthañcettha sānunāsikaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, tattamivaicceva daṭṭhabbaṃ. Anāyasanti natthi ettha āyo sukhanti anāyaṃ, tato eva jīvitaṃ sīyati vināsetīti anāyasaṃ. Atha vā na āyasanti anāyasaṃ. Paralokenāti narakena tulyaṃ. Narakañhi sattānaṃ ekantānatthatāya parabhūto paṭisattubhūto lokoti visesato ‘‘paraloko’’ti vuccati, samantato ayomayattā āyasañca, idaṃ pana tadabhāvato anāyasaṃ, mahato dukkhassa uppattiṭṭhānatāya paralokasadisanti dasseti, ‘‘anassaya’’nti ca keci paṭhanti, sukhassa appatiṭṭhānabhūtanti attho. Luddānamāvāsamidaṃ purāṇanti idaṃ ṭhānaṃ cirakālato paṭṭhāya luddānaṃ dāruṇānaṃ pisācādīnaṃ āvāsabhūtaṃ. Abhisattarūpoti ‘‘evaṃ lūkho ghorākāro hotū’’ti porāṇehi isīhi sapitasadiso, dinnasapo viyāti attho.
所谓丛林,是指荒芜枯槁、水湿少见之土地称为丛林。此地虽为丛林,却生长粗壮茂密,故称为“丛林”。此即所谓“如颅存骨”,意谓形状似颅骨残存。古诗中采用送气音处理尾字母,一语双关,仅此而已。所谓无铁者,本无利器,亦无便于生活之工具,因此生命难以长存、终将消亡,此即所谓“无便无除”之意。复或无便者,指彼处无所工具。所谓他界,乃狱界之类生活状态。狱者,为众生因绝对孤独且遭他主严厉控制之苦所居,故此他界称谓。因遍体皆铁,铁具坚硬无瑕,无此处则称无便利由。名为他界,明示极大苦难由此生,因此称“无依附”乃有部分学者解为“无稳定之乐”意。昔时此地称为破败阴宅,是指长久以来被破坏之地,鬼神燕居之所。所谓附生形态,即“如此凄惨恶身”,谓众生常居此处生死循环,形体不全,形状可怖如被追杀之所。
§1233
1233.Kena vaṇṇenāti kena kāraṇena. Kimāsamānāti kiṃ paccāsīsantā. Hīti nipātamattaṃ. ‘‘Padesampī’’ti ca paṭhanti, imampi nāma padesanti attho. Sahasā sameccāti sahasā ādīnavānisaṃse avicāretvā samavāyena anupaviṭṭhā sappaviṭṭhā. Lobhā bhayā atha vā kenaci anatthakāmena palobhitā lobhato kenaci amanussādinā paripātitā bhayā vā. Atha vā sampamūḷhāti maggavippanaṭṭhā imaṃ padesaṃ anupaviṭṭhāti yojanā.
所谓以何情状,乃指由何因缘、由何原因。所谓何心怀不安,谓何种忧虑所迫。此乃词类之终结。此处又称“地方”,谓此即所谓之所在。所谓突然聚集者,谓突然无准备却一齐到来。忽然慧见所不起而默然同处,无动于衷。如贪欲与恐怖等心起时,无所推敲而默然汇聚。由于贪欲使然,或因怀恶意,由非人等魔众之影响而心乱恐怖。又或因道理不明陷于糊涂,即称“道理未明”,意谓此地未被正确理解所致。
Idāni vāṇijā āhaṃsu –
现在商人们说——
§1234
1234.
‘‘Magadhesu aṅgesu ca satthavāhā, āropayitvā paṇiyaṃ puthuttaṃ;
『在摩揭陀和阿耨国中,驮载货物的商队,将货物装载起来;
Te yāmase sindhusovīrabhūmiṃ, dhanatthikā uddayaṃ patthayānā.
他们驾乘歌施维罗大地,在黄昏时分前往财富增盛之地。
§1235
1235.
‘‘Divā pipāsaṃnadhivāsayantā, yoggānukampañca samekkhamānā;
白昼饮水解渴,彼此关怀,互相观察念念之间的恭敬;
Etena vegena āyāma sabbe, rattiṃ maggaṃ paṭipannā vikāle.
依此迅速之力,众修行者夜间实践正道,至黄昏时分。
§1236
1236.
一二三六。
‘‘Te duppayātā aparaddhamaggā, andhākulā vippanaṭṭhā araññe;
彼等行差踏错,陷于恶道,出家者如同盲暗群体,迷失森林之中;
Suduggame vaṇṇupathassa majjhe, disaṃ na jānāma pamūḷhacittā.
身陷难入荆棘之隐径,心昏愚钝,不知四方所在。
§1237
1237.
一二三七。
‘‘Idañca disvāna adiṭṭhapubbaṃ, vimānaseṭṭhañca tavañca yakkha;
今且观此,先前所未见之境,与天宫至尊及夜叉同处;
Tatuttariṃ jīvitamāsamānā, disvā patītā sumanā udaggā’’ti.
此言『比对着有了四分之三寿命的人,看见他们已陨沉灭亡,心生欢喜』。
§1234
1234. Tattha magadhesu aṅgesu ca satthavāhāti magadharaṭṭhe ca aṅgaraṭṭhe ca jātā saṃvaḍḍhā taṃnivāsino satthe satthassa ca vāhanakā satthakā ceva satthasāmikā ca. Paṇiyanti bhaṇḍaṃ. Teti te mayaṃ. Yāmaseti gacchāma. Sindhusovīrabhūminti sindhudesaṃ sovīradesañca. Uddayanti ānisaṃsaṃ atirekalābhaṃ.
1234. 其中,「马嘎达国与鸯伽国的商队领队」,即在马嘎达国与鸯伽国出生、成长、居住于彼处,随商队同行者,既是商队的驾驭者,也是商队的主人。「货物」即商品。「我等」即我们。「前往」即出发。「信度·索维拉之地」即信度地区与索维拉地区。「利益」即福利、超额获利。
§1235
1235.Anadhivāsayantāti adhivāsetuṃ asakkontā. Yoggānukampanti goṇādīnaṃ sattānaṃ anuggahaṃ. Etena vegenāti iminā javena, yena tava dassanato pubbe āyāma āgatamha. Rattiṃ maggaṃ paṭipannāti rattiyaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannā. Vikāleti akāle avelāyaṃ.
1235. 「无法忍受」即不能够忍受。「怜悯畜力」即对牛等牲畜的怜悯照顾。「以此速度」即以如此之快的速度——就是在见到你之前我们已来到此处的那种速度。「夜行于路」即在夜间踏上道路。「非时」即在不当的时刻、不合宜的时候。
§1236
1236.Duppayātāti duṭṭhu payātā apathe gatā, tato eva aparaddhamaggā. Andhākulāti andhā viya ākulā, maggajānanasamatthassa paññācakkhuno abhāvena andhā, tato eva ākulā, vippanaṭṭhā ca maggasammūḷhatāya. Disanti gantabbadisaṃ, yassaṃ disāyaṃ sindhusovīradeso, taṃ disaṃ. Pamūḷhacittāti disāsaṃsayasumūḷhacittā.
1236. 「行路有误」即走错了路、走上了错误的道路,正因如此便「迷失了方向」。「如盲人般迷乱」——因缺乏能知晓道路的慧眼,故如盲人一般;正因如此而迷乱、慌乱,又因迷途而茫然不知所措。「方向」即应前往的方向——辛度·索维拉地区所在的那个方向。「心生迷惑」即对方向产生疑惑、心中迷乱。
§1237
1237.Tavañcāti tuvañca. Yakkhāti ālapanaṃ. Tatuttariṃ jīvitamāsamānāti yo ‘‘ito paraṃ amhākaṃ jīvitaṃ natthī’’ti jīvitasaṃsayo uppanno, idāni tato uttarimpi jīvitaṃ āsīsantā. Disvāti dassanahetu. Patītāti pahaṭṭhā. Sumanāti somanassappattā. Udaggāti udaggāya pītiyā udaggacittā.
1237. 「汝」即你。「亚卡」是呼唤语。「仍期望延续生命」——生起了「此后我们已无生命」的生死之疑,而如今更期望于此之上仍能延续生命。「因见到」即因见到(你)之故。「欢喜」即欢跃雀跃。「心悦」即获得喜悦之心。「心情高昂」即因高昂之喜悦而心意振奋。
Evaṃ vāṇijehi attano pavattiyā pakāsitāya puna devaputto dvīhi gāthāhi pucchi –
因而该商人因其自身业缘显现,被天子神子用二偈诗问讯—
§1238
1238.
一二三八。
‘‘Pāraṃ samuddassa imañca vaṇṇuṃ, vettācaraṃ saṅkupathañca maggaṃ;
『海洋之外,此色泽、形状与道路均不可尽见;
Nadiyo pana pabbatānañca duggā, puthuddisā gacchatha bhogahetu.
江河及山岳皆难逾越,新洲众多,随流而行以供享用。』
§1239
1239.
一二三九。
‘‘Pakkhandiyāna vijitaṃ paresaṃ, verajjake mānuse pekkhamānā;
『烦恼所染、他人所胜之处,如同世人所观察;
Yaṃ vo sutaṃ vā atha vāpi diṭṭhaṃ, accherakaṃ taṃ vo suṇoma tātā’’ti.
尔所闻所见,无论何者,皆为虚妄,吾等共当聆听,父师呵。』
Tassattho – pāraṃ samuddassāti samuddassa paratīraṃ, imañca īdisaṃ, vaṇṇuṃ vaṇṇupathaṃ vettalatā bandhitvā ācaritabbato vettācaraṃ maggaṃ, saṅkuke khāṇuke koṭṭetvā gantabbato saṅkupathaṃ maggaṃ, nadiyo pana candabhāgādikā, pabbatānañca visamappadesāti evaṃ duggā puthuddisā bhoganimittaṃ gacchatha, evaṃ gacchantā ca pakkhandiyāna pakkhanditvā anupavisitvā, paresaṃ rājūnaṃ vijitaṃ tattha verajjake videsavāsike manusse pekkhamānā gacchatha, evaṃbhūtehi vo tumhehi yaṃ sutaṃ vā atha vā diṭṭhaṃ vā accherakaṃ acchariyaṃ, taṃ vo santike tātā vāṇijā suṇomāti attano vimānassa acchariyabhāvaṃ tehi kathāpetukāmo pucchati.
其意是——超越海洋之彼岸,即海洋的彼岸,这即是此种,它描述的是通达色相路径的认识,绳索被绑扎着应当如法行走的道路,通达路径是理应前往的道路;河流诸如月支河等,山岳因地势险阻,恰如如此艰难之新发现之境,缘此因缘而成之财宝之地,往往朝向彼处而去。行者虽迁徙奔走,却始终违背其本分,且未曾进入室内,惟视彼外来外国商人的诸多王者为胜,停留于此。诸位!诸如你们这般,有所听闻或目见、奇异殊胜且奇妙之事,我等商人愿闻于近人,愿为汝说我方所驾驭飞行器之奇特神妙,恳请垂问。
Evaṃ devaputtena puṭṭhā vāṇijā āhaṃsu –
复如天子之子般,商人们询问道——
§1240
1240.
‘‘Itopi accherataraṃ kumāra, na no sutaṃ vā atha vāpi diṭṭhaṃ;
“此亦比奇异更甚,少年啊,非我等所闻所见之事;
Atītamānusakameva sabbaṃ, disvā na tappāma anomavaṇṇaṃ.
乃是昔日真人所历一切,观察之不违正道。
§1241
1241.
‘‘Vehāyasaṃ pokkharañño savanti, pahūtamalyā bahupuṇḍarīkā;
『池塘水花盛开,清莲众多,洁净无瑕,色彩鲜艳;』
Dumā cime niccaphalūpapannā, atīva gandhā surabhiṃ pavāyanti.
『苍白的荷叶永远长青,芳香馥郁,散发出极为芬芳的气味。』
§1242
1242.
‘‘Veḷūriyathambhā satamussitāse, silāpavāḷassa ca āyataṃsā;
『石柱如竹,竖立排列,成行成排,石壁整齐;』
Masāragallā sahalohitaṅgā, thambhā ime jotirasāmayāse.
『石涧水流清澈,泛红色光泽,这些柱子此刻呈现光明灿烂。』
§1243
1243.
‘‘Sahassathambhaṃ atulānubhāvaṃ, tesūpari sādhumidaṃ vimānaṃ;
『此乃千柱雄伟且绝妙非凡之感受,顶上此处飞阁极为精妙华美;』
Ratanantaraṃ kañcanavedimissaṃ, tapanīyapaṭṭehi ca sādhuchannaṃ.
『宝石相续如黄金台座,相辅以烤漆制成的荫盖,皆为工巧所加装饰。』
§1244
1244.
‘‘Jambonaduttattamidaṃ sumaṭṭho, pāsādasopānaphalūpapanno;
『此乃拔竹所制之极细致精巧绣饰,配以宫殿阶梯之果实形象;』
Daḷho ca vaggu ca susaṅgato ca, atīva nijjhānakhamo manuñño.
『坚固稳健且圆润匀称,极具安宁与平静之性,极强人间引导慰藉之德。』
§1245
1245.
‘‘Ratanantarasmiṃ bahuannapānaṃ, parivārito accharāsaṅgaṇena;
『宝光』中,众多饮食被供养,周围环绕着护卫禁军;
Murajaālambaratūriyaghuṭṭho, abhivanditosi thutivandanāya.
如同挂满珍珠的宝塔,倍受敬礼赞叹,礼敬你之荣耀。
§1246
1246.
‘‘So modasi nārigaṇappabodhano, vimānapāsādavare manorame;
你欢喜如同女众觉醒,处于华丽的宫殿之中;
Acintiyo sabbaguṇūpapanno, rājā yathā vessavaṇo naḷinyā.
出世不可思议,具足一切美德,如同诸天之王毗舍耶王子般美妙。
§1247
1247.
‘‘Devo nu āsi udavāsi yakkho,
“是天人还是鬼魅呢,
Udāhu devindo manussabhūto;
或者说是天帝化现为人;
Pucchanti taṃ vāṇijā satthavāhā,
商人和使者们问他,
Ācikkha ko nāma tuvaṃsi yakkho’’ti.
‘请告诉我,你这鬼魅名为何?’”
§1240-2
1240-2. Tattha kumārāti paṭhamavaye ṭhitattā devaputtaṃ ālapati. Sabbanti devaputtaṃ tassa vimānapaṭibaddhañca sandhāya vadati. Pokkharaññoti pokkharaṇiyo. Satamussitāseti sataratanubbedhā. Silāpavāḷassāti silāya pavāḷassa ca, silāmayā pavāḷamayāti attho. Āyataṃsāti dīghaṃsā. Atha vā āyatā hutvā aṭṭhasoḷasadvattiṃsādiaṃsavanto.
1240-2. 关于这里的‘少年’,是在初年时天子子孙对话的情形。众天子子孙谈论那天子的宫殿建筑。‘Pokkharañña’指池塘群。‘Satamussitāse’是指由百宝精雕而成。‘Silāpavāḷassā’指由石材和殿壁组成的建筑,意为石造的。‘Āyatāṃsāti’意指建筑很长。有时也解释为‘延长’,有八十六岁加二十三天等时日长度。
§1242
1242.Tesūparīti tesaṃ thambhānaṃ upari. Sādhumidanti sundaraṃ idaṃ tava vimānaṃ. Ratanantaranti ratanantaravantaṃ, bhittithambhasopānādīsu nānāvidhehi aññehi ratanehi yuttaṃ. Kañcanavedimissanti suvaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sahitaṃ parikkhittaṃ. Tapanīyapaṭṭehi ca sādhuchannanti tapanīyamayehi anekaratanamayehi ca chadanehi tattha tattha suṭṭhu chāditaṃ.
1242.『彼等之上』者,乃于那些柱子的上方也。『此诚美妙』者,谓你的这座天宫确实美妙。『间杂宝物』者,即具有宝物间杂其中,于墙壁、柱子、阶梯等处,以各种其余不同宝物庄严。『饰以金栏』者,谓以黄金所制之栏楯环绕围饰。『并以精炼金箔及众宝之遮覆善为覆盖』者,谓以精炼金所制及以多种宝物所制的屋顶,于彼处处善加覆盖。
§1244
1244.Jambonaduttattamidanti idaṃ tava vimānaṃ yebhuyyena uttattajambunadabhāsuraṃ. Sumaṭṭho pāsādasopānaphalūpapannoti tassa ca so so padeso sumaṭṭho suṭṭhu majjito, tehi tehi anantarapāsādehi sopānavisesehi ramaṇīyehi phalakehi ca yutto. Daḷhoti thiro. Vaggūti abhirūpo samuggato. Susaṅgatoti suṭṭhu saṅgatāvayavo aññamaññānurūpapāsādāvayavo. Atīva nijjhānakhamoti pabhassarabhāvepi ativiya olokanakkhamo. Manuññoti manoramo.
此地名为珍宝多达,谓‘这是你的宫殿,以殊胜的珍宝建成,闪耀如高贵的珍宝光辉。’宫殿坚固,附有台阶和美丽的果树。各处稳固安稳,内部清洁。层层相连的楼阁、特有的台阶,各种雅致的果树相连结。宫殿坚固牢固,坚实稳定。结构美观,布局整齐,门窗配合得当,彼此相称。极其明净通透,即便极其观察,也不会出其右。令人心旷神怡,感到舒适宜人。
§1245
1245.Ratanantarasminti ratanamaye, ratanabhūte vā sārabhūte vimānassa abbhantare. Bahuannapānanti pesalaṃ pahūtaṃ annañca pānañca vijjati, upalabbhatīti adhippāyo. Murajaālambaratūriyaghuṭṭhoti mudiṅgānaṃ ālambarānaṃ avasiṭṭhatūriyānañca saddehi niccaghosito. Abhivanditosīti namassito, thomito vā asi. Tenāha ‘‘thūtivandanāyā’’ti.
宝石环绕之间,或由宝石构成又实质充足之宫殿内部。许多丰富的饮食与饮料存在,是庄严的享受。肘拄柱梁装饰构件发出的声响持续稳定,仿佛琴瑟余音。受人敬礼,或被称颂,或被赞美、致敬。故称此为‘赞礼之处’。
§1246
1246.Acintiyoti acinteyyānubhāvo. Naḷinyāti evaṃnāmake kīḷanaṭṭhāne yathā vessavaṇo mahārājā, evaṃ tvaṃ modasīti yojanā.
谓不可思议,意指不可思议的境界或体验。名为那林尼,是嬉戏的场地,如当年大王便萨婆罗一样,汝亦将因此欢喜。距离遥远。
§1247
1247.Āsīti asi bhavasi. Devindoti sakko devarājā. Manussabhūtoti manussesu bhūto manussajātiko. Yakkhoti devādibhāvaṃ pucchitvāpi yakkhabhāvaṃ āsaṅkantā vadanti.
谓‘你在这里’。天帝者,即萨咖天帝。谓成为人身,生于人间者。雅卡者,虽被称为天神及诸天之尊,却常被认为具有雅卡本性。
Idāni so devaputto attānaṃ jānāpento –
如今彼天子已识自我,了知自身——
§1248
1248.
‘‘Serīsako nāma ahamhi yakkho, kantāriyo vaṇṇupathamhi gutto;
「我名为蛇须迦,是一名夜叉,守护粮谷的领域,隐居于谷中蜿蜒的小路;
Imaṃ padesaṃ abhipālayāmi, vacanakaro vessavaṇassa rañño’’ti. –
我负责保护此地方,为众神王毗沙门所遣遣使行言说之事。」
Āha. Tattha ahamhī yakkhoti ahaṃ yakkho amhi. Kantāriyoti ārakkhaṇatthaṃ kantāre niyutto. Guttoti gopako. Tenāha ‘‘abhipālayāmī’’ti.
谓之「我是夜叉」者,我即为夜叉也。谓之「粮谷守护者」者,乃受命护卫谷地之守护者也。谓之「隐居」者,意为守护秘事之护卫隐匿不显。故称「我来保护」者,言护卫此地也。
Idāni vāṇijā tassa kammādīni pucchantā āhaṃsu –
后来,有商人因求问此地职责,向他发问:
§1249
1249.
‘‘Adhiccaladdhaṃ pariṇāmajaṃ te, sayaṃkataṃ udāhu devehi dinnaṃ;
「你所守护的事物聚合而成变化,乃众神赐予的财富,是他人所不能夺取的珍宝;
Pucchanti taṃ vāṇijā satthavāhā, kathaṃ tayā laddhamidaṃ manuñña’’nti.
商人与车夫等人问他,『这所得之物是怎样由他而得?』
Tattha adhiccaladdhanti adhiccasamuppattikaṃ, yadicchakaṃ laddhanti attho. Pariṇāmajaṃ teti niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇataṃ, kālapariṇataṃ vā. Sayaṃkatanti tayā sayameva kataṃ, deviddhiyā tayā sayameva nibbattitanti attho. Udāhu devehi dinnanti tayā ārādhitehi devehi pasādavasena nissaṭṭhaṃ.
对此『所得之物』者,谓其所得超越现世、依现世而生;或谓为变化生起者,即由定寿相续的变异、依时间变化者。『自身所成』者,指由其自身而成,或谓凭其自身力量而成。乃至于天神所纳授者,是天神依所希求者、所恭敬者、心悦者而赐予的。
Idāni devaputto caturopi pakāre paṭikkhipitvā puññameva apadisanto –
现在,天子以四种方式分别放弃,唯献布施以积累善果:
§1250
1250.
‘‘Nādhiccaladdhaṃ na pariṇāmajaṃ me, na sayaṃkataṃ na hi devehi dinnaṃ;
『我无他得所得,无由变化所得,无自身所成,亦非因天神所赐;
Sakehi kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ manuñña’’nti. –
因自作善恶业,我凭善业所得此果报。』
Gāthamāha.
称为诗句。
Taṃ sutvā vāṇijā puna ‘‘nādhiccaladdha’’nti gāthāyaṃ puññādhikameva te caturo pakāre āropetvā puññassa ca sarūpaṃ pucchiṃsu –
商人听闻此言后,便以「未得至高」的诗句,把功德按四种类别分别加以判断,并询问其功德的实质。
§1251
1251.
‘‘Kiṃ te vataṃ kiṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, kissa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko;
“你的财宝究竟如何?你的梵行如何?这报应是因何而成?”
Pucchanti taṃ vāṇijā satthavāhā, kathaṃ tayā laddhamidaṃ vimāna’’nti.
商人们询问教法的传播者:“这架空中楼阁你是如何得到的?”
Tattha vatanti vatasamādānaṃ. Brahmacariyanti seṭṭhacariyaṃ.
释义中所说之“财宝”为财富的取得;“梵行”指至善之行为。
Puna devaputto te paṭikkhipitvā attānaṃ yathūpacitaṃ puññañca dassento –
复次,天子们舍弃自身而如法示现功德,
§1252
1252.
‘‘Mamaṃ pāyāsīti ahu samaññā, rajjaṃ yadā kārayiṃ kosalānaṃ;
『有人名曰帕耶希,他曾是一名沙门,当时在萨拉国主持政务,
Natthikadiṭṭhi kadariyo pāpadhammo, ucchedavādī ca tadā ahosiṃ.
无无益之见,其心不倒伏,是恶法者,主张断灭论的邪见者,彼时即是如此。
§1253
1253.
‘‘Samaṇo ca kho āsi kumārakassapo, bahussuto cittakathī uḷāro;
『当时亦有一名沙门,名曰小咖萨巴,博闻多学,心思缜密且能言辞巧妙,
So me tadā dhammakathaṃ abhāsi, diṭṭhivisūkāni vinodayī me.
于是,当时我宣说佛法教义,心中欢悦了见解与信解。
§1254
1254.
一二五四。
‘‘Tāhaṃ tassa dhammakathaṃ suṇitvā, upāsakattaṃ paṭivedayissaṃ;
我听闻世尊所宣说之法,便生欢迎皈依之心;
Pāṇātipātā virato ahosiṃ, loke adinnaṃ parivajjayissaṃ;
不杀生于世,不取于非施;
Amajjapo no ca musā abhāṇiṃ, sakena dārena ca ahosiṃ tuṭṭho.
不妄语不恶口,慷慨布施心满足足。
§1255
1255.
一二五五。
‘‘Taṃ me vataṃ taṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, tassa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko;
『这正是我的所言,那正法行;彼已证得清净者,这便是其果报。』
Teheva kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ vimāna’’nti. –
『凭此不善之业及善业,我今获得此天界。』
Āha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
于是,说道:此义当极应了。
Atha vāṇijā devaputtaṃ vimānañcassa paccakkhato disvā kammaphalaṃ saddahitvā attano kammaphale saddhaṃ pavedentā –
从前,有商人观察到天子诸天的果报,了知其因果,便坚信自身所作之业果报,信心坚定地宣说:
§1256
1256.
‘‘Saccaṃ kirāhaṃsu narā sapaññā, anaññathā vacanaṃ paṇḍitānaṃ;
『诚哉!智慧人中的贤者,言辞自有别于愚人无知。』
Yahiṃ yahiṃ gacchati puññakammo, tahiṃ tahiṃ modati kāmakāmī.
无论何处有善业行为,彼处即生喜乐、乐于所欲之乐。
§1257
1257.
一二五七。
‘‘Yahiṃ yahiṃ sokapariddavo ca, vadho ca bandho ca parikkileso;
『无论何处有忧愁痛苦,杀害缠缚及烦恼皆在彼处;
Tahiṃ tahiṃ gacchati pāpakammo, na muccati duggatiyā kadācī’’ti. –
无论何处有恶业行为,永不解脱于恶趣』。——
Gāthādvayaṃ avocuṃ. Tattha sokapariddavoti soko ca paridevo ca. Parikkilesoti vuttā anatthuppatti.
双句诗偈已宣说。其间忧愁痛苦者,为忧恼与哀伤;烦恼谓无益之物。
Evaṃ tesu kathentesuyeva vimānadvāre sirīsarukkhato paripākena muttabandhanā paripakkā sipāṭikā pati, tena devaputto saparijano domanassappatto ahosi. Taṃ disvā vāṇijā –
如是说时,有一因诺维曼的天神,随着时令于梧桐树成熟时,因树果盛满、枝叶合拢笼罩,感到忧愁痛苦。天神被悲苦所扰。见此,商人说——
§1258
1258.
一二五八。
‘‘Sammūḷharūpova jano ahosi, asmiṃ muhutte kalalīkatova;
‘众生如同枯萎之叶,在此一时之间,像被水波摇动的芦苇;
Janassimassa tuyhañca kumāra, appaccayo kena nu kho ahosī’’ti. –
问:“众生与汝之子共同处境,何因起此衰退?”’
Gāthamāhaṃsu. Tattha sammūḷharūpovāti sokavasena sabbaso mūḷhasabhāvo viya. Janoti devajano. Asmiṃ muhutteti imasmiṃ muhuttamatte . Kalalīkatoti kalalaṃ viya kato, kalalanissitaudakībhūto viya āviloti adhippāyo. Janassimassa tuyhañcāti imassa tava parijanassa tuyhañca. Appaccayoti domanassaṃ.
这是诗句。其意谓“如同枯萎之叶”者,形容因悲伤而完全显露的愚痴本性。‘众生’指天众。‘此一时’者,即此瞬间的期间。‘像水波动的芦苇’者,芦苇被水波摇动、湿润成为泥浊之状,意指动摇无定。‘汝之子’即你家亲属的儿子。‘衰退’指悲伤之苦。
Taṃ sutvā devaputto –
闻此后,天子说道——
§1259
1259.
一二五九。
‘‘Ime ca sirīsavanā tātā, dibbā gandhā surabhī sampavanti;
『这些是白木林弟子们啊,天上的芬芳香气极为浓郁芬芳;』
Te sampavāyanti imaṃ vimānaṃ, divā ca ratto ca tamaṃ nihantvā.
『这些芬芳弥漫于此功德庄严的天宫,白昼夜晚都能驱散黑暗。』
§1260
1260.
‘‘Imesañca kho vassasataccayena, sipāṭikā phalati ekamekā;
『这些果实经过整整一百年的生长后,每一颗各自成熟;』
Mānussakaṃ vassasataṃ atītaṃ, yadagge kāyamhi idhūpapanno.
『世间人类的一百岁寿命已经过去,此处功德道场中众多比库们修行成就。』
§1261
1261.
‘‘Disvānahaṃ vassasatāni pañca,
我已经经历了五百年之久,
Asmiṃ vimāne ṭhatvāna tātā;
在这座极乐的天宫中栖居;
Āyukkhayā puññakkhayā cavissaṃ,
随着寿命和福报的消逝,我终将离去,
Teneva sokena pamucchitosmī’’ti. – āha;
正由此悲伤而被解脱。” —— 如是说;
§1256
1256. Tattha sirīsavanāti sirīsavipinato. Tātāti vāṇije ālapati. Ime tumhākaṃ mayhañca paccakkhabhūtā dibbā gandhā surabhī ativiya sugandhāyeva samantato pavanti pavāyanti. Te dibbā gandhā evaṃ vāyantā imaṃ vimānaṃ sampavāyanti sammadeva gandhaṃ gāhāpenti, na kevalaṃ sampavāyanameva, atha kho attano pabhāya tamampi nihanti. Tenāha ‘‘divā ca ratto ca tamaṃ nihantvā’’ti.
1256节。此处「sirīsavana」指的是「sirīsavipina」——即萋萋茂盛的榴莲树林;「tāta」指的是商人之语。世间你们我皆有的那种珍妙清香,神灵所闻亦极为芬香,四处飘散而无不沁人心脾。这些神圣的香气四处流转,完全包围着这座极乐天宫,不仅仅是风吹动而散发,更因自身天光照耀而生辉。因此有言:“昼夜净灭黑暗”。
§1260-61
1260-61.Imesanti sirīsānaṃ. Sipāṭikāti phalakuṭṭhilikā. Phalatīti paccitvā vaṇṭato muccati, puṭabhedaṃ vā patvā sissati. Mānussakaṃ vassasataṃ atītanti yasmā vassasatassa accayena imassa sirīsassa sipāṭikā phalati, ayañca phalitā, tasmā mayhaṃ mānussakaṃ vassasataṃ atītaṃ. Yadagge yato paṭṭhāya, kāyamhi idha imasmiṃ devanikāye upapanno nibbatto. Mayhañca devagaṇanāya pañca vassasatāni āyu, tasmā khīyati me āyūti sokavasena sampamūḷhoti dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘disvānahaṃ vassasatāni pañca…pe… teneva sokena pamucchitosmī’’ti.
1260-61节。这里说「sirīsā」意指榴莲果实的果皮(phala-kuṭṭhilikā)。果实成熟时,果皮开裂或破裂而露出果肉。由于人间经历了五百年的岁月,如今榴莲果实开裂成熟,这表明我在人间的五百年已经过去。当我在此界神宫中觉悟灭尽时,我的天界生命五百年已经结束,此寿命减少,忧愁生起而趋向消灭。因此有言:“见我已逾五百年,……正因此悲伤而被解脱。”
Atha naṃ vāṇijā samassāsento –
接着那商人聚集起来说——
§1262
1262.
(此处为序号1262,表示经文位置)
‘‘Kathaṃ nu soceyya tathāvidho so, laddhā vimānaṃ atulaṃ cirāya;
“若他像那样悲伤呢?他得到无比的天宫,长久居住;
Ye cāpi kho ittaramupapannā, te nūna soceyyuṃ parittapuññā’’ti. –
而且那些生于其他处的人,难道他们也该因福德减损而悲伤吗?”
Āhaṃsu. Tattha yādisehi appāyukehi maraṇaṃ paṭicca socitabbaṃ siyā, tādiso pana evaṃ dibbānubhāvasampanno navutivassasatasahassāyuko kathaṃ nu soceyya, na socitabbamevāti adhippāyo.
他们说,初时因无常受苦而应当悲伤,例如临近死者;但那类得具神通,寿命达九万三千岁的天人,怎会悲伤呢?应不忧伤,这是议论要义。
Devaputto tattakeneva samassāsetvā tesaṃ vacanaṃ sampaṭicchanto tesañca upadesaṃ dento –
天子神用此义理聚集他人,教诲他们说——
§1263
1263.
一二六三。
‘‘Anucchaviṃ ovadiyañca metaṃ, yaṃ maṃ tumhe peyyavācaṃ vadetha;
『应当依教诫善劝此事,尔等当称我为可亲称谓;
Tumhe ca kho tātā mayānuguttā, yehicchakaṃ tena paletha sotthi’’nti. –
尔等确已是我之随从,所欲者宜从彼处获安乐。』——
Gāthamāha. Tattha anucchavinti anucchavikaṃ, tumhākameva taṃ yuttarūpaṃ. Ovadiyañca metanti me mayhaṃ tumhehi ovadiyaṃ ovādavasena vattabbametaṃ. Yaṃ yasmā, maṃ mayhaṃ, tumhe ‘‘kathaṃ nu soceyya’’ntiādinā peyyavācaṃ piyavacanaṃ vadetha. Yaṃ vā peyyavācāya vadanaṃ kathanaṃ, taṃ tumhākameva anucchavikanti yojanā. Atha vā yaṃ yasmā tumhe peyyavācaṃ vadetha, tasmā anucchavikaṃ ovadiyañca ovaditabbaṃ ovādānurūpaṃ kātabbañca me mayā kataṃ, kiṃ pana tanti āha ‘‘tumhe ca kho tātā’’tiādi. Tattha mayānuguttāti imasmiṃ amanussapariggahe marukantāre yāva kantārātikkamā mayā anuguttā rakkhitā, yenicchakaṃ yathārucitena, sotthiṃ khemena, paletha gacchathāti attho.
颂曰:其中『anucchaviṃ』者,意指『随从者』,即尔等所欲称谓的适当称呼。『Ovadiyañca metaṃ』者,我于尔等以劝诫言辞应当劝导之意。所谓以亲切言语称呼我,如『我如何应当思维?』等,彼即为随从言辞。又尔等称我为可亲之词,如是随从语称之。尔等称我言教劝应当劝导,且依劝诫道理遣行亦为我所为。至于谓『尔等确已是我之随从』者,于此非常粗野幽谷之地,我以随从之身份护持尔等,尔等一切所欲皆得如愿,安乐无碍,俾尔等得行。
Atha vāṇijā kataññubhāvaṃ pakāsentā –
尔等应当发露感恩之情——
§1264
1264.
一二六四。
‘‘Gantvā mayaṃ sindhusovīrabhūmiṃ, dhanatthikā uddayaṃ patthayānā;
“切勿使诸大海般匝布施消失殆尽,所言皆应完备悉皆成实。”
Yathāpayogā paripuṇṇacāgā, kāhāma serīsamahaṃ uḷāranti. –
其使用方便完备,奉献甚多,我们共聚大海般广阔的供养。——
Gāthamāhaṃsu. Tattha yathāpayogāti idāni katapaṭiññānurūpapayogā. Paripuṇṇacāgāti samattacāgā, uḷārassa mahassa pariyattapariccāgā. Mahanti ussavapūjaṃ.
众人称此为诗句。此中“使用方便”者,依照所知实际的用法;“完备奉献”者,为圆满的布施;“海”的比喻指广大无边的广博布施;盛大则指庄严广大的供养恭敬。
Puna devaputto mahakaraṇaṃ paṭikkhipanto kattabbesu ca te niyojento –
复有天子子侍者,除去重大因缘障碍,并适时护持之,令其施行。——
§1265
1265.
(此为经文编号)
‘‘Mā ceva serīsamahaṃ akattha, sabbañca vo bhavissati yaṃ vadetha;
『莫以此作谢利萨树』者,意谓:你们所说的一切都将成真;
Pāpāni kammāni vivajjayātha, dhammānuyogañca adhiṭṭhahāthā’’ti. –
“应当戒除恶业,努力修习善法。”
Gāthamāha. Tattha yaṃ vadethāti yaṃ tumhe khemena sindhusovīradesapattiṃ tattha ca vipulaṃ uddayaṃ lābhaṃ paccāsīsantā ‘‘gantvā maya’’ntiādīni vadatha. Sabbaṃ taṃ vo tumhākaṃ tatheva bhavissati, tattha nikkaṅkhā hotha, tumhe pana ito paṭṭhāya pāpāni kammāni pāṇātipātādīni vivajjayātha parivajjetha. Dhammānuyoganti dānādikusaladhammassa anuyuñjanaṃ. Adhiṭṭhahāthāti anusikkhatha idaṃ serīsakamahanti dasseti.
偈曰:对此,应当说的是:诸汝等当欢喜地谈论临近海河湖泽之地及广阔丰饶众多的兴盛未来,彼时众生归依,皆言“来吧,我往彼处”等语。诸法皆归汝所有,如是而现,应当无所渴望。汝等应当舍弃后方,远离恶业,如杀生等不善之业,应当斩断戒除。所谓修习善法,即致力于资助等善行的精进实践。所谓努力,意指勤奋践行,显显为修行勤劳之义。
Yaṃ pana upāsakaṃ anuggaṇhanto tesaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaṃ kātukāmo ahosi, tassa guṇaṃ kittetvā taṃ tesaṃ uddisanto imā gāthāyo āha –
若有居士随顺护持,为其谋求保护帮助者,赞扬其善德,并为其称颂,乃作下列偈语:
§1266
1266.
一二六六。
‘‘Upāsako atthi imamhi saṅghe, bahussuto sīlavatūpapanno;
“居士在此僧团中,博闻广学,具有清净戒律;
Saddho ca cāgī ca supesalo ca, vicakkhaṇo santusito mutīmā.
信心坚定,慷慨施舍,谨慎不放逸,智慧通达,心满意足且精明通达。”
§1267
1267.
一二六七。
‘‘Sañjānamāno na musā bhaṇeyya, parūpaghātāya na cetayeyya;
『觉知时,不应说谎,不应起意谋害他人;
Vebhūtikaṃ pesuṇaṃ no kareyya, saṇhañca vācaṃ sakhilaṃ bhaṇeyya.
不应行邪恶之事,不应说伤害诸根之语,且当言辞温和圆融。』
§1268
1268.
一二六八。
‘‘Sagāravo sappatisso vinīto, apāpako adhisīle visuddho;
『应当恭敬,柔顺谦恭,远离恶行,道德清净;
So mātaraṃ pitarañcāpi jantu, dhammena poseti ariyavutti.
如此者护养其母父及一切众生,依照圣者教法而修行。』
§1269
1269.
一二六九。
‘‘Maññe so mātāpitūnaṃ kāraṇā, bhogāni pariyesati na attahetu;
『有人认为,父母是缘故,追求享乐,非为自身利益;
Mātāpitūnañca yo accayena, nekkhammapoṇo carissati brahmacariyaṃ.
若对父母怀有孝敬之心,勤修正行,必将守持出家清净生活。』
§1270
1270.
一二七〇。
‘‘Ujū avaṅko asaṭho amāyo, na lesakappena ca vohareyya;
『正直、纯正、诚实、不欺诈者,不应以虚假行为自欺;
So tādiso sukatakammakārī, dhamme ṭhito kinti labhetha dukkhaṃ.
如此之人,行为善良纯正,位于法中,岂会得受苦难?』
§1271
1271.
一二七一。
‘‘Taṃkāraṇā pātukatomhi attanā, tasmā dhammaṃ passatha vāṇijāse;
“是因缘自身为所破坏者,因此应当以此法为所观察,犹如商贾所经营。
Aññatra teniha bhasmī bhavetha, andhākulā vippanaṭṭhā araññe;
除此之外,若此处变为灰烬,如同森林中烟灭的暗处、隐没的空寂;
Taṃ khippamānena lahuṃ parena, sukho have sappurisena saṅgamo’’ti.
应当迅速远离他人与他事,因良善之人的相会才是真乐。”
§1266
1266. Tattha saṅgheti sattasamūhe. Vicakkhaṇoti tattha tattha kattabbatāya kusalo. Santusitoti santuṭṭho. Mutīmāti kammassakatañāṇādinā idhalokaparalokahitānaṃ munanato mutimā.
一二六六。其处「僧」者,谓七众集合。曰「聪慧」者,于彼处彼时勤谨合宜者。曰「满足」者,心足而悦。曰「了悟」者,借由作业及智识等,究论此世与彼世诸圣贤利益之道,谓之了悟也。
§1267
1267.Sañjānamāno na musā bhaṇeyyāti sampajānamusā na bhāseyya. Vebhūtikanti sahitānaṃ vinābhāvakaraṇato ‘‘vebhūtika’’nti laddhanāmaṃ pisuṇaṃ, no kareyya na vadeyya.
一二六七。谓「意识到者不可妄语」者,谓如实而知,必不说妄语。谓「与物质有关」者,因存在不可与无存在相混,该名“与物质有关”者属恶,不当作也不当说也。
§1268
1268.Sappatissoti patissayo garuṭṭhāniyesu nivātavuttikattā soraccaṃ, saha patissenāti sappatisso. Adhisīleti upāsakena rakkhitabbaadhisīlasikkhāya. Ariyavuttīti parisuddhavutti.
1268.「善依止」者,依止之义在于诸重恭敬的师所降服。此为依止,依止即善依止。应由持戒的近事男恭敬守护,因持戒为修学之道。所谓净戒者,是指圣道清净的具体表现。
§1269
1269.Nekkhammapoṇoti nibbānaninno. Carissati brahmacariyanti pabbajjaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ carissati.
1269.「出家受戒」者,是指涅槃内住;修行梵行,受持出家清规,依教修行梵行。
§1270
1270.Lesakappenāti kappiyalesena. Na ca vohareyyāti māyāsāṭheyyavasena vacanaṃ na nicchāreyya. Dhamme ṭhito kinti labhetha dukkhanti evaṃ vuttanayena dhamme ṭhito dhammacārī samacārī kinti kena pakārena dukkhaṃ labhetha pāpuṇeyya.
1270.「善法从事」者,正当善法之事。不可妄行欺诳之言,不可轻慢。立于正法中,则何处得乐?苦已明确宣示。因此立于法中者,应以何种方式修行法行、正行,方能得乐?
§1271
1271.Taṃkāraṇāti tannimittaṃ tassa upāsakassa hetu. Pātukatomhi attanāti sayameva tumhākaṃ ahaṃ pāturahosiṃ. ‘‘Attāna’’ntipi pāṭho, mama attānaṃ tumhākaṃ pātvākāsinti attho. Tasmāti yasmā ahaṃ dhammaṃ apacāyamāno taṃ rakkhanto tumhepi rakkhāmi, tasmā dhammaṃ passatha dhammameva caritabbaṃ katvā oloketha. Aññatra teniha bhasmī bhavethāti tena upāsakena vinā ce āgatā, imasmiṃ marukantāre anāthā appaṭisaraṇā bhasmabhāvaṃ gaccheyyātha. Khippamānenāti evaṃ khippantena vambhantena pīḷantena. Lahunti sukaraṃ. Parenāti adhikaṃ, aññena vā. Tasmā sukho have sappurisena saṅgamoti. So hi khantisoracce niviṭṭho kenaci kiñci vuttopi na paṭippharatīti adhippāyo.
1271.「彼缘起」者,是指彼之缘由,彼则为近事男之因缘。若说“我亲自护持”,此意为“我是你们当下所依护者”。因我护持此法,则你等亦护持,因此应观察此法,当将法真正修持、观察。若无此近事男,则于此无依荒野中,将变成无依无援、毁坏之境。速疾者,即迅捷而易被欺负之义。困难者,较为强健、更为他人所依。故说与善人结交为乐。彼以忍耐恭敬而安立,无所动摇,此为根本所在。
Evaṃ sāmaññato kittitaṃ sarūpato ñātukāmā vāṇijā –
如此,依礼常被誉扬于各类关系者,无论族亲或商贾,
§1272
1272.
‘‘Kiṃ nāma so kiñca karoti kammaṃ,
什么是他的名字,他做什么业?
Kiṃ nāmadheyyaṃ kiṃ pana tassa gottaṃ;
什么是他的姓名,他的家族又是什么?
Mayampi naṃ daṭṭhukāmamha yakkha, yassānukampāya idhāgatosi;
我亦因慈悲,虽为夜叉而欲见他,故至此;
Lābhā hi tassa yassa tuvaṃ pihesī’’ti. –
因为你所喜爱的,正是他的利益。」——
Gāthamāhaṃsu. Tattha kiṃ nāma soti nāmato so jantu satto ko nāma. Kiñca karoti kammanti kasivaṇijjādīsu kīdisaṃ kammaṃ karoti. Kiṃnāmadheyyanti mātāpitūhi kataṃ pana ‘‘tisso phusso’’tiādīsu tassa kiṃ nāmadheyyaṃ, ‘‘bhaggavo bhāradvājo’’tiādīsu kiṃ vā tassa gottaṃ. Yassa tuvaṃ pihesīti yaṃ tuvaṃ piyāyasi.
于是有人诵此偈。这里所谓“他的名字”就是指这众生的名字,所谓“是什么他所作的业”即他在商贾等业中做何种业;所谓“名字及家族”是指由父母命名或如“提索·普瑟”等的名号,以及如“世尊·巴阇陀瓦”之类的家族称谓。所谓“你所喜爱”者,即你所疼爱关怀者。
Idāni devaputto taṃ nāmagottādivasena dassento –
现在天子以其姓名与家族等身分显现于彼。
§1273
1273.
一二七三。
‘‘Yo kappako sambhavanāmadheyyo,
『所谓勤修行者,』
Upāsako kocchaphalūpajīvī;
就是依靠少量果实为生的近事男;
Jānātha naṃ tumhākaṃ pesiyo so,
你们要认识他,那个护持者就是你们的护持者,
Mā kho naṃ hīḷittha supesalo so’’ti. –
切莫使他失落,务要善护持他。』——
Āha. Tattha kappakoti nhāpito. Sambhavanāmadheyyoti sambhavoti evaṃnāmo. Kocchaphalūpajīvīti kocchañca phalañca upanissāya jīvanako. Tattha kocchaṃ nāma āḷakādisaṇṭhāpanatthaṃ kesādīnaṃ ullikhanasādhanaṃ. Pesiyo pesanakārako veyyāvaccakaro.
此处『勤修行者』为使者所叙述。『勤修行者』者,『生成与守护』之意。『依靠少量果实为生』者,即依靠少许果实等作为维持生命的手段。其中『少果』意指以箭筒等为容器装载或记录头发等的工具。『护持者』为护持工作者、指示者和解说者。
Idāni vāṇijā taṃ sañjānitvā āhaṃsu –
这时商人们知道了那个事,便对魔说:
§1274
1274.
‘‘Jānāmase yaṃ tvaṃ pavadesi yakkha, na kho naṃ jānāma sa edisoti;
『我们知道你所说的,魔啊,但我们并不认识那个,是他在那里;
Mayampi naṃ pūjayissāma yakkha, sutvāna tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ uḷāra’’nti.
我们也不会供养他,魔啊,听了你的话甚为怒火攻心。』
Tattha jānāmaseti yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi, taṃ mayaṃ sarūpato jānāma. Edisoti guṇato pana yathā tayā kittitaṃ, evaṃ edisoti taṃ na kho jānāma, yathā taṃ aviddasunoti adhippāyo.
这里所谓『知道』者,是指你所说的,我们从外貌上认识;『在那里』者,则是指其性质,正如你所宣扬的,但我们不认识那个,因为对他没有正见,以为他是谜一样的存在。
Idāni devaputto te attano vimānaṃ āropetvā anusāsanatthaṃ –
这时天子乘上他的天界宝车,为了宣布训诫,
§1275
1275.
一二七五。
‘‘Ye keci imasmiṃ satthe manussā, daharā mahantā athavāpi majjhimā;
『所有在此教法中之尊者,无论是人类,无论年幼或年长,亦或中年,
Sabbeva te ālambantu vimānaṃ, passantu puññānaṃ phalaṃ kadariyā’’ti. –
皆当一心依止诸天宫殿,观察善业果报,以免受蚊虫所害。』
Gāthamāha . Tattha mahantāti vuḍḍhā. Ālambantūti ārohantu. Kadariyāti maccharino adānasīlā.
偈曰:其中『年长』者谓年迈。『依止』者谓登临、依仗之意。『避免』者指远离那些粗野生物,谓蚊虫乃不善行者。
Idāni pariyosāne cha gāthā dhammasaṅgāhakehi vuttā –
此乃论集于此的末尾偈,现列出六首偈以终结。
§1276
1276.
一二七六。
‘‘Te tattha sabbeva ahaṃ pureti, taṃ kappakaṃ tattha purakkhatvā;
“那些人们都认为我是先来之人,因此他们在此之前先发出攻击,
Sabbeva te ālambiṃsu vimānaṃ, masakkasāraṃ viya vāsavassa.
他们全都依赖于那座宫殿,正如天帝瓦萨瓦所拥有的那样,是坚固如金刚的。
§1277
1277.
一二七七。
‘‘Te tattha sabbeva ahaṃ pureti, upāsakattaṃ paṭivedayiṃsu;
“那些人们都认为我是先来者,故此他们展现出信徒的身份;
Pāṇātipātā viratā ahesuṃ, loke adinnaṃ parivajjayiṃsu;
他们远离杀生,在世间不取非法之物;
Amajjapā no ca musā bhaṇiṃsu, sakena dārena ca ahesuṃ tuṭṭhā.
他们不说妄语,彼此慷慨施与,因而心生满足。”
§1278
1278.
一二七八。
‘‘Te tattha sabbeva ahaṃ pureti, upāsakattaṃ paṭivedayitvā;
佛陀于彼处一切诸人早先即如此,启示了近事男的身份,
Pakkāmi sattho anumodamāno, yakkhiddhiyā anumato punappunaṃ.
于是世尊欢喜接受,并屡次因天神的加持而批准。
§1279
1279.
一二七九。
‘‘Gantvāna te sindhusovīrabhūmiṃ, dhanatthikā uddayaṃ patthayānā;
他们前往那边的水岸及勇士之地,观察财利生起之状,
Yathāpayogā paripuṇṇalābhā, paccāgamuṃ pāṭaliputtamakkhataṃ.
见其福德功德圆满,遂返回巴嗒厘子之城。
§1280
1280.
‘‘Gantvāna te saṅgharaṃ sotthivanto, puttehi dārehi samaṅgibhūtā;
『你到达聚落安稳之处,与儿女、妾室等相安无事;』
Ānandī vittā sumanā patītā, akaṃsu serīsamahaṃ uḷāraṃ;
『欢喜富足,心情愉快,未曾有威胁苛虐;』
Serīsakaṃ te pariveṇaṃ māpayiṃsu.
『守护你妾室及其内外周围。』
§1281
1281.
‘‘Etādisā sappurisāna sevanā, mahatthikā dhammaguṇāna sevanā;
『如此正士之伴随,是依止广大律法德行之境。』
Ekassa atthāya upāsakassa, sabbeva sattā sukhitā ahesu’’nti.
为了一个人的利益,所有众生都获得了安乐。
§1276
1276. Tattha ahaṃ pureti ahaṃ purimaṃ ahaṃ purimanti ahamahaṃkarāti attho. ‘‘Te tattha sabbevā’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘sabbeva te’’ti vacanaṃ ‘‘sabbeva te yathā vimānassa āruhane ussukkajātā ahesuṃ, tathā sabbeva taṃ āruhiṃsu, na kassaci āruhane antarāyo ahosī’’ti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Masakkasāraṃ viya vāsavassāti ‘‘masakkasāra’’nti ca tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ vuccati, sabbaṃ vā devabhavanaṃ, idha pana sakkabhavanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘masakkasāraṃ viya vāsavassā’’ti.
1276。在此,『我』、『先前』、『过去』等词的意思是『自我』。此处为说明『他们那里所有众生』的话,再言『他们所有』,语意是『他们全都像天宫中飞升的仙人那样未曾生病一般升天,众生都登上了那境界,没有人在升天的过程中遭遇障碍』。以天帝所居的三十三天为例,称之为“天帝所居之处”,即一切神天所住处,这里特指天帝所居之处。故云『如同天帝居所一般』。
§1277-8
1277-8. Atha te vāṇijā vimānaṃ passitvā pasannacittā tassa devaputtassa ovāde ṭhatvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāya tassa ānubhāvena sotthinā icchitaṃ desaṃ agamaṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘te tattha sabbevā’’tiādi. Tattha anumato pakkāmi sattho yakkhiddhiyā punappunaṃ anumodamānoti yojanā. Kena pana anumatoti? Yakkhenāti pākaṭoyamattho.
1277-8。商人们看到天宫,心生欢喜,依照那位天子子孙的教诲,守护戒律,安住三宝,随其庇护获得安乐,遂到所期望的境地。因而有『他们那里所有众生』等说。得教者许可,菩萨仙不断赞许,距离以由此得知。何以得许可?是因为是明显所知,即言天子。
§1279
1279.Yathāpayogāti yathāajjhāsayaṃ katapayogā. Paripuṇṇalābhāti samiddhalābhā. Akkhatanti anupaddutaṃ pāṭaliputtaṃ. Akkhatanti vā anābādhaṃ anuppīḷaṃ, anantarāyenāti attho.
1279。『如教导』意即如意志所作的教导。『圆满之利』即成就的利益。『不灭』指不被破坏的王舍城。此『不灭』亦指未受损害,毫无阻碍之意。
§1280
1280.Saṅgharanti sakaṃ gehaṃ. Sotthivantoti sotthibhāvena yuttā khemino. Ānandītiādīhi catūhi padehi somanassitabhāvameva vadati. Serīsakaṃ te pariveṇaṃ māpayiṃsūti kataññutāya ṭhatvā paṭissavamocanatthañca devaputtassa nāmena serīsakaṃ nāma paricchedavasena veṇiyato pekkhitabbato pariveṇaṃ pāsādakūṭāgārarattiṭṭhānādisampannaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ dvārakoṭṭhakayuttaṃ āvāsaṃ akaṃsu.
1280。『僧侣』指共处同一屋檐下者。『安乐者』指和乐安稳之人。『安乐』等四字形容心境的欢喜。为表示感恩与回报,天子以其名号赐予围墙名为“Serīsaka”的区域,围墙环绕且有宫殿、亭阁、楼阁和门户防护完备,称为居所。
§1281
1281.Etādisāti edisī, evaṃ anatthapaṭibāhinī atthasādhikā ca. Mahatthikāti mahāpayojanā mahānisaṃsā. Dhammaguṇānanti aviparītaguṇānaṃ. Ekassa sattassa hitatthaṃ sabbeva sattā sabbe eva te satthapariyāpannā sattā, sukhitā sukhappattā khemappattā ahesuṃ.
1281。诸如以上内容,义理丰富且真切具备正理。『大义』指重要目的与重大因缘。『法性』谓不变之法的属性。为了一个众生的利益,所有众生皆属于佛所护念,获得安乐与安稳的果报。
Sambhavo pana upāsako pāyāsissa devaputtassa tesañca vāṇijānaṃ vacanapaṭivacanavasena pavattaṃ gāthābandhaṃ sutaniyāmeneva uggahetvā therānaṃ ārocesi. Pāyāsidevaputto āyasmato sambhavattherassa kathesīti apare. Taṃ yasattherappamukhā mahātherā dutiyasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropesuṃ. Sambhavo pana upāsako mātāpitūnaṃ accayena pabbajitvā arahatte patiṭṭhāsi.
沙利子尊者是当地新出家的近事男,他依照天子与商人们以辞令相答的规矩,以适当的诗句采购经卷,宣示于长老们。其他人称这天子沙利子为尊贵长老。那些尊敬的长老们以及前辈向那位尊贵长老告知了第二集经文的汇编。沙利子这位近事男早已舍弃父母,与尊贵长老们一同安住于阿拉汉果位。
Serīsakavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 尸利沙天宫注释结束。
11. Sunikkhittavimānavaṇṇanā十一、善安置天宫注释
Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānanti sunikkhittavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane. Tena samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva devacārikaṃ caranto tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ upagato. Tasmiñca khaṇe aññataro devaputto attano vimānadvāre ṭhito āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ disvā sañjātagāravabahumāno upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhāsi.
这高贵的宝石是建筑宝殿的材料,称为沉寂宝殿。它的起源是怎样的呢?世尊当时住在舍卫国的祇树给孤独园。那个时候尊敬的摩诃马哈摩嘎喇那比库正依他所说来到天界游行,往他所住的帝释天宫中。这时,一位天子站在自己的宝殿门口,见到尊敬的摩诃马哈摩嘎喇那比库,起了恭敬心,前来向他行五体投地礼敬,然后合掌而立。
So kira atīte kassapasammāsambuddhe parinibbute tassa sarīradhātuyo pakkhipitvā yojanike kanakathūpe ca kate catasso parisā kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā gandhapupphadhūpādīhi cetiye pūjaṃ karonti, tattha aññataro upāsako aññesu pupphapūjaṃ katvā gatesu tehi pūjitaṭṭhāne dunnikkhittāni pupphāni disvā tattheva tāni sammadeva ṭhapento sannivesavasena dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ vibhattivisesayuttaṃ pupphapūjaṃ akāsi. Katvā ca pana etaṃ ārammaṇaṃ gaṇhanto satthu guṇe anussaritvā pasannacitto taṃ puññaṃ hadaye ṭhapesi.
过去,在正觉咖萨巴佛入灭之后,其舍利子及遗骨被安放在金宝塔中,四根金柱围绕建成相应的宝塔。时逢法会,众弟子们各自携带香花、香料等供养宝塔。在场某位近事男看见其他人献花后,发现一些花被随意丢弃,遂当下用心将这些花摆放整齐,认真供养,以致其展示出庄严美观与华丽殊胜。供养毕,这位近事男怀着喜悦心,心念深植于此功德。
So aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tasseva kammassa ānubhāvena tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbatti, mahānubhāvo mahā cassa parivāro ahosi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘tasmiñca khaṇe aññataro devaputto…pe… aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Atha naṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yathāladdhasampattikittanamukhena katasucaritakammaṃ imāhi gāthāhi pucchi –
后来时至,依据其先前的善业感应,这位近事男现身于天界帝释天宫内,所在宝殿长达十二由旬。其威德广大,随从众多。关于此事有记载曰:“那时有一位天子……行五体投地礼敬,合掌而立。”此时尊敬的摩诃马哈摩嘎喇那比库凭借其卓越名声与善行,借由这些诗句问询说——
§1282
1282.
‘‘Uccamidaṃ maṇithūṇaṃ vimānaṃ, samantato dvādasayojanāni;
“此高贵宝石殿楼,周围各十二由旬;
Kūṭāgārā sattasatā uḷārā, veḷuriyathambhā rucakatthatā subhā.
七百余座尖顶竹屋,木制围栏错落,光彩鲜美,洁净艳丽。
§1283
1283.
一二八三。
‘‘Tatthacchasi pivasi khādasi ca, dibbā ca vīṇā pavadanti vagguṃ;
在那里,你饮食安然,天人之乐器亦伴欢唱;
Dibbā rasā kāmaguṇettha pañca, nāriyo ca naccanti suvaṇṇachannā.
天人饮食具足五种乐趣,妇女们披金饰而优雅起舞。
§1284
1284.
一二八四。
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati;
何以这等色彩灿烂?何因此处生起爱欲?
Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
凡是心所欢喜的事物,便生起这些享受。
§1285
1285.
一二八五。
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ deva mahānubhāva, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ;
「我问天尊,祂由人而生,究竟造了什么功德;
Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
天尊为何显现如此妙相,且光辉遍及四方。」
Sopi tassa attano katakammaṃ imāhi gāthāhi kathesi. Taṃ dassentā saṅgītikārā āhaṃsu –
天尊因由己所作因缘,以偈颂述说此事。乐师们为显扬此意,说道——
§1286
1286.
一二八六。
‘‘So devaputto attamano, moggallānena pucchito;
『天子子孙』自问,摩嘎剌那被问;
Pañhaṃ puṭṭho viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
问已作答,此业所生之果。
§1287
1287.
‘‘Dunnikkhittaṃ mālaṃ sunikkhipitvā, patiṭṭhapetvā sugatassa thūpe;
『未移除之环、已安置之环,安立于圣人舍利塔,』
Mahiddhiko camhi mahānubhāvo, dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūto.
其威德广大无比,同天界欲乐平等。
§1288
1288.
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati;
『因此我此等的色相自然现起,因此在这里为我显现;』
Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
『生起于我的身心享受,是一切令心喜悦的。』
§1289
1289.
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūto yamahaṃ akāsiṃ;
『比库啊,我告诉尊大德者,这正是我成为人形时所作所为;』
Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvo, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
『也正因如此,所受之感受细微变化,我的色相才在四方光明显现。』
§1287
1287. Tattha dunnikkhittaṃ mālanti cetiye pūjākaraṇaṭṭhāne nirantaraṭṭhapanādinā racanāvisesena aṭṭhapetvā yathānikkhittatāya na suṭṭhu nikkhittaṃ, vātena vā paharitvā dunnikkhittaṃ pupphaṃ. Sunikkhipitvāti suṭṭhu nikkhipitvā racanāvisesena dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ katvā nikkhipiya. Patiṭṭhapetvāti vibhattivisesādivasena pupphaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā. Taṃ vā pupphaṃ nikkhipanto satthu cetiyaṃ uddissa mama santāne kusaladhammaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvāti evaṃ ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
此中『难以安放』者,指香花供奉坛所用花饰,因常置放且不断更新,虽加以缀饰却未能安稳平整,或被风吹扰致花瓣凌乱。所谓『安置』,谓整齐安放,经过施工装饰,令其端庄悦目而安置于坛上。『立定』则指根据花饰之部位性质等,将诸花稳固布置。布置此花,愿为世尊的供奉坛植立善法,故此释义当知。余下部分乃复述说明。
Evaṃ devaputtena attano sucaritakamme pakāsite thero tassa dhammaṃ desetvā āgantvā bhagavato tamatthaṃ nivedesi. Bhagavā taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattamahājanassa dhammaṃ desesi. Desanā mahājanassa sātthikā ahosīti.
如是,一位天子因其善行而显现后,长老于是讲述彼法,来至世尊处表达其真实意义。世尊分别成就此教义,向大众宣说此法。对大众的教导被视为真实无伪。
Sunikkhittavimānavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 善安置天宫注释结束。
Iti paramatthadīpaniyā khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya vimānavatthusmiṃ · 如是,于《究竟义灯》小部注疏的《天宫事》中,
Ekādasavatthupaṭimaṇḍitassa sattamassa · 以十一事为庄严的第七品,
Sunikkhittavaggassa atthavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
出家品的义解已然结束。
Niṭṭhitā ca purisavimānavaṇṇanā. · 男子天宫注释也已结束。
Nigamanakathā结论
Ettāvatā ca –
如此等者有──
Devatānaṃ vimānādi-sampattiṃ tassa kāraṇaṃ;
诸天之宫殿等财富,成为其因;
Pakāsayantī sattānaṃ, sabbalokahitāvahā.
显现众生,为普世利益而行;
Appakānampi kārānaṃ, yā vibhāveti desanā;
即便微小的因,也是宣说能鉴别的理由;
Uḷāraphalataṃ citta-khettasampattiyogato.
此句意为:身心的本质成果,与心识场所的因缘相应而成。
Yaṃ kathāvatthukusalā, supariññātavatthukā;
所谓如是与法相应者,乃指善巧因缘具足、成就圆满的法。
Vimānavatthuicceva, saṅgāyiṃsu mahesayo.
正如天宫中诸天所集,亦同此理。
Tassa atthaṃ pakāsetuṃ, porāṇaṭṭhakathānayaṃ;
为阐明其义,依循古老注释经论,
Sannissāya samāraddhā, atthasaṃvaṇṇanā mayā.
凭借它为凭据而着手,注释说法我所承担。
Yā tattha paramatthānaṃ, tattha tattha yathārahaṃ;
在此处所说的究竟法义,皆依其原本真谛,依次详明无误。
Pakāsanā paramattha-dīpanī nāma nāmato.
此名为『显现究竟义灯』。
Sampattā pariniṭṭhānaṃ, anākulavinicchayā;
意谓功能已圆满完成,审察清净无烦恼;
Sā sattarasamattāya, pāḷiyā bhāṇavārato.
此乃十七种已圆满流通於巴利语之说法。
Iti taṃ saṅkharontena, yaṃ taṃ adhigataṃ mayā;
如是由造作者所集,凡我所获得者;
Puññaṃ tassānubhāvena, lokanāthassa sāsanaṃ.
凭借其功德随顺,尊世者教法得以彰显。
Ogāhetvā visuddhāya, sīlādipaṭipattiyā;
摒弃杂染清净,遵行戒律等修习;
Sabbepi dehino hontu, vimuttirasabhāgino.
愿一切有形众生皆得解脱之分。
Ciraṃ tiṭṭhatu lokasmiṃ, sammāsambuddhasāsanaṃ;
愿正觉者之教法长久住世间,历时久远;
Tasmiṃ sagāravā niccaṃ, hontu sabbepi pāṇino.
愿诸众生恒以敬重心恒住其中;
Sammā vassatu kālena, devopi jagatīpati;
愿天帝亦随时段依法护持世间;
Saddhammanirato lokaṃ, dhammeneva pasāsatūti.
愿世间众生欢喜正法,专心守持教法。
Iti badaratitthavihāravāsinā ācariyadhammapālena · 如是由住于跋德拉提塔精舍的老师达摩波罗
Katāya
(作于此处)
Paramatthadīpaniyā khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya · 于《胜义灯注》小部注疏中
Vimānavatthuatthavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 《天宫事注释》已完成。
Vimānavatthu-aṭṭhakathā samattā. · 《天宫事注疏》圆满。